G8.M4.v3 Teacher Edition

A Story of Ratios®
Eureka Math™
Grade 8, Module 4
Teacher Edition
Published by the non-profit Great Minds.

Copyright © 2015 Great Minds. No part of this work may be reproduced, sold, or commercialized, in
whole or in part, without written permission from Great Minds. Non-commercial use is licensed pursuant
to a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 license; for more information, go to
http://greatminds.net/maps/math/copyright. “Great Minds” and “Eureka Math” are registered trademarks
of Great Minds.
Printed in the U.S.A.
This book may be purchased from the publisher at eureka-math.org
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A STORY OF RATIOS
8 Mathematics Curriculum
GRADE
GRADE 8 • MODULE 4
Table of Contents1
Linear Equations
Module Overview .................................................................................................................................................. 3
Topic A: Writing and Solving Linear Equations (8.EE.C.7) ................................................................................... 11
Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols ........................................................................................... 13
Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝑥𝑥.................................................................................... 22
Lesson 3: Linear Equations in 𝑥𝑥 .............................................................................................................. 30
Lesson 4: Solving a Linear Equation........................................................................................................ 40
Lesson 5: Writing and Solving Linear Equations ..................................................................................... 53
Lesson 6: Solutions of a Linear Equation ................................................................................................ 65
Lesson 7: Classification of Solutions ....................................................................................................... 77
Lesson 8: Linear Equations in Disguise ................................................................................................... 85
Lesson 9: An Application of Linear Equations......................................................................................... 99
Topic B: Linear Equations in Two Variables and Their Graphs (8.EE.B.5).......................................................... 111
Lesson 10: A Critical Look at Proportional Relationships ..................................................................... 112
Lesson 11: Constant Rate ..................................................................................................................... 124
Lesson 12: Linear Equations in Two Variables ...................................................................................... 140
Lesson 13: The Graph of a Linear Equation in Two Variables .............................................................. 155
Lesson 14: The Graph of a Linear Equation―Horizontal and Vertical Lines ........................................ 171
Mid-Module Assessment and Rubric ................................................................................................................ 188
Topics A through B (assessment 1 day, return 1 day, remediation or further applications 2 days)
Topic C: Slope and Equations of Lines (8.EE.B.5, 8.EE.B.6) ............................................................................... 199
Lesson 15: The Slope of a Non-Vertical Line ........................................................................................ 201
Lesson 16: The Computation of the Slope of a Non-Vertical Line ........................................................ 227
Lesson 17: The Line Joining Two Distinct Points of the Graph 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 Has Slope 𝑚𝑚 ................... 251
Lesson 18: There Is Only One Line Passing Through a Given Point with a Given Slope ....................... 270
1Each lesson is ONE day, and ONE day is considered a 45-minute period.
Module 4: Linear Equations 1
This work is derived from Eureka Math ™ and licensed by Great Minds. ©2015 Great Minds. eureka-math.org
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS Module Overview 8•4
Lesson 19: The Graph of a Linear Equation in Two Variables Is a Line................................................. 295
Lesson 20: Every Line Is a Graph of a Linear Equation ......................................................................... 316
Lesson 21: Some Facts About Graphs of Linear Equations in Two Variables ....................................... 336
Lesson 22: Constant Rates Revisited .................................................................................................... 351
Lesson 23: The Defining Equation of a Line .......................................................................................... 367
Topic D: Systems of Linear Equations and Their Solutions (8.EE.B.5, 8.EE.C.8) ................................................ 378
Lesson 24: Introduction to Simultaneous Equations ............................................................................ 380
Lesson 25: Geometric Interpretation of the Solutions of a Linear System .......................................... 397
Lesson 26: Characterization of Parallel Lines ....................................................................................... 412
Lesson 27: Nature of Solutions of a System of Linear Equations ......................................................... 426
Lesson 28: Another Computational Method of Solving a Linear System ............................................. 442
Lesson 29: Word Problems ................................................................................................................... 460
Lesson 30: Conversion Between Celsius and Fahrenheit ..................................................................... 474
Topic E (Optional): Pythagorean Theorem (8.EE.C.8, 8.G.B.7).......................................................................... 483
Lesson 31: System of Equations Leading to Pythagorean Triples ........................................................ 484
End-of-Module Assessment and Rubric ............................................................................................................ 495
Topics C through D (assessment 1 day, return 1 day, remediation or further applications 3 days)
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Grade 8 • Module 4
Linear Equations
OVERVIEW
In Module 4, students extend what they already know about unit rates and proportional relationships
(6.RP.A.2, 7.RP.A.2) to linear equations and their graphs. Students understand the connections between
proportional relationships, lines, and linear equations in this module (8.EE.B.5, 8.EE.B.6). Also, students learn
to apply the skills they acquired in Grades 6 and 7 with respect to symbolic notation and properties of
equality (6.EE.A.2, 7.EE.A.1, 7.EE.B.4) to transcribe and solve equations in one variable and then in two
variables.
In Topic A, students begin by transcribing written statements using symbolic notation. Then, students write
linear and nonlinear expressions leading to linear equations, which are solved using properties of equality
(8.EE.C.7b). Students learn that not every linear equation has a solution. In doing so, students learn how to
transform given equations into simpler forms until an equivalent equation results in a unique solution, no
solution, or infinitely many solutions (8.EE.C.7a). Throughout Topic A, students must write and solve linear
equations in real-world and mathematical situations.
In Topic B, students work with constant speed, a concept learned in Grade 6 (6.RP.A.3), but this time with
proportional relationships related to average speed and constant speed. These relationships are expressed as
linear equations in two variables. Students find solutions to linear equations in two variables, organize them
in a table, and plot the solutions on a coordinate plane (8.EE.C.8a). It is in Topic B that students begin to
investigate the shape of a graph of a linear equation. Students predict that the graph of a linear equation is a
line and select points on and off the line to verify their claim. Also in this topic is the standard form of a linear
equation, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, and when 𝑎𝑎 ≠ 0 and 𝑏𝑏 ≠ 0, a non-vertical line is produced. Further, when 𝑎𝑎 = 0 or
𝑏𝑏 = 0, then a vertical or horizontal line is produced.
In Topic C, students know that the slope of a line describes the rate of change of a line. Students first
encounter slope by interpreting the unit rate of a graph (8.EE.B.5). In general, students learn that slope can
be determined using any two distinct points on a line by relying on their understanding of properties of
similar triangles from Module 3 (8.EE.B.6). Students verify this fact by checking the slope using several pairs
of points and comparing their answers. In this topic, students derive 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 and 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 for linear
equations by examining similar triangles. Students generate graphs of linear equations in two variables first
by completing a table of solutions and then by using information about slope and 𝑦𝑦-intercept. Once students
are sure that every linear equation graphs as a line and that every line is the graph of a linear equation,
students graph equations using information about 𝑥𝑥- and 𝑦𝑦-intercepts. Next, students learn some basic facts
about lines and equations, such as why two lines with the same slope and a common point are the same line,
how to write equations of lines given slope and a point, and how to write an equation given two points. With
the concepts of slope and lines firmly in place, students compare two different proportional relationships
represented by graphs, tables, equations, or descriptions. Finally, students learn that multiple forms of an
equation can define the same line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Simultaneous equations and their solutions are the focus of Topic D. Students begin by comparing the
constant speed of two individuals to determine which has greater speed (8.EE.C.8c). Students graph
simultaneous linear equations to find the point of intersection and then verify that the point of intersection is
in fact a solution to each equation in the system (8.EE.C.8a). To motivate the need to solve systems
algebraically, students graph systems of linear equations whose solutions do not have integer coordinates.
Students learn to solve systems of linear equations by substitution and elimination (8.EE.C.8b). Students
understand that a system can have a unique solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions, as they did
with linear equations in one variable. Finally, students apply their knowledge of systems to solve problems in
real-world contexts, including converting temperatures from Celsius to Fahrenheit.
Optional Topic E is an application of systems of linear equations (8.EE.C.8b). Specifically, this system
generates Pythagorean triples. First, students learn that a Pythagorean triple can be obtained by multiplying
any known triple by a positive integer (8.G.B.7). Then, students are shown the Babylonian method for finding
a triple that requires the understanding and use of a system of linear equations.
Focus Standards
Understand the connections between proportional relationships, lines, and linear equations.
8.EE.B.5 Graph proportional relationships, interpreting the unit rate as the slope of the graph.
Compare two different proportional relationships represented in different ways. For
example, compare a distance-time graph to a distance-time equation to determine which of
two moving objects has greater speed.
8.EE.B.6 Use similar triangles to explain why the slope 𝑚𝑚 is the same between any two distinct points
on a non-vertical line in the coordinate plane; derive the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 for a line through
the origin and the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 for a line intercepting the vertical axis at 𝑏𝑏.
Analyze and solve linear equations and pairs of simultaneous linear equations.
8.EE.C.7 Solve linear equations in one variable.
a. Give examples of linear equations in one variable with one solution, infinitely many
solutions, or no solutions. Show which of these possibilities is the case by successively
transforming the given equation into simpler forms, until an equivalent equation of the
form 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎, 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑎𝑎, or 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑏𝑏 results (where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are different numbers).
b. Solve linear equations with rational number coefficients, including equations whose
solutions require expanding expressions using the distributive property and collecting
like terms.
8.EE.C.8 Analyze and solve pairs of simultaneous linear equations.
a. Understand that solutions to a system of two linear equations in two variables
correspond to points of intersection of their graphs, because points of intersection
satisfy both equations simultaneously.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. Solve systems of two linear equations in two variables algebraically, and estimate
solutions by graphing the equations. Solve simple cases by inspection. For example,
3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5 and 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 6 have no solution because 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 cannot
simultaneously be 5 and 6.
c. Solve real-world and mathematical problems leading to two linear equations in two
variables. For example, given coordinates for two pairs of points, determine whether
the line through the first pair of points intersects the line through the second pair.
Foundational Standards
Understand ratio concepts and use ratio reasoning to solve problems.
6.RP.A.2 Understand the concept of a unit rate 𝑎𝑎/𝑏𝑏 associated with a ratio 𝑎𝑎: 𝑏𝑏 with 𝑏𝑏 ≠ 0, and use
rate language in the context of a ratio relationship. For example, “This recipe has a ratio of
3 cups of flour to 4 cups of sugar, so there is 3/4 cup of flour for each cup of sugar.” “We
paid $75 for 15 hamburgers, which is a rate of $5 per hamburger.” 2
6.RP.A.3 Use ratio and rate reasoning to solve real-world and mathematical problems, e.g., by
reasoning about tables of equivalent ratios, tape diagrams, double number line diagrams, or
equations.
a. Make tables of equivalent ratios relating quantities with whole-number measurements,
find missing values in the tables, and plot the pairs of values on the coordinate plane.
Use tables to compare ratios.
b. Solve unit rate problems including those involving unit pricing and constant speed. For
example, if it took 7 hours to mow 4 lawns, then at that rate, how many lawns could be
mowed in 35 hours? At what rate were lawns being mowed?
Apply and extend previous understandings of arithmetic to algebraic expressions.

6.EE.A.2 Write, read, and evaluate expressions in which letters stand for numbers.
a. Write expressions that record operations with numbers and with letters standing for
numbers. For example, express the calculation “Subtract 𝑦𝑦 from 5” as 5 − 𝑦𝑦.
b. Identify parts of an expression using mathematical terms (sum, term, product, factor,
quotient, coefficient); view one or more parts of an expression as a single entity. For
example, describe the expression 2(8 + 7) as a product of two factors; view (8 + 7) as
both a single entity and a sum of two terms.
2Expectations for unit rates in this grade are limited to non-complex fractions.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
c. Evaluate expressions at specific values of their variables. Include expressions that arise
from formulas used in real-world problems. Perform arithmetic operations, including
those involving whole-number exponents, in the conventional order when there are no
parentheses to specify a particular order (Order of Operations). For example, use the
formulas 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑠𝑠 3 and 𝐴𝐴 = 6𝑠𝑠 2 to find the volume and surface area of a cube with side
length 𝑠𝑠 = 1/2.
Analyze proportional relationships and use them to solve real-world and mathematical
problems.
7.RP.A.2 Recognize and represent proportional relationships between quantities.
a. Decide whether two quantities are in a proportional relationship, e.g., by testing for
equivalent ratios in a table or graphing on a coordinate plane and observing whether
the graph is a straight line through the origin.
b. Identify the constant of proportionality (unit rate) in tables, graphs, equations,
diagrams, and verbal descriptions of proportional relationships.
c. Represent proportional relationships by equations. For example, if total cost 𝑡𝑡 is
proportional to the number 𝑛𝑛 of items purchased at a constant price 𝑝𝑝, the relationship
between the total cost and the number of items can be expressed as 𝑡𝑡 = 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝.
d. Explain what a point (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) on the graph of a proportional relationship means in terms
of the situation, with special attention to the points (0, 0) and (1, 𝑟𝑟) where 𝑟𝑟 is the unit
rate.
Use properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions.

7.EE.A.1 Apply properties of operations as strategies to add, subtract, factor, and expand linear
expressions with rational coefficients.
Solve real-life and mathematical problems using numerical and algebraic expressions and
equations.
7.EE.B.4 Use variables to represent quantities in a real-world or mathematical problem, and
construct simple equations and inequalities to solve problems by reasoning about the
quantities.
a. Solve word problems leading to equations of the form 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝑞𝑞 = 𝑟𝑟 and 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑞𝑞) = 𝑟𝑟,
where 𝑝𝑝,𝑞𝑞, and 𝑟𝑟 are specific rational numbers. Solve equations of these forms
fluently. Compare an algebraic solution to an arithmetic solution, identifying the
sequence of the operations used in each approach. For example, the perimeter of a
rectangle is 54 cm. Its length is 6 cm. What is its width?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Focus Standards for Mathematical Practice

MP.1 Make sense of problems and persevere in solving them. Students analyze given constraints
to make conjectures about the form and meaning of a solution to a given situation in one-
variable and two-variable linear equations, as well as in simultaneous linear equations.
Students are systematically guided to understand the meaning of a linear equation in one
variable, the natural occurrence of linear equations in two variables with respect to
proportional relationships, and the natural emergence of a system of two linear equations
when looking at related, continuous proportional relationships.
MP.2 Reason abstractly and quantitatively. Students decontextualize and contextualize
throughout the module as they represent situations symbolically and make sense of
solutions within a context. Students use facts learned about rational numbers in previous
grade levels to solve linear equations and systems of linear equations.
MP.3 Construct viable arguments and critique the reasoning of others. Students use
assumptions, definitions, and previously established facts throughout the module as they
solve linear equations. Students make conjectures about the graph of a linear equation
being a line and then proceed to prove this claim. While solving linear equations, they learn
that they must first assume that a solution exists and then proceed to solve the equation
using properties of equality based on the assumption. Once a solution is found, students
justify that it is in fact a solution to the given equation, thereby verifying their initial
assumption. This process is repeated for systems of linear equations.
MP.4 Model with mathematics. Throughout the module, students represent real-world
situations symbolically. Students identify important quantities from a context and represent
the relationship in the form of an equation, a table, and a graph. Students analyze the
various representations and draw conclusions and/or make predictions. Once a solution or
prediction has been made, students reflect on whether the solution makes sense in the
context presented. One example of this is when students determine how many buses are
needed for a field trip. Students must interpret their fractional solution and make sense of
it as it applies to the real world.
MP.7 Look for and make use of structure. Students use the structure of an equation to make
sense of the information in the equation. For example, students write equations that
represent the constant rate of motion for a person walking. In doing so, they interpret an
3
equation such as 𝑦𝑦 = 5 𝑥𝑥 as the total distance a person walks, 𝑦𝑦, in 𝑥𝑥 amount of time, at a
3
rate of . Students look for patterns or structure in tables and show that a rate is constant.
5
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Terminology
New or Recently Introduced Terms
 Average Speed (Let a time interval of 𝑡𝑡 hours be given. Suppose that an object travels a total
distance of 𝑑𝑑 miles during this time interval. The average speed of the object in the given time
𝑑𝑑
interval is miles per hour.
𝑡𝑡
 Constant Speed (For any positive real number 𝑣𝑣, an object travels at a constant speed of 𝑣𝑣 mph over
a fixed time interval if the average speed is always equal to 𝑣𝑣 mph for any smaller time interval of
the given time interval.)
 Horizontal Line (In a Cartesian plane, a horizontal line is either the 𝑥𝑥-axis or any other line parallel to
the 𝑥𝑥-axis. For example, the graph of the equation 𝑦𝑦 = −5 is a horizontal line.)
 Linear Equation (description) (A linear equation is an equation in which both expressions are linear
expressions.)
 Point-Slope Equation of a Line (The point-slope equation of a non-vertical line in the Cartesian plane
that passes through point (𝑥𝑥1 , 𝑦𝑦1 ) and has slope 𝑚𝑚 is
𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦1 = 𝑚𝑚(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥1 ).
It can be shown that every non-vertical line is the graph of its point-slope equation, and that every
graph of a point-slope equation is a line.)
 Slope of a Line in a Cartesian Plane (The slope of a non-vertical line in a Cartesian plane that passes
through two different points is the number given by the change in 𝑦𝑦-coordinates divided by the
corresponding change in the 𝑥𝑥-coordinates. For two points (𝑥𝑥1 , 𝑦𝑦1 ) and (𝑥𝑥2 , 𝑦𝑦2 ) on the line where
𝑥𝑥1 ≠ 𝑥𝑥2 , the slope of the line 𝑚𝑚 can be computed by the formula
𝑦𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑦1
𝑚𝑚 = .
𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1
The slope of a vertical line is not defined. The definition of slope is well-defined after one uses
similar triangles to show that expression is always the same number for any two distinct
points (𝑥𝑥1 , 𝑦𝑦1 ) and (𝑥𝑥2 , 𝑦𝑦2 ) on the line.)
 Slope-Intercept Equation of a Line (The slope-intercept equation of a non-vertical line in the
Cartesian plane with slope 𝑚𝑚 and 𝑦𝑦-intercept 𝑏𝑏 is
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏.
It can be shown that every non-vertical line is the graph of its slope-intercept equation, and that
every graph of a slope-intercept equation is a line.)
 Solution to a System of Linear Equations (description) (A solution to a system of two linear
equations in two variables is an ordered pair of numbers that is a solution to both equations. For
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6
example, the solution to the system of linear equations � is the ordered pair (5, 1)
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 4
because substituting 5 in for 𝑥𝑥 and 1 in for 𝑦𝑦 results in two true equations: 5 + 1 = 6 and
5 − 1 = 4.)
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Standard Form of a Linear Equation (A linear equation in two variables 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 is in standard form if
it is of the form
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐
for real numbers 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are both not zero. The numbers 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are called
constants.)
 System of Linear Equations (A system of linear equations is a set of two or more linear equations.
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 15
For example, � is a system of linear equations.)
3𝑥𝑥 − 7𝑦𝑦 = −2
 Vertical Line (In a Cartesian plane, a vertical line is either the 𝑦𝑦-axis or any other line parallel to the
𝑦𝑦-axis. For example, the graph of the equation 𝑥𝑥 = 3 is a vertical line.)
 X-Intercept (An 𝑥𝑥-intercept of a graph is the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of a point where the graph intersects the
𝑥𝑥-axis. An 𝑥𝑥-intercept point is the coordinate point where the graph intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis.
The 𝑥𝑥-intercept of a graph of a linear equation can be found by setting 𝑦𝑦 = 0 in the equation. Many
times the term “𝑥𝑥-intercept point” is shortened to just “𝑥𝑥-intercept” if it is clear from the context
that the term is referring to a point and not a number.
 Y-Intercept (A 𝑦𝑦-intercept of a graph is the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of a point where the graph intersects the 𝑦𝑦-
axis. A 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is the coordinate point where the graph intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
The 𝑦𝑦-intercept of a graph of a linear equation can be found by setting 𝑥𝑥 = 0 in the equation. Many
times the term “𝑦𝑦-intercept point” is shortened to just “𝑦𝑦-intercept” if it is clear from the context
that the term is referring to a point and not a number.)
Familiar Terms and Symbols 3

 Coefficient
 Equation
 Like terms
 Linear Expression
 Solution
 Term
 Unit rate
 Variable
Suggested Tools and Representations

 Scientific calculator
 Online graphing calculator (e.g., https://www.desmos.com/calculator)
 Graph paper
 Straightedge
3These are terms and symbols students have seen previously.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Assessment Summary
Assessment Type Administered Format Standards Addressed
Mid-Module
After Topic B Constructed response with rubric 8.EE.C.7, 8.EE.B.5
Assessment Task
End-of-Module 8.EE.B.5, 8.EE.B.6,

After Topic D Constructed response with rubric
Assessment Task 8.EE.C.7, 8.EE.C.8
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS
GRADE
Topic A
Writing and Solving Linear Equations
8.EE.C.7
Focus Standard: 8.EE.C.7 Solve linear equations in one variable.

a. Give examples of linear equations in one variable with one solution,
infinitely many solutions, or no solutions. Show which of these
possibilities is the case by successively transforming the given equation
into simpler forms, until an equivalent equation of the form 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎,
𝑎𝑎 = 𝑎𝑎, or 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑏𝑏 results (where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are different numbers).
b. Solve linear equations with rational number coefficients, including
equations whose solutions require expanding expressions using the
distributive property and collecting like terms.
Instructional Days: 9
Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols (P) 1
Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝑥𝑥 (P)
Lesson 3: Linear Equations in 𝑥𝑥 (P)
Lesson 4: Solving a Linear Equation (P)
Lesson 5: Writing and Solving Linear Equations (P)
Lesson 6: Solutions of a Linear Equation (P)
Lesson 7: Classification of Solutions (S)
Lesson 8: Linear Equations in Disguise (P)
Lesson 9: An Application of Linear Equations (S)
In Lesson 1, students begin by transcribing written statements into symbolic language. Students learn that
before they can write a symbolic statement, they must first define the symbols they intend to use. In Lesson
2, students learn the difference between linear expressions in 𝑥𝑥 and nonlinear expressions in 𝑥𝑥, a distinction
that is necessary to know whether or not an equation can be solved (at this point). Also, Lesson 2 contains a
1Lesson Structure Key: P-Problem Set Lesson, M-Modeling Cycle Lesson, E-Exploration Lesson, S-Socratic Lesson
Topic A: Writing and Solving Linear Equations 11
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS Topic A 8•4
quick review of terms related to linear equations, such as constant, term, and coefficient. In Lesson 3,
students learn that a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥 is a statement of equality between two linear expressions in 𝑥𝑥.
Students also learn that an equation that contains a variable really is a question: Is there a value of 𝑥𝑥 that
makes the linear equation true? In Lesson 4, students begin using properties of equality to rewrite linear
expressions, specifically using the distributive property to “combine like terms.” Further, students practice
substituting numbers into equations to determine if a true number sentence is produced.
In Lesson 5, students practice the skills of the first few lessons in a geometric context. Students transcribe
written statements about angles and triangles into symbolic language and use properties of equality to begin
solving equations (8.EE.C.7b). More work on solving equations occurs in Lesson 6, where the equations are
more complicated and require more steps to solve (8.EE.C.7b). In Lesson 6, students learn that not every
linear equation has a solution (8.EE.C.7a). This leads to Lesson 7, where students learn that linear equations
either have a unique solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions (8.EE.C.7a). In Lesson 8, students
rewrite equations that are not obviously linear equations and then solve them (8.EE.C.7b). Finally, in Lesson
9, students take another look at the Facebook problem from Module 1 in terms of linear equations
(8.EE.C.7a).
Topic A: Writing and Solving Linear Equations 12
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS Lesson 1 8•4
Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols
Student Outcomes
 Students write mathematical statements using symbols to represent numbers.
 Students know that written statements can be written as more than one correct mathematical sentence.
Lesson Notes
The content of this lesson continues to develop the skills and concepts presented in Grades 6 and 7. Specifically, this
lesson builds on both 6.EE.B.7 (Solve real-world and mathematical problems by writing and solving equations of the form
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑝𝑝 = 𝑞𝑞 and 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 = 𝑞𝑞) and 7.EE.B.4 (Solve word problems leading to equations of the form 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝 + 𝑞𝑞 = 𝑟𝑟 and
𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑞𝑞) = 𝑟𝑟).
Classwork
Discussion (4 minutes)
Show students the text of a mathematical statement compared to the equation.
The number 1,157 is the sum of the squares of

two consecutive odd integers divided by the 𝑥𝑥 2 + (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2
1157 =
MP.2 difference between the two consecutive odd (𝑥𝑥 + 2) − 𝑥𝑥
integers.
Ask students to write or share aloud (a) how these two are related, (b) which representation they prefer, and (c) why.
Then, continue with the discussion that follows.
 Using letters to represent numbers in mathematical statements was introduced by René Descartes in the
1600s. In that era, people used only words to describe mathematical statements. The use of letters, or
symbols, to represent numbers not only brought clarity to mathematical statements, it also expanded the
horizons of mathematics.
 The reason we want to learn how to write a mathematical statement using symbols is to save time and labor.
Imagine having to write the sentence: “The number 1,157 is the sum of the squares of two consecutive odd
integers divided by the difference between the two consecutive odd integers.” Then, imagine having to write
the subsequent sentences necessary to solve it; compare that to the following:
Let 𝑥𝑥 represent the first odd integer. Then,
𝑥𝑥 2 + (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2
1157 = .
(𝑥𝑥 + 2) − 𝑥𝑥
 Notice that 𝑥𝑥 is just a number. That means the square of 𝑥𝑥 is also a number, along with the square of the next
odd integer and the difference between the numbers. This is a symbolic statement about numbers.
 Writing in symbols is simpler than writing in words, as long as everyone involved is clear about what the
symbols mean. This lesson focuses on accurately transcribing written statements into mathematical symbols.
When we write mathematical statements using letters, we say we are using symbolic language.
Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 13
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 All of the mathematical statements in this lesson are equations. Recall that an equation is a statement of
equality between two expressions. Developing equations from written statements forms an important basis
for problem solving and is one of the most vital parts of algebra. Throughout this module, there will be work
with written statements and symbolic language. We will work first with simple expressions, then with
equations that gradually increase in complexity, and finally with systems of equations (more than one equation
at a time).
Example 1 (3 minutes)
Throughout Example 1, have students write their thoughts on personal white boards or a similar tool and show their
transcription(s).
 We want to express the following statement using symbolic language: A whole Scaffolding:
number has the property that when the square of half the number is subtracted Alternative statement:
from five times the number, we get the number itself.  A whole number has the
 Do the first step, and hold up your personal white board. property that when half
 First, we define the variable. Let 𝑥𝑥 be the whole number. the number is added to
 Using 𝑥𝑥 to represent the whole number, write “the square of half the number.” 15, we get the number
2
itself.
𝑥𝑥 2 1 𝑥𝑥2 1
 � � or � 𝑥𝑥� or � � or � 𝑥𝑥 2 � 1
2 2 4 4  𝑥𝑥 + 15 = 𝑥𝑥
2
Ask students to write their expressions in more than one way. Then, have students share
their expressions of “the square of half the number.” Elicit the above responses from
students (or provide them). Ask students why they are all correct.
 Write the entire statement: A whole number has the property that when the square of half the number is
subtracted from five times the number, we get the number itself.
𝑥𝑥 2
 5𝑥𝑥 − � � = 𝑥𝑥
2
Challenge students to write this equation in another form. Engage in a conversation about why they are both correct.
For example, when a number is subtracted from itself, the difference is zero. For that reason, the equation above can be
𝑥𝑥 2
written as 5𝑥𝑥 − � � − 𝑥𝑥 = 0.
2
Throughout Example 2, have students write their thoughts on personal white boards or a Scaffolding:
similar tool and show their transcription(s). Students may need to be
 We want to express the following statement using symbolic language: Paulo has reminded that it is not
1 necessary to put the
a certain amount of money. If he spends $6.00, then he has of the original multiplication symbol between
4
amount left. a number and a symbol. It is
not wrong to include it, but by
 What is the first thing that must be done before we express this situation using
convention (a common
symbols?
agreement), it is not necessary.
 We need to define our variables; that is, we must decide what symbol to use and
state what it is going to represent.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Suppose we decide to use the symbol 𝑥𝑥. We will let 𝑥𝑥 be the number of dollars Paulo had originally. How do
we show Paulo’s spending $6.00 using symbols?
 To show that Paulo spent $6.00, we write 𝑥𝑥 − 6.
1
 How do we express, “he has of the original amount?”
4
1
 We can express it as 𝑥𝑥.
4
 Put the parts together to express the following: “Paulo has a certain amount of money. If he spends $6.00,
1
then he has of the original amount left.” Use 𝑥𝑥 to represent the amount of money Paulo had originally.
4
1
 𝑥𝑥 − 6 = 𝑥𝑥
4
Challenge students to write this equation in another form. Engage in a conversation about why they are both correct.
For example, students may decide to show that the six dollars plus what he has left is equal to the amount of money he
1
now has. In symbols, 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 + 6.
4
Throughout Example 3, have students write their thoughts on personal white boards or a similar tool and show their
transcription(s).
 We want to write the following statement using symbolic language: When a fraction of 57 is taken away from
2
57, what remains exceeds of 57 by 4.
3 Scaffolding:
 The first step is to clearly state what we want our symbol to represent. If we Alternative statement:
choose the letter 𝑥𝑥, then we would say, “Let 𝑥𝑥 be the fraction of 57” because
 When a number is taken
that is the number that is unknown to us in the written statement. It is away from 57, what
acceptable to use any letter to represent the unknown number; but regardless remains is four more than
of which letter we use to symbolize the unknown number, we must clearly state 5 times the number.
what it means. This is called defining our variables.
 57 − 𝑥𝑥 = 5𝑥𝑥 + 4
 The hardest part of transcription is figuring out exactly how to write the
statement so that it is accurately represented in symbols. Begin with the first
part of the statement: “When a fraction of 57 is taken away from 57,” how can Scaffolding:
we capture that information in symbols? If students have a hard time
 Students should write 57 − 𝑥𝑥. thinking about these
2 transcriptions, give them
 How do we write of 57? something easier to think
3
2 2 about. One number, say 10,
 If we are trying to find of 57, then we multiply ⋅ 57. exceeds another number, say
3 3
2
6, by 4. Is it accurate to
 Would it be accurate to write 57 − 𝑥𝑥 = ⋅ 57? represent this by:
3
2 10 − 4 = 6?
 No, because we are told that “what remains exceeds of 57 by 4.”
3 10 = 6 + 4?
10 − 6 = 4?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2
 Where does the 4 belong? “What remains exceeds of 57 by 4.” Think about what the word exceeds means
3
2
in the context of the problem. Specifically, which is bigger: 57 − 𝑥𝑥 or of 57? How do you know?
3
2 2
 57 − 𝑥𝑥 is bigger because 57 − 𝑥𝑥 exceeds of 57 by 4. That means that 57 − 𝑥𝑥 is 4 more than of 57.
3 3
2
 We know that 57 − 𝑥𝑥 is bigger than ⋅ 57 by 4. What would make the two numbers equal?
3
2
 We either have to subtract 4 from 57 − 𝑥𝑥 or add 4 to ⋅ 57 to make them equal.
3
2 2
 Now, if 𝑥𝑥 is the fraction of 57, then we could write (57 − 𝑥𝑥) − 4 = ⋅ 57, or 57 − 𝑥𝑥 = ⋅ 57 + 4. Which is
3 3
correct?
 Both transcriptions are correct because both express the written statement accurately.
2
 Consider this transcription: (57 − 𝑥𝑥) − ⋅ 57 = 4. Is it an accurate transcription of the information in the
3
written statement?
2
 Yes, because 57 − 𝑥𝑥 is bigger than ⋅ 57 by 4. That means that the difference between the two
3
numbers is 4. If we subtract the smaller number from the bigger number, we have a difference of 4,
and that is what this version of the transcription shows.
Throughout Example 4, have students write their thoughts on personal white boards or a
similar tool and show their transcription(s). Scaffolding:
 We want to express the following statement using symbolic language: The sum Explain that consecutive means
of three consecutive integers is 372. one after the next. For
example, 18, 19, and 20 are
 Do the first step, and hold up your white board.
consecutive integers. Consider
 Let 𝑥𝑥 be the first integer. giving students a number and
 If we let 𝑥𝑥 represent the first integer, what do we need to do to get the next asking them what the next
consecutive integer? consecutive integer would be.
 If 𝑥𝑥 is the first integer, we add 1 to 𝑥𝑥 to get the next integer.
 In symbols, the next integer would be 𝑥𝑥 + 1. What do we need to do now to get the next consecutive integer?
 We need to add 1 to that integer, or 𝑥𝑥 + 1 + 1; this is the same as 𝑥𝑥 + 2.
 Now, express the statement: The sum of three consecutive integers is 372.
 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 1 + 𝑥𝑥 + 2 = 372
Students may also choose to rewrite the above equation as 3𝑥𝑥 + 3 = 372. Transforming equations such as is a focus of
the next few lessons when students begin to solve linear equations. Ask students why both equations are correct.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Throughout Example 5, have students write their thoughts on personal white boards or a Scaffolding:
similar tool and show their transcription(s).
Consider giving students an
 We want to express the following statement using symbolic language: The sum odd number and then asking
of three consecutive odd integers is 93. them what the next
 Do the first step, and hold up your white board. consecutive odd number is.
Then, ask students what they
 Let 𝑥𝑥 be the first odd integer. need to add to go from the first
 If we let 𝑥𝑥 represent the first odd integer, what do we need to do to get the next number to the second number.
odd integer?
 If 𝑥𝑥 is the first odd integer, we add 2 to 𝑥𝑥 to get the next odd integer.
 In symbols, the next odd integer would be 𝑥𝑥 + 2. What do we need to do now to get the next odd integer?
 We need to add 2 to that odd integer, or 𝑥𝑥 + 2 + 2; this is the same as 𝑥𝑥 + 4.
 Now, express the statement: The sum of three consecutive odd integers is 93.
 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 2 + 𝑥𝑥 + 4 = 93
 Represent the statement “The sum of three consecutive odd integers is 93” in another way. Be prepared to
explain why both are correct.
 Answers will vary. Accept any correct answers and justifications. For example, students may write
(𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥) + 6 = 93 and state that it is equivalent to the equation 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 2 + 𝑥𝑥 + 4 = 93. Because
the associative and commutative properties of addition were applied, those properties do not change
the value of an expression.
Exercises (10 minutes)

Students complete Exercises 1–5 independently or in pairs.
Exercises
Write each of the following statements using symbolic language.
1. The sum of four consecutive even integers is −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the first even integer. Then, 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
2. A number is four times larger than the square of half the number.
𝒙𝒙 𝟐𝟐
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒 � � .
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
3. Steven has some money. If he spends $𝟗𝟗. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎, then he will have of the amount he started with.
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the amount of money (in dollars) Steven started with. Then, 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟓𝟓
4. The sum of a number squared and three less than twice the number is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
5. Miriam read a book with an unknown number of pages. The first week, she read five less than of the pages. The
𝟑𝟑
second week, she read 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 more pages and finished the book. Write an equation that represents the total number
of pages in the book.
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the total number of pages in the book. Then, 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟑𝟑
Closing (4 minutes)
Summarize, or ask students to summarize, the main points from the lesson:
 We know how to write mathematical statements using symbolic language.
 Written mathematical statements can be represented as more than one correct symbolic statement.
 We must always begin writing a symbolic statement by defining our symbols (variables).
 Complicated statements should be broken into parts or attempted with simple numbers to make the
representation in symbolic notation easier.
Lesson Summary
Begin all word problems by defining your variables. State clearly what you want each symbol to represent.
Written mathematical statements can be represented as more than one correct symbolic statement.
Break complicated problems into smaller parts, or try working them with simpler numbers.
Exit Ticket (5 minutes)
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name ___________________________________________________ Date____________________
Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols
Exit Ticket

1. When you square five times a number, you get three more than the number.
2. Monica had some cookies. She gave seven to her sister. Then, she divided the remainder into two halves, and she
still had five cookies left.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Exit Ticket Sample Solutions
1. When you square five times a number, you get three more than the number.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, (𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓)𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑.
2. Monica had some cookies. She gave seven to her sister. Then, she divided the remainder into two halves, and she
still had five cookies left.
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the original amount of cookies. Then, (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕) = 𝟓𝟓.
𝟐𝟐
Problem Set Sample Solutions

Students practice transcribing written statements into symbolic language.
1. Bruce bought two books. One book costs $𝟒𝟒. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 more than three times the other. Together, the two books cost
him $𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the cost of the less expensive book. Then, 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕.
2. Janet is three years older than her sister Julie. Janet’s brother is eight years younger than their sister Julie. The sum
of all of their ages is 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 years.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be Julie’s age. Then, (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑) + (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖) + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓.
3. The sum of three consecutive integers is 𝟏𝟏, 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the first integer. Then, 𝒙𝒙 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
4. One number is six more than another number. The sum of their squares is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the smaller number. Then, 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔)𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗.
𝟏𝟏
5. When you add 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 to of a number, you get the number itself.
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟒𝟒
6. When a fraction of 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 is taken away from 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, what remains exceeds one-third of seventeen by six.
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the fraction of 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Then, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 = ⋅ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟔𝟔.
𝟑𝟑
7. The sum of two consecutive even integers divided by four is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓.
𝒙𝒙+(𝒙𝒙+𝟐𝟐)
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the first even integer. Then, = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓.
𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
8. Subtract seven more than twice a number from the square of one-third of the number to get zero.
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, � 𝒙𝒙� − (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕) = 𝟎𝟎.
𝟑𝟑
9. The sum of three consecutive integers is 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. Let 𝒙𝒙 be the middle of the three integers. Transcribe the statement
accordingly.
(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏) + 𝒙𝒙 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝒙𝒙
Student Outcomes
 Students know the properties of linear and nonlinear expressions in 𝑥𝑥.
 Students transcribe and identify expressions as linear or nonlinear.
Classwork
 A symbolic statement in 𝑥𝑥 with an equal sign is called an equation in 𝑥𝑥. The equal sign divides the equation
into two parts, the left side and the right side. The two sides are called expressions.
 For sake of simplicity, we will only discuss expressions in 𝑥𝑥, but know that we can write expressions in any
symbol.
 The following chart contains both linear and nonlinear expressions in 𝑥𝑥. Sort them into two groups, and be
prepared to explain what is different about the two groups.
7
5𝑥𝑥 + 3 −8𝑥𝑥 + −3 9 − 𝑥𝑥 2
9
𝑥𝑥 3
4𝑥𝑥 2 − 9 0.31𝑥𝑥 + 7 − 4.2𝑥𝑥 � � +1
2
11(𝑥𝑥 + 2) −(6 − 𝑥𝑥) + 15 − 9𝑥𝑥 7 + 𝑥𝑥 −4 + 3𝑥𝑥
Linear expressions are noted in red in the table below.

MP.3
7
5𝑥𝑥 + 3 −8𝑥𝑥 + −3 9 − 𝑥𝑥 2
9
𝑥𝑥 3
4𝑥𝑥 2 − 9 0.31𝑥𝑥 + 7 − 4.2𝑥𝑥 � � +1
2
11(𝑥𝑥 + 2) −(6 − 𝑥𝑥) + 15 − 9𝑥𝑥 7 + 𝑥𝑥 −4 + 3𝑥𝑥
 Identify which equations you placed in each group. Explain your reasoning for grouping the equations.
 Equations that contained an exponent of 𝑥𝑥 other than 1 were put into one group. The other equations
were put into another group. That seemed to be the only difference between the types of equations
given.
 Linear expressions in 𝑥𝑥 are special types of expressions. Linear expressions are expressions that are sums of
constants and products of a constant and 𝑥𝑥 raised to a power of 0, which simplifies to a value of 1, or a power
of 1. Nonlinear expressions are also sums of constants and products of a constant and a power of 𝑥𝑥. However,
nonlinear expressions will have a power of 𝑥𝑥 that is not equal to 1 or 0.
Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝒙𝒙 22
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 The reason we want to be able to distinguish linear expressions from nonlinear expressions is because we will
soon be solving linear equations. Nonlinear equations are a set of equations you learn to solve in Algebra I,
though we begin to solve simple nonlinear equations later this year (Module 7). We also want to be able to
recognize linear equations in order to predict the shapes of their graphs, which is a concept we learn more
about later in this module.
Example 1 (3 minutes) Scaffolding:

 Terms are any product of
 A linear expression in 𝑥𝑥 is an expression where each term is either a constant or
an integer power of 𝑥𝑥 and
a product of a constant and 𝑥𝑥. For example, the expression (57 − 𝑥𝑥) is a linear
a constant, or just a
expression. However, the expression 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 9𝑥𝑥 + 5 is not a linear expression.
constant.
Why is 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 9𝑥𝑥 + 5 not a linear expression in 𝑥𝑥?
 Constants are fixed
 Students should say that 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 9𝑥𝑥 + 5 is not a linear expression because numbers.
the terms of linear expressions must either be a constant or the product
 When a term is the
of a constant and 𝑥𝑥. The term 2𝑥𝑥 2 does not fit the definition of a linear
product of a constant and
expression in 𝑥𝑥.
a power of 𝑥𝑥, the constant
is called a coefficient.
 Let’s examine the expression 4 + 3𝑥𝑥 5 more deeply. To begin, we want to identify the terms of the expression.
How many terms are there, and what are they?
 There are two terms, 4 and 3𝑥𝑥 5 .
 How many terms comprise just constants, and what are they?
 There is one constant term, 4.
 How many terms have coefficients, and what are they?
 There is one term with a coefficient, 3.
 Is 4 + 3𝑥𝑥 5 a linear or nonlinear expression in 𝑥𝑥? Why or why not?
 The expression 4 + 3𝑥𝑥 5 is a nonlinear expression in 𝑥𝑥 because it is the sum of a constant and the
product of a constant and positive integer power of 𝑥𝑥 > 1.
 How many terms does the expression 7𝑥𝑥 + 9 + 6 + 3𝑥𝑥 have? What are they?
 As is, this expression has 4 terms: 7𝑥𝑥, 9, 6, and 3𝑥𝑥.
 This expression can be transformed using some of our basic properties of numbers. For example, if we apply
the commutative property of addition, we can rearrange the terms from 7𝑥𝑥 + 9 + 6 + 3𝑥𝑥 to 7𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 9 + 6.
Then, we can apply the associative property of addition:
(7𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥) + (9 + 6).
Next, we apply the distributive property:
(7 + 3)𝑥𝑥 + (9 + 6).
Finally,
10𝑥𝑥 + 15.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 How many terms with coefficients does the expression 10𝑥𝑥 + 15 have? What are they?
 The expression has one term with a coefficient, 10𝑥𝑥. For this term, the coefficient is 10.
 Is 10𝑥𝑥 + 15 a linear or nonlinear expression in 𝑥𝑥? Why or why not?
 The expression 10𝑥𝑥 + 15 is a linear expression in 𝑥𝑥 because it is the sum of constants and products that
contain 𝑥𝑥 to the 1st power.
 How many terms does the expression 5 + 9𝑥𝑥 ⋅ 7 + 2𝑥𝑥 9 have? What are they?
 The expression has three terms: 5, 9𝑥𝑥 ⋅ 7, and 2𝑥𝑥 9 .
 How many terms with coefficients does the expression 5 + 9𝑥𝑥 ⋅ 7 + 2𝑥𝑥 9 have? What are they?
 The term 9𝑥𝑥 ⋅ 7 can be simplified to 63𝑥𝑥. Then, the expression has two terms with coefficients: 63𝑥𝑥
and 2𝑥𝑥 9 . The coefficients are 63 and 2.
 Is 5 + 9𝑥𝑥 ⋅ 7 + 2𝑥𝑥 9 a linear or nonlinear expression in 𝑥𝑥? Why or why not?
 The expression 5 + 9𝑥𝑥 ⋅ 7 + 2𝑥𝑥 9 is a nonlinear expression in 𝑥𝑥 because it is the sum of constants and
products that contain 𝑥𝑥 raised to a power that is greater than 1.
 Is 94 + 𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥 −6 − 2 a linear or nonlinear expression in 𝑥𝑥? Why or why not?
 Students may first say that it is neither a linear nor a nonlinear expression in 𝑥𝑥 because of the −2
(linear expressions were described as sums of constants and products of a constant and 𝑥𝑥 raised to a
power of 0). Remind them that subtraction can be rewritten as a sum (i.e., + (−2)). The term 4𝑥𝑥 −6
contains the reason the expression is nonlinear; 𝑥𝑥 is raised to a power that is not equal to 1 or 0.
 Is the expression 𝑥𝑥 1 + 9𝑥𝑥 − 4 a linear expression in 𝑥𝑥?
 Yes, 𝑥𝑥 1 + 9𝑥𝑥 − 4 is a linear expression in 𝑥𝑥 because 𝑥𝑥 1 is the same as 𝑥𝑥.
 What powers of 𝑥𝑥 are acceptable in the definition of a linear expression in 𝑥𝑥?
 Only the powers of 0 or 1 are acceptable because 𝑥𝑥 0 and 𝑥𝑥 1 are, by definition, just 1and 𝑥𝑥, respectively.

Students complete Exercises 1–12 independently.
Exercises
Write each of the following statements in Exercises 1–12 as a mathematical expression. State whether or not the
expression is linear or nonlinear. If it is nonlinear, then explain why.
1. The sum of a number and four times the number
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 is a linear expression.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. The product of five and a number
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 is a linear expression.
3. Multiply six and the reciprocal of the quotient of a number and seven.
𝟕𝟕
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟔𝟔 ⋅ is a nonlinear expression. The expression is nonlinear because the number
𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏
= 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ = 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝒙𝒙−𝟏𝟏 . The exponent of the 𝒙𝒙 is the reason it is not a linear expression.
𝒙𝒙 𝒙𝒙
4. Twice a number subtracted from four times a number, added to 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + (𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) is a linear expression.
5. The square of the sum of six and a number
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔)𝟐𝟐 is a nonlinear expression. When you multiply (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔)𝟐𝟐, you get 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑.
The 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 is the reason it is not a linear expression.
6. The cube of a positive number divided by the square of the same positive number
𝒙𝒙𝟑𝟑
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, is a nonlinear expression. However, if you simplify the expression to 𝒙𝒙, then it is linear.
𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐
7. The sum of four consecutive numbers
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the first number; then, 𝒙𝒙 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐) + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑) is a linear expression.
8. Four subtracted from the reciprocal of a number

𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, − 𝟒𝟒 is a nonlinear expression. The term is the same as 𝒙𝒙−𝟏𝟏 , which is why this
𝒙𝒙 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏
expression is not linear. It is possible that a student may let 𝒙𝒙 be the reciprocal of a number, , which would make
𝒙𝒙
the expression linear.
9. Half of the product of a number multiplied by itself three times

𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, ⋅ 𝒙𝒙 ⋅ 𝒙𝒙 ⋅ 𝒙𝒙 is a nonlinear expression. The term ⋅ 𝒙𝒙 ⋅ 𝒙𝒙 ⋅ 𝒙𝒙 is the same as 𝒙𝒙𝟑𝟑, which is
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
why this expression is not linear.
𝟐𝟐
10. The sum that shows how many pages Maria read if she read 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 pages of a book yesterday and of the remaining
𝟑𝟑
pages today
𝟐𝟐
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number of remaining pages of the book; then, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 is a linear expression.
𝟑𝟑
11. An admission fee of $𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 plus an additional $𝟐𝟐 per game
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number of games; then, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 is a linear expression.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
12. Five more than four times a number and then twice that sum
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number; then, 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓) is a linear expression.
Closing (5 minutes)
 We have definitions for linear and nonlinear expressions.
 We know how to use the definitions to identify expressions as linear or nonlinear.
 We can write expressions that are linear and nonlinear.
Lesson Summary
A linear expression is an expression that is equivalent to the sum or difference of one or more expressions where
each expression is either a number, a variable, or a product of a number and a variable.
A linear expression in 𝒙𝒙 can be represented by terms whose variable 𝒙𝒙 is raised to either a power of 𝟎𝟎 or 𝟏𝟏. For
𝟏𝟏
example, 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐 are all linear expressions in 𝒙𝒙. A nonlinear expression in 𝒙𝒙 has
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
terms where 𝒙𝒙 is raised to a power that is not 𝟎𝟎 or 𝟏𝟏. For example, 𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗, −𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙−𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖 + 𝒙𝒙, and + 𝟖𝟖 are all
𝒙𝒙
nonlinear expressions in 𝒙𝒙.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name ___________________________________________________ Date____________________
Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝒙𝒙
Exit Ticket
Write each of the following statements as a mathematical expression. State whether the expression is a linear or
nonlinear expression in 𝑥𝑥.
1. Seven subtracted from five times a number, and then the difference added to nine times a number
2. Three times a number subtracted from the product of fifteen and the reciprocal of a number
3. Half of the sum of two and a number multiplied by itself three times
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Write each of the following statements as a mathematical expression. State whether the expression is a linear or
nonlinear expression in 𝒙𝒙.
1. Seven subtracted from five times a number, and then the difference added to nine times a number
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, (𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟕𝟕) + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗. The expression is a linear expression.
2. Three times a number subtracted from the product of fifteen and the reciprocal of a number
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 ⋅ − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. The expression is a nonlinear expression.
𝒙𝒙
3. Half of the sum of two and a number multiplied by itself three times
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, (𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙𝟑𝟑 ). The expression is a nonlinear expression.
𝟐𝟐

Students practice writing expressions and identifying them as linear or nonlinear.
Write each of the following statements as a mathematical expression. State whether the expression is linear or
nonlinear. If it is nonlinear, then explain why.
1. A number decreased by three squared
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑𝟐𝟐 is a linear expression.
2. The quotient of two and a number, subtracted from seventeen
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − is a nonlinear expression. The term is the same as 𝟐𝟐 ⋅ and = 𝒙𝒙−𝟏𝟏 , which is
𝒙𝒙 𝒙𝒙 𝒙𝒙 𝒙𝒙
why it is not linear.
3. The sum of thirteen and twice a number
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 is a linear expression.
4. 𝟓𝟓. 𝟐𝟐 more than the product of seven and a number
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟓𝟓. 𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 is a linear expression.
5. The sum that represents the number of tickets sold if 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 tickets were sold Monday, half of the remaining tickets
were sold on Tuesday, and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 tickets were sold on Wednesday
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the remaining number of tickets; then, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 is a linear expression.
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. The product of 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 and a number, subtracted from the reciprocal of the number cubed
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 is a nonlinear expression. The term 𝟑𝟑 is the same as 𝒙𝒙−𝟑𝟑 , which is why it is not
𝒙𝒙𝟑𝟑 𝒙𝒙
linear.
7. The product of 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 and a number, and then the product multiplied by itself four times
Let 𝐱𝐱 be a number; then, (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒙𝒙)𝟒𝟒 is a nonlinear expression. The expression can be written as 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟒𝟒 ⋅ 𝒙𝒙𝟒𝟒 . The exponent
of 𝟒𝟒 with a base of 𝒙𝒙 is the reason it is not linear.
8. A number increased by five and then divided by two

𝒙𝒙+𝟓𝟓
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, is a linear expression.
𝟐𝟐
9. Eight times the result of subtracting three from a number
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟖𝟖(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑) is a linear expression.
10. The sum of twice a number and four times a number subtracted from the number squared
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 − (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒) is a nonlinear expression. The term 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 is the reason it is not linear.
11. One-third of the result of three times a number that is increased by 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) is a linear expression.
𝟑𝟑
12. Five times the sum of one-half and a number

𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟓𝟓 � + 𝒙𝒙� is a linear expression.
𝟐𝟐
13. Three-fourths of a number multiplied by seven

𝟑𝟑
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝒙𝒙 ⋅ 𝟕𝟕 is a linear expression.
𝟒𝟒
14. The sum of a number and negative three, multiplied by the number
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, �𝒙𝒙 + (−𝟑𝟑)�𝒙𝒙 is a nonlinear expression because �𝒙𝒙 + (−𝟑𝟑)�𝒙𝒙 = 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 after using the
distributive property. It is nonlinear because the power of 𝒙𝒙 in the term 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 is greater than 𝟏𝟏.
15. The square of the difference between a number and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)𝟐𝟐 is a nonlinear expression because (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. The term 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 is
a positive power of 𝒙𝒙 > 𝟏𝟏; therefore, this is not a linear expression.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 3: Linear Equations in 𝒙𝒙
Student Outcomes
 Students know that a linear equation is a statement of equality between two expressions.
 Students know that a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥 is actually a question: Can you find all numbers 𝑥𝑥, if they exist, that
satisfy a given equation? Students know that those numbers 𝑥𝑥 that satisfy a given equation are called
solutions.
Classwork
Concept Development (7 minutes)
 We want to define “linear equation in 𝑥𝑥.” Here are some examples of linear Scaffolding:
equations in 𝑥𝑥. Using what you know about the words linear (from Lesson 2) Consider developing a word
and equation (from Lesson 1), develop a mathematical definition of “linear bank or word wall to be used
equation in 𝑥𝑥.” throughout the module.
Show students the examples below, and provide them time to work individually or in small
groups to develop an appropriate definition. Once students share their definitions,
continue with the definition and discussion that follows.
1
𝑥𝑥 + 11 = 15 5+3 =8 − 𝑥𝑥 = 22
2
4 3
15 − 4𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 + 3 − (𝑥𝑥 + 2) = −12𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 + 6(𝑥𝑥 − 1) = 9(2 − 𝑥𝑥)
5 4
 When two linear expressions are equal, they can be written as a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥.
 Consider the following equations. Which are true, and how do you know?
4+1= 5
6 + 5 = 16
21 − 6 = 15
6−2= 1
 The first and third equations are true because the value on the left side is equal to the number on the
right side.
 Is 4 + 15𝑥𝑥 = 49 true? How do you know?
Have a discussion that leads to students developing a list of values for 𝑥𝑥 that make it false, along with one value of 𝑥𝑥 that
makes it true. Then, conclude the discussion by making the two points below.
 A linear equation in 𝑥𝑥 is a statement about equality, but it is also an invitation to find all of the numbers 𝑥𝑥, if
they exist, that make the equation true. Sometimes the question is asked in this way: What number(s)
𝑥𝑥 satisfy the equation? The question is often stated more as a directive: Solve. When phrased as a directive,
it is still considered a question. Is there a number(s) 𝑥𝑥 that make the statement true? If so, what is the
number(s) 𝑥𝑥?
Lesson 3: Linear Equations in 𝒙𝒙 30
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Equations that contain a variable do not have a definitive truth value; in other words, there are values of the
variable that make the equation a true statement and values of the variable that make it a false statement.
When we say that we have “solved an equation,” what we are really saying is that we have found a number (or
numbers) 𝑥𝑥 that make the equation true. That number 𝑥𝑥 is called the solution to the equation.
 Here is a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥: 4 + 15𝑥𝑥 = 49. Is there a number 𝑥𝑥 that makes
Scaffolding:
the linear expression 4 + 15𝑥𝑥 equal to the linear expression 49? Suppose you
are told this number 𝑥𝑥 has a value of 2, that is, 𝑥𝑥 = 2. We replace any instance Remind students that when a
of 𝑥𝑥 in the linear equation with the value of 2, as shown: number and a symbol are next
to one another, such as 15𝑥𝑥, it
4 + 15 ⋅ 2 = 49. is not necessary to use a
Next, we evaluate each side of the equation. The left side is symbol to represent the
4 + 15 ⋅ 2 = 4 + 30 multiplication (it is a
= 34. convention). For clarity, when
two numbers are being
The right side of the equation is 49. Clearly, 34 ≠ 49. Therefore, the number 2
multiplied, it is necessary to
is not a solution to this equation.
use a multiplication symbol.
 Is the number 3 a solution to the equation? That is, is this equation a true For example, it is necessary to
statement when 𝑥𝑥 = 3? tell the difference between the
 Yes, because the left side of the equation equals the right side of the number, 152, and the product,
equation when 𝑥𝑥 = 3. 15 ⋅ 2.
The left side is
4 + 15 ⋅ 3 = 4 + 45
= 49.
The right side is 49. Since 49 = 49, then we can say that 𝑥𝑥 = 3 is a solution to the equation
4 + 15𝑥𝑥 = 49.
 3 is a solution to the equation because it is a value of 𝑥𝑥 that makes the equation a true statement.
 Here is a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥: 8𝑥𝑥 − 19 = −4 − 7𝑥𝑥.
 Is 5 a solution to the equation? That is, is the equation a true statement when 𝑥𝑥 = 5?
 No, because the left side of the equation does not equal the right side of the equation when 𝑥𝑥 = 5.
The left side is
8 ⋅ 5 − 19 = 40 − 19
= 21.
The right side is
−4 − 7 ⋅ 5 = −4 − 35
= −39.
Since 21 ≠ −39, then 𝑥𝑥 ≠ 5. That is, 5 is not a solution to the equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Is 1 a solution to the equation? That is, is this equation a true statement when 𝑥𝑥 = 1?
 Yes. The left side and right side of the equation are equal to the same number when 𝑥𝑥 = 1.
The left side is
8 ⋅ 1 − 19 = 8 − 19
= −11.
The right side is
−4 − 7 ⋅ 1 = −4 − 7
= −11.
Since −11 = −11, then 𝑥𝑥 = 1. That is, 1 is a solution to the equation.
 Here is a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥: 3(𝑥𝑥 + 9) = 4𝑥𝑥 − 7 + 7𝑥𝑥.
 We can make our work simpler if we use some properties to transform the expression on the right side of the
equation into an expression with fewer terms.
Provide students time to transform the equation into fewer terms, and then proceed with the points below.
 For example, notice that on the right side, there are two terms that contain 𝑥𝑥. First, we will use the
MP.1 commutative property to rearrange the terms to better see what we are doing.
4𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑥𝑥 − 7
Next, we will use the distributive property to collect the terms that contain 𝑥𝑥.
4𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑥𝑥 − 7 = (4 + 7)𝑥𝑥 − 7
= 11𝑥𝑥 − 7
Finally, the transformed (but still the same) equation can be written as 3(𝑥𝑥 + 9) = 11𝑥𝑥 − 7.
5 5
 Is a solution to the equation? That is, is this equation a true statement when 𝑥𝑥 = ?
4 4
5
 No, because the left side of the equation does not equal the right side of the equation when 𝑥𝑥 = .
4
The left side is
5 41
3 � + 9� = 3 � �
4 4
123
= .
4
The right side is
5 55
11 ⋅ −7= −7
4 4
27
= .
4
123 27 5 5
Since ≠ , then 𝑥𝑥 ≠ . That is, is not a solution to the equation.
4 4 4 4
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Here is a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥: −2𝑥𝑥 + 11 − 5𝑥𝑥 = 5 − 6𝑥𝑥.
 We want to check to see if 6 is a solution to the equation; that is, is this equation a true statement when
𝑥𝑥 = 6? Before we do that, what would make our work easier?
 We could use the commutative and distributive properties to transform the left side of the equation
into an expression with fewer terms.
−2𝑥𝑥 + 11 − 5𝑥𝑥 = −2𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑥𝑥 + 11
= (−2 − 5)𝑥𝑥 + 11
= −7𝑥𝑥 + 11
 The transformed equation can be written as −7𝑥𝑥 + 11 = 5 − 6𝑥𝑥. Is 6 a solution to the equation; that is, is this
equation a true statement when 𝑥𝑥 = 6?
 Yes, because the left side of the equation is equal to the right side of the equation when 𝑥𝑥 = 6.
The left side is
−7𝑥𝑥 + 11 = −7 ⋅ 6 + 11
= −42 + 11
= −31.
The right side is
5 − 6𝑥𝑥 = 5 − 6 ⋅ 6
= 5 − 36
= −31.
Since −31 = −31, then 𝑥𝑥 = 6. That is, 6 is a solution to the equation.

Exercises
1. Is the equation a true statement when 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟑𝟑? In other words, is −𝟑𝟑 a solution to the equation
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐? Explain.
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number −𝟑𝟑, then the left side of the equation is
𝟔𝟔 ⋅ (−𝟑𝟑) + 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟓𝟓
= −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏,
and the right side of the equation is
𝟓𝟓 ⋅ (−𝟑𝟑) + 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐 ⋅ (−𝟑𝟑) = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟔𝟔

= −𝟕𝟕 − 𝟔𝟔
= −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Since −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, then 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟑𝟑 is a solution to the equation 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Note: Some students may have transformed the equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑
2. Does 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 satisfy the equation 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏? Explain.
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, then the left side of the equation is
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − ⋅ (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏,

𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏 = ⋅ (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟗𝟗 + 𝟏𝟏
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑
Since 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, then 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 is a solution to the equation 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏.
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
3. Chad solved the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏) and is claiming that 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐 makes the equation true. Is Chad
correct? Explain.
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number 𝟐𝟐, then the left side of the equation is
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ⋅ 𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐 ⋅ 𝟐𝟐

= 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓,
𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 ⋅ 𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏)

= 𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏)
= 𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
= 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓.
Since 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 ≠ 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓, then 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐 is not a solution to the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏), and Chad is not correct.
𝟏𝟏
4. Lisa solved the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 and claimed that the solution is 𝒙𝒙 = − . Is she correct? Explain.
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number − , then the left side of the equation is
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 = − + 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
= 𝟓𝟓 ,
𝟑𝟑

𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ �− �
𝟑𝟑
𝟕𝟕
= 𝟖𝟖 −
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟕𝟕
= −
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= .
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
Since 𝟓𝟓 = , then 𝒙𝒙 = − is a solution to the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕, and Lisa is correct.
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. Angel transformed the following equation from 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) to 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏). He then stated that the
solution to the equation is 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒. Is he correct? Explain.
No, Angel is not correct. He did not transform the equation correctly. The expression on the left side of the equation
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) would transform to
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒
= (𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒.
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number 𝟒𝟒, then the left side of the equation is
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟓𝟓 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐,
𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏)

= 𝟐𝟐(𝟓𝟓)
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Since 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ≠ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, then 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒 is not a solution to the equation 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏), and Angel is not correct.
6. Claire was able to verify that 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑 was a solution to her teacher’s linear equation, but the equation got erased
from the board. What might the equation have been? Identify as many equations as you can with a solution of
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑.
Answers will vary. Ask students to share their equations and justifications as to how they knew 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑 would make a
true number sentence.
7. Does an equation always have a solution? Could you come up with an equation that does not have a solution?
Answers will vary. Expect students to write equations that are false. Ask students to share their equations and
justifications as to how they knew the equation they wrote did not have a solution. The concept of “no solution” is
introduced in Lesson 6 and solidified in Lesson 7.
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know that equations are statements about equality. That is, the expression on the left side of the equal
sign is equal to the expression on the right side of the equal sign.
 We know that a solution to a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥 will be a number and that when all instances of 𝑥𝑥 are
replaced with the number, the left side will equal the right side.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson Summary
An equation is a statement about equality between two expressions. If the expression on the left side of the equal
sign has the same value as the expression on the right side of the equal sign, then you have a true equation.
A solution of a linear equation in 𝒙𝒙 is a number, such that when all instances of 𝒙𝒙 are replaced with the number, the
left side will equal the right side. For example, 𝟐𝟐 is a solution to 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟖𝟖 because when 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐, the left side
of the equation is
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐) + 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏,
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐 + 𝟖𝟖
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Since 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, then 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐 is a solution to the linear equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟖𝟖.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name ___________________________________________________ Date____________________
Lesson 3: Linear Equations in 𝒙𝒙
Exit Ticket
1
1. Is 8 a solution to 𝑥𝑥 + 9 = 13? Explain.
2
2. Write three different equations that have 𝑥𝑥 = 5 as a solution.
3. Is −3 a solution to the equation 3𝑥𝑥 − 5 = 4 + 2𝑥𝑥? Explain.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
1. Is 𝟖𝟖 a solution to 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏? Explain.
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number 𝟖𝟖, then the left side is (𝟖𝟖) + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and the right side is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Since
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, then 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟖𝟖 is a solution.
2. Write three different equations that have 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓 as a solution.
Answers will vary. Accept equations where 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓 makes a true number sentence.
3. Is −𝟑𝟑 a solution to the equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐? Explain.
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number −𝟑𝟑, then the left side is 𝟑𝟑(−𝟑𝟑) − 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟗𝟗 − 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. The right side is
𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐(−𝟑𝟑) = 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟐𝟐. Since −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 ≠ −𝟐𝟐, then −𝟑𝟑 is not a solution of the equation.

Students practice determining whether or not a given number is a solution to the linear equation.
1. Given that 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 and 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, does 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏? Explain.
No, because a linear equation is a statement about equality. We are given that 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, but 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Since each linear expression is equal to a different number, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 ≠ 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏.
2. Is −𝟓𝟓 a solution to the equation 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐? Explain.
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number −𝟓𝟓, then the left side of the equation is
𝟔𝟔 ⋅ (−𝟓𝟓) + 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓
= −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐,
𝟓𝟓 ⋅ (−𝟓𝟓) + 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐 ⋅ (−𝟓𝟓) = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

= −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Since −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ≠ −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, then −𝟓𝟓 is not a solution of the equation 𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Note: Some students may have transformed the equation.
𝒙𝒙
3. Does 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟔𝟔 satisfy the equation 𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = − ? Explain.
𝟒𝟒
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number 𝟏𝟏. 𝟔𝟔, then the left side of the equation is
𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒 ⋅ 𝟏𝟏. 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟔𝟔 − 𝟔𝟔. 𝟒𝟒
= −𝟎𝟎. 𝟒𝟒,
𝟏𝟏. 𝟔𝟔
− = −𝟎𝟎. 𝟒𝟒.
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙
Since −𝟎𝟎. 𝟒𝟒 = −𝟎𝟎. 𝟒𝟒, then 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟔𝟔 is a solution of the equation 𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = − .
𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4. Use the linear equation 𝟑𝟑(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 to answer parts (a)–(d).
a. Does 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓 satisfy the equation above? Explain.
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number 𝟓𝟓, then the left side of the equation is
𝟑𝟑(𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑(𝟔𝟔)

= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏,
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟑𝟑
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Since 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, then 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓 is a solution of the equation 𝟑𝟑(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑.
b. Is 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟖𝟖 a solution of the equation above? Explain.
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number −𝟖𝟖, then the left side of the equation is
𝟑𝟑(−𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑(−𝟕𝟕)

= −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐,
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ (−𝟖𝟖) + 𝟑𝟑
= −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑
= −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Since −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, then 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟖𝟖 is a solution of the equation 𝟑𝟑(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑.
𝟏𝟏
c. Is 𝒙𝒙 = a solution of the equation above? Explain.
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
If we replace 𝒙𝒙 with the number , then the left side of the equation is
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 � + 𝟏𝟏� = 𝟑𝟑 � + �
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
= 𝟑𝟑 � �
𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗
= ,
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ � � + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
= + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 𝟔𝟔
= +
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗
= .
𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟏𝟏
Since = , then 𝒙𝒙 = is a solution of the equation 𝟑𝟑(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑.
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
d. What interesting fact about the equation 𝟑𝟑(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 is illuminated by the answers to parts (a), (b),
and (c)? Why do you think this is true?
Note to teacher: Ideally, students will notice that the equation 𝟑𝟑(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 is an identity under the
distributive law. The purpose of this problem is to prepare students for the idea that linear equations can
have more than one solution, which is a topic of Lesson 7.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 4: Solving a Linear Equation
Student Outcomes
 Students extend the use of the properties of equality to solve linear equations having rational coefficients.
Classwork
 To solve an equation means to find all of the numbers 𝑥𝑥, if they exist, so that the given equation is true.
 In some cases, some simple guesswork can lead us to a solution. For example, consider the following
equation:
4𝑥𝑥 + 1 = 13.
What number 𝑥𝑥 would make this equation true? That is, what value of 𝑥𝑥 would make the left side equal to the
right side? (Give students a moment to guess a solution.)
 When 𝑥𝑥 = 3, we get a true statement. The left side of the equal sign is equal to 13, and so is the right
side of the equal sign.
 In other cases, guessing the correct answer is not so easy. Consider the following equation:
3(4𝑥𝑥 − 9) + 10 = 15𝑥𝑥 + 2 + 7𝑥𝑥.
Can you guess a number for 𝑥𝑥 that would make this equation true? (Give students a minute to guess.)
 Guessing is not always an efficient strategy for solving equations. In the last example, there are several terms
in each of the linear expressions comprising the equation. This makes it more difficult to easily guess a
solution. For this reason, we want to use what we know about the properties of equality to transform
equations into equations with fewer terms.
 The ultimate goal of solving any equation is to get it into the form of 𝑥𝑥 (or whatever symbol is being used in
the equation) equal to a constant.
Complete the activity described below to remind students of the properties of equality, and then proceed with the
discussion that follows.
Give students the equation 4 + 1 = 7 − 2, and ask them the following questions:
1. Is this equation true?
2. Perform each of the following operations, and state whether or not the equation is still true:
MP.8 a. Add three to both sides of the equal sign.
b. Add three to the left side of the equal sign, and add two to the right side of the equal sign.
c. Subtract six from both sides of the equal sign.
d. Subtract three from one side of the equal sign, and subtract three from the other side of the equal
sign.
e. Multiply both sides of the equal sign by ten.
Lesson 4: Solving a Linear Equation 40
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
f. Multiply the left side of the equation by ten and the right side of the equation by four.
g. Divide both sides of the equation by two.
MP.8
h. Divide the left side of the equation by two and the right side of the equation by five.
3. What do you notice? Describe any patterns you see.
 There are four properties of equality that allow us to transform an equation into the form we want. If 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵,
and 𝐶𝐶 are any rational numbers, then:
- If 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then 𝐴𝐴 + 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 + 𝐶𝐶.
- If 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then 𝐴𝐴 − 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 − 𝐶𝐶.
- If 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then 𝐴𝐴 ⋅ 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 ⋅ 𝐶𝐶.
𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵
- If 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then = , where 𝐶𝐶 is not equal to zero.
𝐶𝐶 𝐶𝐶
 All four of the properties require us to start off with 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵. That is, we have to assume that a given equation
has an expression on the left side that is equal to the expression on the right side. Working under that
assumption, each time we use one of the properties of equality, we are transforming the equation into
another equation that is also true; that is, the left side equals the right side.
 Solve the linear equation 2𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 4𝑥𝑥 for the number 𝑥𝑥.
 Examine the properties of equality. Choose “something” to add, subtract, multiply, or divide on both sides of
the equation.
Validate the use of the properties of equality by having students share their thoughts. Then, discuss the “best” choice
for the first step in solving the equation with the points below. Be sure to remind students throughout this and the
other examples that the goal is to get 𝑥𝑥 equal to a constant; therefore, the “best” choice is one that gets them to that
goal most efficiently.
 First, we must assume that there is a number 𝑥𝑥 that makes the equation true. Working under that
assumption, when we use the property, if 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then 𝐴𝐴 − 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 − 𝐶𝐶, we get an equation that is also true.
2𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 4𝑥𝑥
2𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 4𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥
Now, using the distributive property, we get another set of equations that is also true.
(2 − 2)𝑥𝑥 − 3 = (4 − 2)𝑥𝑥
0𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 2𝑥𝑥
−3 = 2𝑥𝑥
𝐴𝐴 𝐵𝐵
Using another property, if 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then = , we get another equation that is also true.
𝐶𝐶 𝐶𝐶
−3 2𝑥𝑥
=
2 2
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2
After simplifying the fraction , we have
2
−3
= 𝑥𝑥,
2
which is also true.
3
 The last step is to check to see if 𝑥𝑥 = − satisfies the equation 2𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 4𝑥𝑥.
2
3
The left side of the equation is equal to 2 ⋅ �− � − 3 = −3 − 3 = −6.
2
3
The right side of the equation is equal to 4 ⋅ �− � = 2 ⋅ (−3) = −6.
2
Since the left side equals the right side, we know we have found the number 𝑥𝑥 that solves the equation
2𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 4𝑥𝑥.
3
 Solve the linear equation 𝑥𝑥 − 21 = 15. Keep in mind that our goal is to transform the equation so that it is
5
in the form of 𝑥𝑥 equal to a constant. If we assume that the equation is true for some number 𝑥𝑥, which
property should we use to help us reach our goal, and how should we use it?
Again, provide students time to decide which property is “best” to use first.
 We should use the property if 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then 𝐴𝐴 + 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 + 𝐶𝐶, where the number 𝐶𝐶 is 21.
Note that if students suggest that they subtract 15 from both sides (i.e., where 𝐶𝐶 is −15), remind them that they want
the form of 𝑥𝑥 equal to a constant. Subtracting 15 from both sides of the equal sign puts the 𝑥𝑥 and all of the constants on
the same side of the equal sign. There is nothing mathematically incorrect about subtracting 15, but it does not get
them any closer to reaching the goal.
 If we use 𝐴𝐴 + 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 + 𝐶𝐶, then we have the true statement:
3
𝑥𝑥 − 21 + 21 = 15 + 21
5
and
3
𝑥𝑥 = 36.
5
Which property should we use to reach our goal, and how should we use it?
5
 We should use the property if 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then 𝐴𝐴 ⋅ 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 ⋅ 𝐶𝐶, where 𝐶𝐶 is .
3
 If we use 𝐴𝐴 ⋅ 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 ⋅ 𝐶𝐶, then we have the true statement:
3 5 5
𝑥𝑥 ⋅ = 36 ⋅ ,
5 3 3
and by the commutative property and the cancellation law, we have
𝑥𝑥 = 12 ⋅ 5 = 60.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3
 Does 𝑥𝑥 = 60 satisfy the equation 𝑥𝑥 − 21 = 15?
5
180
 Yes, because the left side of the equation is equal to − 21 = 36 − 21 = 15. Since the right side is
5
3
also 15, then we know that 60 is a solution to 𝑥𝑥 − 21 = 15.
5
 The properties of equality are not the only properties we can use with equations. What other properties do
we know that could make solving an equation more efficient?
 We know the distributive property, which allows us to expand and simplify expressions.
 We know the commutative and associative properties, which allow us to rearrange and group terms
within expressions.
1
 Now we will solve the linear equation 𝑥𝑥 + 13 + 𝑥𝑥 = 1 − 9𝑥𝑥 + 22. Is there anything we can do to the linear
5
expression on the left side to transform it into an expression with fewer terms?
 Yes. We can use the commutative and distributive properties:
1 1 Note to Teacher:
𝑥𝑥 + 13 + 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 13
5 5 There are many ways to solve
1 this equation. Any of the
= � + 1� 𝑥𝑥 + 13
5 actions listed below are
6 acceptable. In fact, a student
= 𝑥𝑥 + 13.
5 could say, “Add 100 to both
sides of the equal sign,” and
 Is there anything we can do to the linear expression on the right side to
that, too, would be an
transform it into an expression with fewer terms?
acceptable action. It may not
 Yes. We can use the commutative property: lead directly to the answer, but
1 − 9𝑥𝑥 + 22 = 1 + 22 − 9𝑥𝑥 it is still an action that would
make a mathematically correct
= 23 − 9𝑥𝑥.
statement. Make it clear that it
6 does not matter which option
 Now we have the equation 𝑥𝑥 + 13 = 23 − 9𝑥𝑥. What should we do now to
5 students choose or in which
solve the equation?
order; what matters is that
Students should come up with the following four responses as to what should be done they use the properties of
next. A case can be made for each of them being the “best” move. In this case, each equality to make true
move gets them one step closer to the goal of having the solution in the form of 𝑥𝑥 equal to statements that lead to a
a constant. Select one option, and move forward with solving the equation (the notes that solution in the form of 𝑥𝑥 equal
follow align to the first choice, subtracting 13 from both sides of the equal sign). to a constant.
 We should subtract 13 from both sides of the equal sign.
 We should subtract 23 from both sides of the equal sign.
 We should add 9𝑥𝑥 to both sides of the equal sign.
6
 We should subtract 𝑥𝑥 from both sides of the equal sign.
5
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Let’s choose to subtract 13 from both sides of the equal sign. Though all options were generally equal with
respect to being the “best” first step, I chose this one because when I subtract 13 on both sides, the value of
the constant on the left side is positive. I prefer to work with positive numbers. Then we have
6
𝑥𝑥 + 13 − 13 = 23 − 13 − 9𝑥𝑥
5
6
𝑥𝑥 = 10 − 9𝑥𝑥
5
 What should we do next? Why?
 We should add 9𝑥𝑥 to both sides of the equal sign. We want our solution in the form of 𝑥𝑥 equal to a
constant, and this move puts all terms with an 𝑥𝑥 on the same side of the equal sign.
 Adding 9𝑥𝑥 to both sides of the equal sign, we have
6 Note to Teacher:
𝑥𝑥 + 9𝑥𝑥 = 10 − 9𝑥𝑥 + 9𝑥𝑥
5 There are still options. If
51 students say they should
𝑥𝑥 = 10.
5 6
subtract 𝑥𝑥 from both sides of
 What do we need to do now? 5
the equal sign, remind them of
5
 We should multiply on both sides of the equal sign. the goal of obtaining the 𝑥𝑥
51
equal to a constant.
 Then we have
51 5 5
𝑥𝑥 ⋅ = 10 ⋅ .
5 51 51
5 51
By the commutative property and the fact that ⋅ = 1, we have
51 5
50
𝑥𝑥 = .
51
1
 All of the work we did is only valid if our assumption that 𝑥𝑥 + 13 + 𝑥𝑥 = 1 − 9𝑥𝑥 + 22 is a true statement.
5
50
Therefore, check to see if makes the original equation a true statement.
51
1
𝑥𝑥 + 13 + 𝑥𝑥 = 1 − 9𝑥𝑥 + 22
5
1 50 50 50
� � + 13 + = 1 − 9 � � + 22
5 51 51 51
6 50 50
� � + 13 = 23 − 9 � �
5 51 51
300 450
+ 13 = 23 −
255 51
3615 723
=
255 51
723 723
=
51 51
723 50
Since both sides of our equation equal , then we know that is a solution of the equation.
51 51
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students work on Exercises 1–5 independently.
Exercises
For each problem, show your work, and check that your solution is correct.
1. Solve the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. State the property that justifies your first step and
why you chose it.
The left side of the equation can be transformed from 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 to 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 using the commutative
and distributive properties. Using these properties decreases the number of terms of the equation. Now we have
the equation:
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 ⋅
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
The left side of the equation is equal to (−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + (−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟐𝟐 + (−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟒𝟒 + (−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟔𝟔, which is −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Since the
left side is equal to the right side, then 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 is the solution to the equation.
Note: Students could use the division property in the last step to get the answer.
2. Solve the linear equation 𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒙𝒙. State the property that justifies your first step and why you
chose it.
Both sides of equation can be rewritten using the distributive property. I have to use it on the left side to expand the
expression. I have to use it on the right side to collect like terms.
The left side is
𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐) = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒.

The right side is
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏
= 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏.
The equation is
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓
(𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑)𝒙𝒙 = (𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑)𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
⋅ 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = ⋅ (−𝟓𝟓)
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = − .
𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
The left side of the equation is 𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐). Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with − gives 𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑 �− � + 𝟐𝟐) = 𝟐𝟐(−𝟓𝟓 + 𝟐𝟐) = 𝟐𝟐(−𝟑𝟑) = −𝟔𝟔.
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
The right side of the equation is 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒙𝒙. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with − gives 𝟐𝟐 �− � − 𝟏𝟏 + �− � = − − 𝟏𝟏 − = −𝟔𝟔.
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓
Since both sides are equal to −𝟔𝟔, then 𝒙𝒙 = − is a solution to 𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒙𝒙.
𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑
3. Solve the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒙𝒙. State the property that justifies your first step and why you chose it.
𝟓𝟓
I chose to use the subtraction property of equality to get all terms with an 𝒙𝒙 on one side of the equal sign.
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 =
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑
(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏)𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 = � − 𝟏𝟏� 𝒙𝒙
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
−𝟗𝟗 = − 𝒙𝒙
𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐
− ⋅ (−𝟗𝟗) = − ⋅ − 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑 𝟗𝟗 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The left side of the equation is − = . The right side is ⋅ = ⋅ = . Since both sides are equal to
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑
the same number, then 𝒙𝒙 = is a solution to 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟐𝟐 𝟓𝟓
4. Solve the linear equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓. State the property that justifies your first step and why you chose it.
I chose to use the addition property of equality to get all terms with an 𝒙𝒙 on one side of the equal sign.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟗𝟗 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
⋅ 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = ⋅ 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙
The left side of the equal sign is 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑(𝟑𝟑) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. The right side is equal to 𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑) + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Since both sides are equal, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑 is a solution to 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓.
𝟏𝟏
5. Solve the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙. State the property that justifies your first step and why you chose it.
𝟑𝟑
I chose to combine the constants −𝟓𝟓 and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Then, I used the subtraction property of equality to get all terms with
an 𝒙𝒙 on one side of the equal sign.
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 ⋅ = ⋅ 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 ⋅ 𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏
The left side of the equation is ∙ 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, which is exactly equal to
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
the right side. Therefore, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 is a solution to 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know that properties of equality, when used to transform equations, make equations with fewer terms
that are simpler to solve.
 When solving an equation, we want the answer to be in the form of the symbol 𝑥𝑥 equal to a constant.
Lesson Summary
The properties of equality, shown below, are used to transform equations into simpler forms. If 𝑨𝑨, 𝑩𝑩, 𝑪𝑪 are rational
numbers, then:
 If 𝑨𝑨 = 𝑩𝑩, then 𝑨𝑨 + 𝑪𝑪 = 𝑩𝑩 + 𝑪𝑪. Addition property of equality

 If 𝑨𝑨 = 𝑩𝑩, then 𝑨𝑨 − 𝑪𝑪 = 𝑩𝑩 − 𝑪𝑪. Subtraction property of equality
 If 𝑨𝑨 = 𝑩𝑩, then 𝑨𝑨 ⋅ 𝑪𝑪 = 𝑩𝑩 ⋅ 𝑪𝑪. Multiplication property of equality
𝑨𝑨 𝑩𝑩
 If 𝑨𝑨 = 𝑩𝑩, then = , where 𝑪𝑪 is not equal to zero. Division property of equality
𝑪𝑪 𝑪𝑪
To solve an equation, transform the equation until you get to the form of 𝒙𝒙 equal to a constant (𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓, for
example).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name ___________________________________________________ Date____________________
Lesson 4: Solving a Linear Equation
Exit Ticket
1. Guess a number for 𝑥𝑥 that would make the equation true. Check your solution.
5𝑥𝑥 − 2 = 8
2. Use the properties of equality to solve the equation 7𝑥𝑥 − 4 + 𝑥𝑥 = 12. State which property justifies your first step
and why you chose it. Check your solution.
3. Use the properties of equality to solve the equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 2 − 𝑥𝑥 = 11𝑥𝑥 + 9. State which property justifies your first
step and why you chose it. Check your solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. Guess a number for 𝒙𝒙 that would make the equation true. Check your solution.
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖
When 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐, the left side of the equation is 𝟖𝟖, which is the same as the right side. Therefore, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐 is the solution to
the equation.
7. Use the properties of equality to solve the equation 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. State which property justifies your first step
and why you chose it. Check your solution.
I used the commutative and distributive properties on the left side of the equal sign to simplify the expression to
fewer terms.
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
(𝟕𝟕 + 𝟏𝟏)𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
The left side of the equation is 𝟕𝟕(𝟐𝟐) − 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. The right side is also 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Since the left side equals
the right side, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐 is the solution to the equation.
8. Use the properties of equality to solve the equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗. State which property justifies your first
step and why you chose it. Check your solution.
fewer terms.
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗
(𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟗𝟗
(𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 = (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗
−𝟕𝟕 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
−𝟕𝟕 𝟗𝟗
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟕𝟕
− = 𝒙𝒙
𝟗𝟗
−𝟕𝟕 −𝟕𝟕 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕 𝟒𝟒 𝟕𝟕 −𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕

The left side of the equation is 𝟑𝟑 � � + 𝟐𝟐 − =− + + = . The right side is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 �− � + 𝟗𝟗 = +
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟒𝟒 𝟕𝟕
= . Since the left side equals the right side, 𝒙𝒙 = − is the solution to the equation.
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students solve equations using properties of equality.
For each problem, show your work, and check that your solution is correct.
1. Solve the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. State the property that justifies your first step and why you chose it.
fewer terms.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
(𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The left side is equal to 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕, which is equal to the right side. Therefore, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 is a
solution to the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕.
2. Solve the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. State the property that justifies your first step and why you
chose it.
fewer terms.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 − 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
(𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 − 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The left side is equal to 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓, which is equal to the right side.
Therefore, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 is a solution to 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
3. Solve the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. State the property that justifies your first step and why you chose
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
it.
I chose to use the subtraction property of equality to get all of the constants on one side of the equal sign.
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 ⋅ 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
The left side of the equation is (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗. The right side of the equation is
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗. Since both sides equal 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 is a solution to the equation
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓.
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
4. Solve the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙. State the property that justifies your first step and why you chose it.
𝟒𝟒
I chose to use the subtraction property of equality to get all terms with an 𝒙𝒙 on one side of the equal sign.
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑
⋅ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = ⋅ 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏
The left side of the equation is (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, which is what the right side is equal to. Therefore,
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 is a solution to 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
5. Solve the linear equation 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 = ⋅ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟔𝟔. State the property that justifies your first step and why you chose it.
𝟑𝟑
The right side of the equation can be simplified to 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Then, the equation is
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏,
𝟏𝟏
and 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔. Both sides of the equation equal 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏; therefore, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔 is a solution to the equation 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 = ⋅ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟔𝟔.
𝟑𝟑
I was able to solve the equation mentally without using the properties of equality.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
6. Solve the linear equation = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓. State the property that justifies your first step and why you chose it.
𝟒𝟒
I chose to use the multiplication property of equality to get all terms with an 𝒙𝒙 on one side of the equal sign.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓)
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕

The left side of the equation is = = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓, which is equal to the right side of the equation.
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
Therefore, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 is a solution to = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓.
𝟒𝟒
7. Alysha solved the linear equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏. Her work is shown below. When she checked her
answer, the left side of the equation did not equal the right side. Find and explain Alysha’s error, and then solve the
equation correctly.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟒𝟒 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
−𝟒𝟒 −𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟒𝟒
Alysha made a mistake on the fifth line. She added 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 to the left side of the equal sign and subtracted 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 on the
right side of the equal sign. To use the property correctly, she should have subtracted 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 on both sides of the equal
sign, making the equation at that point:
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

−𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
−𝟖𝟖 −𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟐𝟐.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 5: Writing and Solving Linear Equations
Student Outcomes
 Students apply knowledge of geometry to writing and solving linear equations.
Lesson Notes
All of the problems in this lesson relate to what students have learned about geometry in recent modules and previous
years. The purpose is twofold: first, to reinforce what students have learned about geometry, and second, to
demonstrate a need for writing and solving an equation in a context that is familiar. Throughout the lesson, students
solve mathematical problems that relate directly to what students have learned about angle relationships, congruence,
and the triangle sum theorem. Encourage students to draw diagrams to represent the situations presented in the word
problems.
Classwork
 Solve the following problem:
Example 1
One angle is five degrees less than three times the measure of another angle. Together, the angle measures have a sum
MP.1 of 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. What is the measure of each angle?
Provide students with time to make sense of the problem and persevere in solving it. They could begin their work by
guessing and checking, drawing a diagram, or other methods as appropriate. Then, move to the algebraic method
shown below.
 What do we need to do first to solve this problem?
 First, we need to define our variable (symbol). Let 𝑥𝑥 be the measure of
the first angle in degrees. Scaffolding:
 If 𝑥𝑥 is the measure of the first angle, how do you represent the measure of the Model for students how to use
second angle? diagrams to help make sense of
 The second angle is 3𝑥𝑥 − 5. the problems throughout this
lesson. Encourage students to
 What is the equation that represents this situation?
use diagrams to help them
 The equation is 𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 − 5 = 143. understand the situation.
 The equation that represents this situation is 𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 − 5 = 143. Solve for 𝑥𝑥,
and then determine the measure of each angle.
Lesson 5: Writing and Solving Linear Equations 53
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
As students share their solutions for this and subsequent problems, ask them a variety of questions to reinforce the
concepts of the last few lessons. For example, ask students to discuss whether or not this is a linear equation and how
they know, to justify their steps and explain why they chose their particular first step, to explain what the solution
means, or to justify how they know their answer is correct.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
(𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑)𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
The measure of the first angle is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑°. The second angle is 𝟑𝟑(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑°) − 𝟓𝟓° = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏° − 𝟓𝟓° = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
 Compare the method you tried at the beginning of the problem with the algebraic method. What advantage
does writing and solving an equation have?
 Writing and solving an equation is a more direct method than the one I tried before. It allows me to
find the answer more quickly.
 Could we have defined 𝑥𝑥 to be the measure of the second angle? If so, what, if anything, would change?
 If we let 𝑥𝑥 be the measure of the second angle, then the equation would change, but the answers for
the measures of the angles should remain the same.
 If 𝑥𝑥 is the measure of the second angle, how would we write the measure of the first angle?
𝑥𝑥+5
 The first angle would be .
3
𝑥𝑥+5
 The equation that represents the situation is 𝑥𝑥 + = 143. How should we solve this equation?
3
 We could add the fractions together and then solve for 𝑥𝑥.
 We could multiply every term by 3 to change the fraction to a whole number.
 Using either method, solve the equation. Verify that the measures of the angles are the same as before.

𝑥𝑥 + 5
𝑥𝑥 + = 143
3 Scaffolding:
3𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 + 5 It may be necessary to remind
+ = 143
3 3 students how to add fractions
3𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 5 by rewriting the term or terms
= 143
3 as equivalent fractions and
3𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 143(3) then adding the numerators.
(3 + 1)𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 429 Provide support as needed.
4𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 429
4𝑥𝑥 + 5 − 5 = 429 − 5
4𝑥𝑥 = 424
𝑥𝑥 = 106
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
OR
𝑥𝑥 + 5
𝑥𝑥 + = 143
3
𝑥𝑥 + 5
3 �𝑥𝑥 + = 143�
3
3𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 429
(3 + 1)𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 429
4𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 429
4𝑥𝑥 + 5 − 5 = 429 − 5
4𝑥𝑥 = 424
𝑥𝑥 = 106
So, the measure of the second angle is 106°.
𝑥𝑥 + 5 106 + 5 111
= = = 37
3 3 3
The measure of the first angle is 37°.
 Whether we let 𝑥𝑥 represent the measure of the first angle or the second angle does not change our answers.
Whether we solve the equation using the first or second method does not change our answers. What matters
is that we accurately write the information in the problem and correctly use the properties of equality. You
may solve a problem differently from your classmates or teachers. Again, what matters most is that what you
do is accurate and correct.

 Solve the following problem:
Example 2
Given a right triangle, find the degree measure of the angles if one angle is ten degrees more than four times the degree
measure of the other angle and the third angle is the right angle.
Give students time to work. As they work, walk around and identify students who are writing and solving the problem in
different ways. The instructional goal of this example is to make clear that there are different ways to solve a linear
equation as opposed to one “right way.” Select students to share their work with the class. If students do not come up
with different ways of solving the equation, talk them through the following student work samples.
Again, as students share their solutions, ask them a variety of questions to reinforce the concepts of the last few lessons.
For example, ask students to discuss whether or not this is a linear equation and how they know, to justify their steps
and explain why they chose their particular first step, to explain what the solution means, or to justify how they know
their answer is correct.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Solution One
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the measure of the first angle. Then, the second angle is 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. The sum of the measures for the angles for
this right triangle is 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

(𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The measure of the first angle is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°, the measure of the second angle is 𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏° = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔° + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏° = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°, and the
measure of the third angle is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°.
Solution Two
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the measure of the first angle. Then, the second angle is 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Since we have a right triangle, we already
know that one angle is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°, which means that the sum of the other two angles is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗: 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗

(𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The measure of the first angle is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°, the measure of the second angle is 𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏° = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔° + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏° = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°, and the
measure of the third angle is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°.
Solution Three
𝒙𝒙−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the measure of the second angle. Then, the first angle is . Since we have a right triangle, we already know
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
that one angle is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°, which means that the sum of the other two angles is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗: 𝒙𝒙 + = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗.
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 �𝒙𝒙 + = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗�
𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
(𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏)𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏° 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔°
The measure of the second angle is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°, the measure of the first angle is = = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°, and the measure of the
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
third angle is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Solution Four
𝒙𝒙−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the measure of the second angle. Then, the first angle is . The sum of the three angles is
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
+ = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏° 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔°
The measure of the second angle is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°, the measure of the first angle is = = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°, and the measure of the
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
third angle is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°.
Make sure students see at least four different methods of solving the problem. Conclude this example with the
statements below.
 Each method is slightly different either in terms of how the variable is defined or how the properties of
equality are used to solve the equation. The way you find the answer may be different from your classmates’
or your teacher’s.
 As long as you are accurate and do what is mathematically correct, you will find the correct answer.
 A pair of alternate interior angles are described as follows. One angle measure, in degrees, is fourteen more
than half a number. The other angle measure, in degrees, is six less than half that number. Are the angles
congruent?
 We begin by assuming that the angles are congruent. If the angles are congruent, what does that mean about
their measures?
 It means that they are equal in measure.
 Write an expression that describes each angle.
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
 One angle measure is + 14, and the other angle measure is − 6.
2 2
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
 If the angles are congruent, we can write the equation as + 14 = − 6. We know that our properties of
2 2
equality allow us to transform equations while making sure that they remain true.
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
+ 14 = − 6
2 2
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
− + 14 = − − 6
2 2 2 2
14 ≠ −6
Therefore, our assumption was not correct, and the angles are not congruent.

Exercises
For each of the following problems, write an equation and solve.
1. A pair of congruent angles are described as follows: The degree measure of one angle is three more than twice a
number, and the other angle’s degree measure is 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓 less than three times the number. Determine the measure
of the angles in degrees.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, the measure of one angle is 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, and the measure of the other angle is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓.
Because the angles are congruent, their measures are equal. Therefore,
𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓

𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓 = 𝒙𝒙
Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓 in 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 gives 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐(𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟓𝟓) = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏; therefore the measure of the angles is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
2. The measure of one angle is described as twelve more than four times a number. Its supplement is twice as large.
Find the measure of each angle in degrees.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, the measure of one angle is 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. The other angle is 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Since
the angles are supplementary, their sum must be 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 in 𝟒𝟒𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 gives 𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 in 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) gives
𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟐𝟐(𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Therefore, the measures of the angles are 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔° and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. A triangle has angles described as follows: The measure of the first angle is four more than seven times a number,
the measure of the second angle is four less than the first, and the measure of the third angle is twice as large as the
first. What is the measure of each angle in degrees?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. The measure of the first angle is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟒𝟒. The measure of the second angle is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕.
The measure of the third angle is 𝟐𝟐(𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟒𝟒) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖. The sum of the angles of a triangle must be 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔
Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟔𝟔 in 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟒𝟒 gives 𝟕𝟕(𝟔𝟔) + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟔𝟔 in 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 gives 𝟕𝟕(𝟔𝟔) = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. Replacing
𝒙𝒙 with 𝟔𝟔 in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖 gives 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏(𝟔𝟔) + 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗. Therefore, the measures of the angles are 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒°, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒°, and 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°.
4. One angle measures nine more than six times a number. A sequence of rigid motions maps the angle onto another
angle that is described as being thirty less than nine times the number. What is the measure of the angle in
degrees?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, the measure of one angle is 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟗𝟗. The measure of the other angle is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. Since
rigid motions preserve the measures of angles, then the measure of these angles is equal.
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑

𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟗𝟗
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 in 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟗𝟗 gives 𝟔𝟔(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖. Therefore, the angle measure is 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖°.
5. A right triangle is described as having an angle of measure six less than negative two times a number, another angle
measure that is three less than negative one-fourth the number, and a right angle. What are the measures of the
angles in degrees?
𝒙𝒙
Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number. Then, the measure of one angle is −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟔𝟔. The measure of the other angle is − − 𝟑𝟑. The sum
𝟒𝟒
of the two angles must be 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°.
𝒙𝒙
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟔𝟔 + �− � − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝒙𝒙
�− � + �− � − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
�− � − 𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
− = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒
−𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙
Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 gives −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟔𝟔 gives −𝟐𝟐(−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒) − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 in − − 𝟑𝟑 gives
𝟒𝟒
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟖𝟖. Therefore, the angle measures are 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖° and 𝟖𝟖°.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. One angle is one less than six times the measure of another. The two angles are complementary angles. Find the
measure of each angle in degrees.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the measure of the first angle. Then, the measure of the second angle is 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏. The sum of the measures
will be 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 because the angles are complementary.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The first angle is 𝒙𝒙 and therefore measures 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 in 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏 gives 𝟔𝟔(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕.
Therefore, the second angle measure is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°.
Closing (4 minutes)
 We know that an algebraic method for solving equations is more efficient than guessing and checking.
 We know how to write and solve equations that relate to angles, triangles, and geometry, in general.
 We know that drawing a diagram can sometimes make it easier to understand a problem and that there is
more than one way to solve an equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 5: Writing and Solving Linear Equations
Exit Ticket

1. Given a right triangle, find the measures of all the angles, in degrees, if one angle is a right angle and the measure of
the second angle is six less than seven times the measure of the third angle.
2. In a triangle, the measure of the first angle is six times a number. The measure of the second angle is nine less than
the first angle. The measure of the third angle is three times the number more than the measure of the first angle.
Determine the measure of each angle in degrees.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

1. Given a right triangle, find the measures of all of the angles, in degrees, if one angle is a right angle and the measure
of the second angle is six less than seven times the measure of the third angle.
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the measure of the third angle. Then, 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟔𝟔 can represent the measure of the second angle. The
sum of the two angles in the right triangle will be 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°.
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟔𝟔
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟖𝟖 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The third angle is 𝒙𝒙 and therefore measures 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 in 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟔𝟔 gives 𝟕𝟕(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕.
Therefore, the measure of the second angle is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°. The measure of the third angle is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°.
2. In a triangle, the measure of the first angle is six times a number. The measure of the second angle is nine less than
the first angle. The measure of the third angle is three times the number more than the measure of the first angle.
Determine the measure of each angle in degrees.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, the measure of the first angle is 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔, the measure of the second angle is 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗, and the
measure of the third angle is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. The sum of the measures of the angles in a triangle is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟗𝟗
Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟗𝟗 in 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 gives 𝟔𝟔(𝟗𝟗) = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟗𝟗 in 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗 gives 𝟔𝟔(𝟗𝟗) − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. Replacing
𝒙𝒙 with 𝟗𝟗 in 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 gives 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟑𝟑(𝟗𝟗) = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖. Therefore, the angle measures are 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓°, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒°, and 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖°.
Note to teacher: There are several ways to solve problems like these. For example, a student may let 𝑥𝑥 be the measure
of the first angle and write the measure of the other angles accordingly. Either way, make sure that students are
defining their symbols and correctly using the properties of equality to solve.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students practice writing and solving linear equations.
1. The measure of one angle is thirteen less than five times the measure of another angle. The sum of the measures of
the two angles is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. Determine the measure of each angle in degrees.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the measure of the one angle. Then, the measure of the other angle is 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟎 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
Since one angle measure is 𝒙𝒙, it is 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓°. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 in 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 gives
𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓) − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓. Therefore, the other angle measures 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓°.
2. An angle measures seventeen more than three times a number. Its supplement is three more than seven times the
number. What is the measure of each angle in degrees?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, the measure of one angle is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. The measure of the other angle is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟑𝟑. Since
the angles are supplementary, the sum of their measures will be 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 in 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 gives 𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 in 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟑𝟑 gives
(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Therefore, the angle measures are 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔° and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
3. The angles of a triangle are described as follows: ∠𝑨𝑨 is the largest angle; its measure is twice the measure of ∠𝑩𝑩.
The measure of ∠𝑪𝑪 is 𝟐𝟐 less than half the measure of ∠𝑩𝑩. Find the measures of the three angles in degrees.
𝒙𝒙
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the measure of ∠𝑩𝑩. Then, the measure of ∠𝑨𝑨 is 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, and the measure of ∠𝑪𝑪 is − 𝟐𝟐. The sum of the
𝟐𝟐
measures of the angles must be 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
𝒙𝒙
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + − 𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝒙𝒙
+ = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
Since 𝒙𝒙 is the measure of ∠𝑩𝑩, then ∠𝑩𝑩 is 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓°. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 in 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 gives 𝟐𝟐(𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Therefore, the
𝒙𝒙 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
measure of ∠𝑨𝑨 is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐 in − 𝟐𝟐 gives − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Therefore, the measure of ∠𝑪𝑪
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
is 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐°.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4. A pair of corresponding angles are described as follows: The measure of one angle is five less than seven times a
number, and the measure of the other angle is eight more than seven times the number. Are the angles congruent?
Why or why not?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, the measure of one angle is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟓𝟓, and the measure of the other angle is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟖𝟖.
Assume they are congruent, which means their measures are equal.
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟖𝟖
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟖𝟖
−𝟓𝟓 ≠ 𝟖𝟖
Since −𝟓𝟓 ≠ 𝟖𝟖, the angles are not congruent.
5. The measure of one angle is eleven more than four times a number. Another angle is twice the first angle’s
measure. The sum of the measures of the angles is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. What is the measure of each angle in degrees?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. The measure of one angle can be represented with 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and the other angle’s measure
can be represented as 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 in 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 gives 𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 in 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
gives 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟐𝟐(𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟐𝟐(𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Therefore, the measures of the angles are 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔° and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
6. Three angles are described as follows: ∠𝑩𝑩 is half the size of ∠𝑨𝑨. The measure of ∠𝑪𝑪 is equal to one less than two
times the measure of ∠𝑩𝑩. The sum of ∠𝑨𝑨 and ∠𝑩𝑩 is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. Can the three angles form a triangle? Why or why not?
𝒙𝒙 𝒙𝒙
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the measure of ∠𝑨𝑨. Then, the measure of ∠𝑩𝑩 is , and the measure of ∠𝑪𝑪 is 𝟐𝟐 � � − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏.
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
The sum of the measures of ∠𝑨𝑨 and ∠𝑩𝑩 is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.

𝒙𝒙
𝒙𝒙 + = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
Since 𝒙𝒙 is the measure of ∠𝑨𝑨, then ∠𝑨𝑨 is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 in gives = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑; therefore, the measure of ∠𝑩𝑩
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑°. Replacing 𝒙𝒙 with 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 in 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏 gives 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕, therefore the measure of ∠𝑪𝑪 is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°. The sum of the three
angle measures is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕° + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑° + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕° = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. Since the sum of the measures of the interior angles of a triangle must
equal 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°, these angles do not form a triangle. The sum is too large.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 6: Solutions of a Linear Equation
Student Outcomes
 Students transform equations into simpler forms using the distributive property.
 Students learn that not every linear equation has a solution.
Lesson Notes
The distributive property can be used to both expand and simplify expressions. Students have already used the
distributive property to “collect like terms.” For example, 2𝑥𝑥 + 6𝑥𝑥 = (2 + 6)𝑥𝑥 = 8𝑥𝑥. Students have also used the
distributive property to expand expressions. For example, 2(𝑥𝑥 + 5) = 2𝑥𝑥 + 10. In this lesson, students continue to use
the distributive property to solve more complicated equations. Also highlighted in this lesson is a common error that
students make when using the distributive property, which is multiplying a factor to terms that are not part of the group.
For example, in the expression 3(𝑥𝑥 + 1) − 5, students should know that they do not distribute the factor 3 to the term
−5 because it is not in the group (𝑥𝑥 + 1).
Classwork
 What value of 𝑥𝑥 would make the linear equation 4𝑥𝑥 + 3(4𝑥𝑥 + 7) = 4(7𝑥𝑥 + 3) − 3 true? What is the “best”
first step, and why?
Have a discussion with students about what the “best” first step is and why. Make clear that the distributive property
allows students to better see and work with the terms of the linear equation. Proceed with the following discussion.
 In order to find out what that solution might be, we must use the distributive property. The left side of the
equation has the following expression:
4𝑥𝑥 + 3(4𝑥𝑥 + 7).
Where and how will the distributive property be used?
 We will need to use the distributive property to expand 3(4𝑥𝑥 + 7) and then again to collect like terms.
 Our work for now is just on the left side of the equation; the right side will remain unchanged for the moment.
4𝑥𝑥 + 3(4𝑥𝑥 + 7) = 4(7𝑥𝑥 + 3) − 3
4𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 4(7𝑥𝑥 + 3) − 3
(4 + 12)𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 4(7𝑥𝑥 + 3) − 3
16𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 4(7𝑥𝑥 + 3) − 3
 Now we need to rewrite the right side. Again, we will use the distributive property. The left side of the
equation will remain unchanged.
16𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 4(7𝑥𝑥 + 3) − 3
16𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 28𝑥𝑥 + 12 − 3
Lesson 6: Solutions of a Linear Equation 65
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Notice that we did not apply the distributive property to the term −3. Since it was not part of the group
(7𝑥𝑥 + 3), it is not multiplied by 4.
16𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 28𝑥𝑥 + 9
 Now we have transformed the given equation into the following form: 16𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 28𝑥𝑥 + 9. Solve the
equation.
 Student work:
16𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 28𝑥𝑥 + 9
16𝑥𝑥 − 16𝑥𝑥 + 21 = 28𝑥𝑥 − 16𝑥𝑥 + 9
21 = 12𝑥𝑥 + 9
21 − 9 = 12𝑥𝑥 + 9 − 9
12 = 12𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 = 1
 Is 𝑥𝑥 = 1 really a solution to the equation 4𝑥𝑥 + 3(4𝑥𝑥 + 7) = 4(7𝑥𝑥 + 3) − 3? How do you know?
 Yes, 𝑥𝑥 = 1 is a solution because 4 + 3(11) = 37 and 4(10) − 3 = 37. Since both expressions are
equal to 37, then 𝑥𝑥 = 1 is a solution to the equation.
 What value of 𝑥𝑥 would make the following linear equation true: 20 − (3𝑥𝑥 − 9) − 2 = −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1)? Since
we have a group of terms that is preceded by a “−” sign, we will simplify this first. The “−” sign means we
need to take the opposite of each of the terms within the group (i.e., parentheses).
 We begin with the left side of the equation:
Scaffolding:
20 − (3𝑥𝑥 − 9) − 2 = −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1). The equation in this example
We need only to take the opposite of the terms within the grouping symbols. Is can be modified to 20 − (3𝑥𝑥 −
the term −2 within the grouping symbol? 9 + 1) = 10 to meet the needs
of diverse learners. Also,
 No
consider having students fold a
 For that reason, we need only find the opposite of 3𝑥𝑥 − 9. What is the opposite piece of paper in half, solve on
of 3𝑥𝑥 − 9? the left side, and justify their
 The opposite of 3𝑥𝑥 − 9 is −3𝑥𝑥 + 9. steps on the right side.
 The left side of the equation is rewritten as
20 − (3𝑥𝑥 − 9) − 2 = −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1)
20 − 3𝑥𝑥 + 9 − 2 = −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1)
20 + 9 − 2 − 3𝑥𝑥 = −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1)
27 − 3𝑥𝑥 = −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1).
 Now we rewrite the right side of the equation: −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1).

27 − 3𝑥𝑥 = −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1)
27 − 3𝑥𝑥 = 11𝑥𝑥 − 1
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 The transformed equation is 27 − 3𝑥𝑥 = 11𝑥𝑥 − 1.

27 − 3𝑥𝑥 = 11𝑥𝑥 − 1
27 − 3𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 = 11𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 − 1
27 = 14𝑥𝑥 − 1
27 + 1 = 14𝑥𝑥 − 1 + 1
28 = 14𝑥𝑥
2 = 𝑥𝑥
 Check: The left side is 20 − (3𝑥𝑥 − 9) − 2 = 20 − (3(2) − 9) − 2 = 20 − (−3) − 2 = 20 + 3 − 2 = 21. The
right side is −(−11𝑥𝑥 + 1) = −(−11(2) + 1) = −(−22 + 1) = −(−21) = 21. Since 21 = 21, 𝑥𝑥 = 2 is the
solution.
1
 What value of 𝑥𝑥 would make the following linear equation true: (4𝑥𝑥 + 6) − 2 = −(5𝑥𝑥 + 9)? Begin by
2
transforming both sides of the equation into a simpler form.
Scaffolding:
 Student work:
The equation in this example
1
(4𝑥𝑥 + 6) − 2 = −(5𝑥𝑥 + 9) can be modified to 2𝑥𝑥 + 1 =
2 −(5𝑥𝑥 + 9) to meet the needs
2𝑥𝑥 + 3 − 2 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 9
of diverse learners.
1
Make sure that students do not distribute the factor to the term −2 and that they have,
2
in general, transformed the equation correctly.
 Now that we have the simpler equation, 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 − 2 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 9, complete the solution.
 Student work:
2𝑥𝑥 + 3 − 2 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 9
2𝑥𝑥 + 1 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 9
2𝑥𝑥 + 1 − 1 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 9 − 1
2𝑥𝑥 + 0 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 10
2𝑥𝑥 = −5𝑥𝑥 − 10
2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑥𝑥 = −5𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑥𝑥 − 10
(2 + 5)𝑥𝑥 = (−5 + 5)𝑥𝑥 − 10
7𝑥𝑥 = 0𝑥𝑥 − 10
7𝑥𝑥 = −10
7 10
𝑥𝑥 = −
7 7
10
𝑥𝑥 = −
7
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Check: The left side is

1 1 10 1 40 1 2 1 13
(4𝑥𝑥 + 6) − 2 = �4 �− � + 6� − 2 = �− + 6� − 2 = � �−2= −2=− .
2 2 7 2 7 2 7 7 7
The right side is
10 50 13 13
−(5𝑥𝑥 + 9) = − �5 �− � + 9� = − �− + 9� = − � � = − .
7 7 7 7
13 13 10
Since − = − , 𝑥𝑥 = − is the solution.
7 7 7

 Consider the following equation: 2(𝑥𝑥 + 1) = 2𝑥𝑥 − 3. What value of 𝑥𝑥 makes the equation true?
 Student work:
2(𝑥𝑥 + 1) = 2𝑥𝑥 − 3
2𝑥𝑥 + 2 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 3
2𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 + 2 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 − 3
2 = −3
 How should we interpret 2 = −3?
Lead a discussion with the conclusion that since 2 ≠ −3, then the equation has no solution. Allow students time to try
to find a value of 𝑥𝑥 that would make it true by guessing and checking. After they realize that there is no such number 𝑥𝑥,
MP.3 make it clear to students that some equations have no solution. Ask the following question.
 Why do you think this happened?
 We know that an equation is a statement of equality. The linear expressions were such that they could
not be equal to each other, no matter what value was substituted for 𝑥𝑥.
 What value of 𝑥𝑥 would make the following linear equation true:
Scaffolding:
9(4 − 2𝑥𝑥) − 3 = 4 − 6(3𝑥𝑥 − 5)? Transform the equation by simplifying both
sides. The equation in this example
can be modified to
 Student work: 9(4 − 2𝑥𝑥) − 3 = −18𝑥𝑥 to
9(4 − 2𝑥𝑥) − 3 = 4 − 6(3𝑥𝑥 − 5) meet the needs of diverse
36 − 18𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 4 − 18𝑥𝑥 + 30 learners.
Be sure to check that students did not subtract 4 − 6 on the right side and then distribute −2. This is a common error.
Remind students that they must multiply first and then add or subtract, just like they would to simplify expressions using
the correct order of operations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 The transformed equation is 36 − 18𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 4 − 18𝑥𝑥 + 30. Now, complete the solution.
 Student work:
36 − 18𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 4 − 18𝑥𝑥 + 30
33 − 18𝑥𝑥 = 34 − 18𝑥𝑥
33 − 18𝑥𝑥 + 18𝑥𝑥 = 34 − 18𝑥𝑥 + 18𝑥𝑥
33 = 34
Like the last problem, there is no value of 𝑥𝑥 that can be substituted into the equation to make it true.
Therefore, this equation has no solution.
 Write at least one equation that has no solution. It does not need to be complicated, but the result should be
similar to the last two problems. The result from the first equation was 2 ≠ −3, and the second was 33 ≠ 34.
Have students share their equations and verify that they have no solution.
Example 5 (Optional – 4 minutes)

 So far, we have used the distributive property to simplify expressions when solving equations. In some cases,
we can use the distributive property to make our work even simpler. Consider the following equation:
3𝑥𝑥 + 15 = −6.
Notice that each term has a common factor of 3. We will use the distributive property and what we know
about the properties of equality to solve this equation quickly.
3𝑥𝑥 + 15 = −6
3(𝑥𝑥 + 5) = 3 ⋅ (−2)
Notice that the expressions on both sides of the equal sign have a factor of 3. We can use the multiplication
property of equality, if 𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵, then 𝐴𝐴 ⋅ 𝐶𝐶 = 𝐵𝐵 ⋅ 𝐶𝐶 as follows:
3(𝑥𝑥 + 5) = 3 ⋅ (−2)
𝑥𝑥 + 5 = −2
𝑥𝑥 + 5 − 5 = −2 − 5
𝑥𝑥 = −7.
 This is not something that we can expect to do every time we solve an equation, but it is good to keep an eye
out for it.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Exercises
Find the value of 𝒙𝒙 that makes the equation true.
1. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗) = −(−𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟒𝟒

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗) = −(−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
2. −(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕) + = 𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗)
𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓
−(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕) + = 𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗)
𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟕𝟕 + = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝒙𝒙 + = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
= 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
− 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
− = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
⋅ = ⋅ 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
− = 𝒙𝒙
𝟗𝟗
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
3. + 𝟒𝟒(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏) = − (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕) + 𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
+ 𝟒𝟒(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏) = − (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕) + 𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
− + 𝟒𝟒(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏) = − − (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕) + 𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒 = + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒 = + + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
⋅ −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = ⋅
−𝟐𝟐 −𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟔𝟔
4. 𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒) − 𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 = 𝟕𝟕𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑(−𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)

𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒) − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑(−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ≠ −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
This equation has no solution.
𝟏𝟏
5. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓) − 𝟖𝟖 = (𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓) − 𝟖𝟖 = (𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒
6. Write at least three equations that have no solution.
Answers will vary. Verify that the equations written have no solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
Summarize, or ask students to summarize, the following main points from the lesson:
 We know how to transform equations into simpler forms using the distributive property.
 We now know that there are some equations that do not have solutions.
Lesson Summary
The distributive property is used to expand expressions. For example, the expression 𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) is rewritten as
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 after the distributive property is applied.
The distributive property is used to simplify expressions. For example, the expression 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 is rewritten as
(𝟕𝟕 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)𝒙𝒙 and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 after the distributive property is applied.
The distributive property is applied only to terms within a group:
𝟒𝟒(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓) − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐.

Notice that the term −𝟐𝟐 is not part of the group and, therefore, not multiplied by 𝟒𝟒.
When an equation is transformed into an untrue sentence, such as 𝟓𝟓 ≠ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, we say the equation has no solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 6: Solutions of a Linear Equation
Exit Ticket
Transform the equation if necessary, and then solve to find the value of 𝑥𝑥 that makes the equation true.
1
1. 5𝑥𝑥 − (𝑥𝑥 + 3) = (9𝑥𝑥 + 18) − 5
3
2. 5(3𝑥𝑥 + 9) − 2𝑥𝑥 = 15𝑥𝑥 − 2(𝑥𝑥 − 5)
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Transform the equation if necessary, and then solve to find the value of 𝒙𝒙 that makes the equation true.
𝟏𝟏
1. 𝟓𝟓𝒙𝒙 − (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑) = (𝟗𝟗𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) − 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑) = (𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) − 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔 − 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒
2. 𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗) − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓)

𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗) − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓)
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 ≠ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Since 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 ≠ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, the equation has no solution.

Students practice using the distributive property to transform equations and solve.
Transform the equation if necessary, and then solve it to find the value of 𝒙𝒙 that makes the equation true.
𝟏𝟏
1. 𝒙𝒙 − (𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑 �−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + �
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − (𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑 �−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + �
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏
−𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏
−𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
2. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟖𝟖 �𝒙𝒙 + � = 𝟑𝟑(𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗) − 𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟖𝟖 �𝒙𝒙 + � = 𝟑𝟑(𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗) − 𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
3. −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐(𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏) = −(−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)

−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐(𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏) = −(−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
− = 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔
− = 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
4. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
� � 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = � � 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
5. 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + − �𝒙𝒙 + � = 𝟗𝟗(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟕𝟕) + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + − �𝒙𝒙 + � = 𝟗𝟗(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟕𝟕) + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + − 𝒙𝒙 − = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
≠ −𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. 𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − (−𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟓𝟓)

𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − (−𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟓𝟓)
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟕𝟕𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙
7. 𝟖𝟖(𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗) = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓

𝟖𝟖(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟗𝟗) = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
� � 𝟖𝟖(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟗𝟗) = � � 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
� � 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = � � − 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 7: Classification of Solutions
Student Outcomes
 Students know the conditions for which a linear equation has a unique solution, no solution, or infinitely many
solutions.
Lesson Notes
Part of the discussion on page 78 in this lesson is optional. The key parts of the discussion are those that point out the
characteristics of the constants and coefficients of an equation that allow students to see the structure in equations that
lead to a unique solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions. Go through the discussion with students, or use the
activity on page 80 of this lesson. The activity requires students to examine groups of equations and make conclusions
about the nature of their solutions based on what they observe, leading to the same result as the discussion.
Classwork
Exercises 1–3 (6 minutes)
Students complete Exercises 1–3 independently in preparation for the discussion that follows.
Exercises
Solve each of the following equations for 𝒙𝒙.

1. 𝟕𝟕𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟑𝟑
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟖𝟖
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒
2. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟓𝟓
−𝟑𝟑 ≠ 𝟓𝟓
Lesson 7: Classification of Solutions 77
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕

𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
OR
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕

𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
−𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑

Display the three equations so that students can easily see and compare them throughout the discussion.
7𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 5𝑥𝑥 + 5 7𝑥𝑥 − 3 = 7𝑥𝑥 + 5 7𝑥𝑥 − 3 = −3 + 7𝑥𝑥
 Was there anything new or unexpected about Exercise 1?

 No. We solved the equation for 𝑥𝑥, and 𝑥𝑥 = 4.
Continue with the discussion of Exercise 1, or complete the activity described at the end of the Discussion on page 80.
Be sure to revisit Exercises 2 and 3, and classify the solution to those equations.
 What can you say about the coefficients of terms with 𝑥𝑥 in the equation?
 They are different.
 Do you think any number other than 4 would make the equation true?
 I don’t think so, but I would have to try different numbers to find out.
 Instead of having to check every single number to see if it makes the equation true, we can look at a general
form of an equation to show that there can be only one solution.
 Given a linear equation that has been simplified on both sides, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑑𝑑, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐, and 𝑑𝑑 are
constants and 𝑎𝑎 ≠ 𝑐𝑐, we can use our normal properties of equality to solve for 𝑥𝑥.
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑑𝑑
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 − 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑑𝑑 − 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑑𝑑 − 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 − 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 − 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑑𝑑 − 𝑏𝑏
(𝑎𝑎 − 𝑐𝑐)𝑥𝑥 = 𝑑𝑑 − 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎 − 𝑐𝑐 𝑑𝑑 − 𝑏𝑏
𝑥𝑥 =
𝑎𝑎 − 𝑐𝑐 𝑎𝑎 − 𝑐𝑐
𝑑𝑑 − 𝑏𝑏
𝑥𝑥 =
𝑎𝑎 − 𝑐𝑐
 The only value of 𝑥𝑥 that will make the equation true is the division of the difference of the constants by the
difference of the coefficients of 𝑥𝑥. In other words, if the coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 are different on each side of the
equal sign, then the equation will have one solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 As an aside, if the coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 are different and the value of the constants are the same, the only solution
is 𝑥𝑥 = 0. Consider the following equation:
2𝑥𝑥 + 12 = 𝑥𝑥 + 12
2𝑥𝑥 + 12 − 12 = 𝑥𝑥 + 12 − 12
2𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥
2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 = 0.
 The only value of 𝑥𝑥 that will make 2𝑥𝑥 + 12 = 𝑥𝑥 + 12 true is 𝑥𝑥 = 0.
 No. We tried to solve the equation and got an untrue statement, −3 ≠ 5; therefore, the equation had
no solutions.
 What can you say about the coefficients of the terms with 𝑥𝑥 in the second equation?
 The coefficients were the same.
 What can you say about the constants in the second equation?
 The constants were different.
 It is time to begin formalizing what we have observed as we have solved equations. To begin with, we have
learned that some linear equations have no solutions. That is, when we solve an equation using our properties
of equality and end up with a statement like 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑏𝑏, where 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are different numbers, we say that the
equation has no solution.
 To produce and/or recognize an equation with no solutions, consider the equation with both sides simplified.
The coefficients of the variable 𝑥𝑥 will be the same on both sides of the equal sign, and the value of the
constants on each side will be different. This type of equation has no solution because there is no value of 𝑥𝑥 in
an equation such as 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 that will make the equation true.
Give students a moment to compare the equation 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 with Exercise 2.
 Yes. When solving the equation, we got −3 = −3, which did not give us a value for 𝑥𝑥.
 Yes. When solving the equation, we got to 7𝑥𝑥 = 7𝑥𝑥, and we weren’t sure what to do next or what it
meant.
Provide students with time to discuss in small groups how they should interpret the meaning of such statements.
Students have yet to work with equations that yield such results, and they need the time to make sense of the
statements. If necessary, ask the questions in the next two bullet points to guide their thinking. Give them time to try
different values of 𝑥𝑥 in both equations to verify that it is always true. Next, have students share their thoughts and
interpretations and resume the discussion below.
 Is −3 = −3 a true statement? Is it always true?
 Yes
 If 7𝑥𝑥 = 7𝑥𝑥, will we always have an equality, no matter which number we choose for 𝑥𝑥?
 Yes. This is an identity because the same expression is on both sides of the equal sign.
 What can you say about the coefficients of the terms with 𝑥𝑥 in the equation in Exercise 3?
 The coefficients are the same.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What can you say about the constants in the equation?

 The constants are the same.
 We now know that there are equations that produce statements that are always true. That is, −3 will always
equal −3, 0 will always equal 0, and 7𝑥𝑥 will always equal 7𝑥𝑥, no matter what number 𝑥𝑥 happens to be
(because 7 times a number is just a number). When we solve an equation using our properties of equality and
end up with a statement like 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑎𝑎 where 𝑎𝑎 is a number, then we say that the equation has infinitely many
solutions.
 To produce and/or recognize an equation with infinitely many solutions, the coefficients of the variable 𝑥𝑥 and
the value of the constants will be the same in the simplified expressions on both sides of the equal sign. This
type of equation has infinitely many solutions because any value of 𝑥𝑥 in an equation like 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎 will
make the equation true.
Give students a moment to compare the equation 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎 with Exercise 3.
Activity: Display the table below. Provide students time to work independently to solve the equations; then, allow them
to work in small groups to generalize what they notice about each of the equations. That is, they should answer the
question: What can we see in an equation that will tell us about the solution to the equation?
3𝑥𝑥 + 4 = 8𝑥𝑥 − 9 6𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 8 + 6𝑥𝑥 10𝑥𝑥 − 4 = −4 + 10𝑥𝑥

−4𝑥𝑥 − 5 = 6 − 11𝑥𝑥 12 − 15𝑥𝑥 = −2 − 15𝑥𝑥 −2𝑥𝑥 + 5 = −2𝑥𝑥 + 5
1 5 5 7 + 9𝑥𝑥 = 9𝑥𝑥 + 7
MP.8 9 + 𝑥𝑥 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 1 𝑥𝑥 − 1 = 1 + 𝑥𝑥
2 4 4
The goal of the activity is for students to make the following three observations: (1) In equations where both sides are
simplified and the coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 and the constants in the equation are unique, (i.e., 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 + 𝑑𝑑), there is a
𝑑𝑑−𝑏𝑏
unique solution, (i.e., 𝑥𝑥 = ), as in the first column. (2) Similarly, students should observe that when an equation is of
𝑎𝑎−𝑐𝑐
the form 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑐𝑐, there is no solution, as in the second column. (3) Lastly, when an equation is of the form
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎, then there are infinitely many solutions, as in the third column.

Give a brief explanation as to what kind of solution(s) you expect the following linear equations to have. Transform the
equations into a simpler form if necessary.
4. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗

If I use the distributive property on the left side, I notice that the coefficients of the 𝒙𝒙 are the same, specifically 𝟗𝟗,
and when I simplify the constants on the right side, I notice that they are the same. Therefore, this equation has
infinitely many solutions.
5. 𝟑𝟑(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓

If I use the distributive property on the left side, I notice that the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 are different. Therefore, the
equation has one solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = −𝟐𝟐(𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)

If I use the distributive property on the each side of the equation, I notice that the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 are the same, but
the constants are different. Therefore, this equation has no solutions.
𝟏𝟏
7. (𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐
If I use the distributive property on the left side, I notice that the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 are the same, specifically 𝟒𝟒, and
the constants are also the same, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Therefore, this equation has infinitely many solutions.
8. Write two equations that have no solutions.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have written equations where the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 on each side of the equal
sign are the same and that the constants on each side are unique.
9. Write two equations that have one unique solution each.
Answers will vary. Accept equations where the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 on each side of the equal sign are unique.
10. Write two equations that have infinitely many solutions.
Answers will vary. Accept equations where the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 and the constants on each side of the equal sign are
the same.
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know that equations will either have a unique solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions.
 We know that equations with no solution will, after being simplified on both sides, have coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 that
are the same on both sides of the equal sign and constants that are different.
 We know that equations with infinitely many solutions will, after being simplified on both sides, have
coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 and constants that are the same on both sides of the equal sign.
Lesson Summary
There are three classifications of solutions to linear equations: one solution (unique solution), no solution, or
Equations with no solution will, after being simplified, have coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 that are the same on both sides of the
equal sign and constants that are different. For example, 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒃𝒃 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒃𝒃 and 𝒄𝒄 are constants that are not
equal. A numeric example is 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟑𝟑.
Equations with infinitely many solutions will, after being simplified, have coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 and constants that are
the same on both sides of the equal sign. For example, 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒂𝒂 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒂𝒂, where 𝒂𝒂 is a constant. A numeric example is
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 7: Classification of Solutions
Exit Ticket
1. 3(6𝑥𝑥 + 8) = 24 + 18𝑥𝑥
2. 12(𝑥𝑥 + 8) = 11𝑥𝑥 − 5
3. 5𝑥𝑥 − 8 = 11 − 7𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑥𝑥
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. 𝟑𝟑(𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙 + 𝟖𝟖) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒙𝒙

If I use the distributive property on the left side, I notice that the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 are the same, and the constants
are the same. Therefore, this equation has infinitely many solutions.
2. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟖𝟖) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓

If I use the distributive property on the left side, I notice that the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 are different, and the constants are
different. Therefore, this equation has a unique solution.
3. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟏𝟏𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

If I collect the like terms on the right side, I notice that the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 are the same, but the constants are
different. Therefore, this equation has no solution.

Students apply their knowledge of solutions to linear equations by writing equations with unique solutions, no solutions,
and infinitely many solutions.
𝟏𝟏
1. Give a brief explanation as to what kind of solution(s) you expect for the linear equation 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + = 𝟔𝟔(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐).
𝟐𝟐
Transform the equation into a simpler form if necessary.
If I use the distributive property on the right side of the equation, I notice that the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 are the same, but
the constants are different. Therefore, this equation has no solutions.
2. Give a brief explanation as to what kind of solution(s) you expect for the linear equation 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑.
If I collect the like terms on the right side of the equation, then I notice that the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 are different, and so
are the constants. Therefore, this equation will have a unique solution.
3. Give a brief explanation as to what kind of solution(s) you expect for the linear equation 𝟓𝟓(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗) = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒.
This is an identity under the distributive property. Therefore, this equation will have infinitely many solutions.
4. Give three examples of equations where the solution will be unique; that is, only one solution is possible.
Accept equations where the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 on each side of the equal sign are unique.
5. Solve one of the equations you wrote in Problem 4, and explain why it is the only solution.
Verify that students solved one of the equations. They should have an explanation that includes the statement that
there is only one possible number that could make the equation true. They may have referenced one of the simpler
forms of their transformed equation to make their case.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. Give three examples of equations where there will be no solution.
Accept equations where the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 on each side of the equal sign are the same, and the constants on each
side are unique.
7. Attempt to solve one of the equations you wrote in Problem 6, and explain why it has no solution.
Verify that students have solved one of the equations. They should have an explanation that includes the statement
about getting a false equation (e.g., 𝟔𝟔 ≠ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏).
8. Give three examples of equations where there will be infinitely many solutions.
Accept equations where the coefficients of 𝒙𝒙 and constants on each side of the equal sign are the same.
9. Attempt to solve one of the equations you wrote in Problem 8, and explain why it has infinitely many solutions.
Verify that students have solved one of the equations. They should have an explanation that includes the statement
about the linear expressions being exactly the same, an identity; therefore, any rational number 𝒙𝒙 would make the
equation true.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 8: Linear Equations in Disguise
Student Outcomes
 Students rewrite and solve equations that are not obviously linear equations using properties of equality.
Lesson Notes
In this lesson, students learn that some equations that may not look like linear equations are, in fact, linear. This lesson
on solving rational equations is included because of the types of equations students see in later topics of this module
related to slope. Students recognize these equations as proportions. It is not necessary to refer to these types of
equations as equations that contain rational expressions. They can be referred to simply as proportions since students
are familiar with this terminology. Expressions of this type are treated carefully in algebra as they involve a discussion
about why the denominator of such expressions cannot be equal to zero. That discussion is not included in this lesson.
Classwork
 Some linear equations may not look like linear equations upon first glance. A simple example that you should
recognize is
𝑥𝑥 6
= .
5 12
 What do we call this kind of problem, and how do we solve it?
 This is a proportion. We can solve this by multiplying both sides of the equation by 5. We can also
solve it by multiplying each numerator with the other fraction’s denominator.
Students may not think of multiplying each numerator with the other fraction’s denominator because multiplying both
sides by 5 requires fewer steps and uses the multiplication property of equality that has been used to solve other
equations. If necessary, state the theorem, and give a brief explanation.
THEOREM: Given rational numbers 𝐴𝐴, 𝐵𝐵, 𝐶𝐶, and 𝐷𝐷, so that 𝐵𝐵 ≠ 0 and 𝐷𝐷 ≠ 0, the property states the following:
𝐴𝐴 𝐶𝐶
If = , then 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 = 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵.
𝐵𝐵 𝐷𝐷
 To find the value of 𝑥𝑥, we can multiply each numerator by the other fraction’s denominator.
𝑥𝑥 6
=
5 12
12𝑥𝑥 = 6(5)
Lesson 8: Linear Equations in Disguise 85
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 It should be more obvious now that we have a linear equation. We can now solve it as usual using the
properties of equality.
12𝑥𝑥 = 30
30
𝑥𝑥 =
12
5
𝑥𝑥 =
2
 In this lesson, our work will be similar, but the numerator and/or the denominator of the fractions may contain
more than one term. However, the way we solve these kinds of problems remains the same.
 Given a linear equation in disguise, we will try to solve it. To do so, we must first assume that the following
equation is true for some number 𝑥𝑥.
1
𝑥𝑥 − 1 𝑥𝑥 + 3
=
2 4
 We want to make this equation look like the linear equations we are used to. For that reason, we will multiply
both sides of the equation by 2 and 4, as we normally do with proportions:
1
2 �𝑥𝑥 + � = 4(𝑥𝑥 − 1).
3
 Is this a linear equation? How do you know?
 Yes, this is a linear equation because the expressions on the left and right of the equal sign are linear
expressions.
 Notice that the expressions that contained more than one term were put in parentheses. We do that so we do
not make a mistake and forget to use the distributive property.
 Now that we have a linear equation, we will use the distributive property and solve as usual.
1
2 �𝑥𝑥 + � = 4(𝑥𝑥 − 1)
3
2
2𝑥𝑥 + = 4𝑥𝑥 − 4
3
2
2𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 + = 4𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 − 4
3
2
= 2𝑥𝑥 − 4
3
2
+ 4 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 4 + 4
3
14
= 2𝑥𝑥
3
1 14 1
⋅ = ⋅ 2𝑥𝑥
2 3 2
7
= 𝑥𝑥
3
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7
 How can we verify that is the solution to the equation?
3
7
 We can replace 𝑥𝑥 with in the original equation.
3
1
𝑥𝑥 − 1 𝑥𝑥 + 3
=
2 4
7 7 1
−1 +
3 =3 3
2 4
4 8
3 = 3
2 4
4 8
4� � = 2� �
3 3
16 16
=
3 3
7
 Since made the equation true, we know it is a solution to the equation.
3
 Can we solve the following equation? Explain.
1
− 𝑥𝑥 2𝑥𝑥 + 9
5 =
7 3
 We need to multiply each numerator with the other fraction’s denominator.
 So,
1
− 𝑥𝑥 2𝑥𝑥 + 9
5 =
7 3
1
7(2𝑥𝑥 + 9) = 3 � − 𝑥𝑥� .
5
 What would be the next step?
 Use the distributive property.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we have
1
7(2𝑥𝑥 + 9) = 3 � − 𝑥𝑥�
5
3
14𝑥𝑥 + 63 = − 3𝑥𝑥
5
3
14𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 63 = − 3𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥
5
3
17𝑥𝑥 + 63 =
5
3
17𝑥𝑥 + 63 − 63 = − 63
5
3 315
17𝑥𝑥 = −
5 5
312
17𝑥𝑥 = −
5
1 312 1
(17𝑥𝑥) = �− �
17 5 17
312
𝑥𝑥 = − .
85
 Is this a linear equation? How do you know?
 Yes, this is a linear equation because the left and right side are linear expressions.
 Can we solve the following equation? If so, go ahead and solve it. If not, explain why not.
Example 3
Can this equation be solved?

𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙 𝟑𝟑
=
𝟐𝟐 𝟖𝟖
𝟕𝟕𝒙𝒙 +
𝟑𝟑
Give students a few minutes to work. Provide support to students as needed.

 Yes, we can solve the equation because we can multiply each numerator with the other fraction’s
denominator and then use the distributive property to begin solving it.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙 𝟑𝟑
=
𝟐𝟐 𝟖𝟖
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 +
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
(𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙)𝟖𝟖 = �𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + � 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
 Can we solve the following equation? If so, go ahead and solve it. If not, explain why not.
Example 4
Can this equation be solved?

𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗 𝟖𝟖
Give students a few minutes to work. Provide support to students as needed.

 Yes, we can solve the equation because we can multiply each numerator with the other fraction’s
denominator and then use the distributive property to begin solving it.
𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗 𝟖𝟖
𝟕𝟕(𝟖𝟖) = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗)𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Example 5
In the diagram below, △ 𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨~ △ 𝑨𝑨′ 𝑩𝑩′ 𝑪𝑪′ . Using what we know about similar triangles, we can determine the value of 𝒙𝒙.
 Begin by writing the ratios that represent the corresponding sides.
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
=
𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
It is possible to write several different proportions in this case. If time, discuss this fact with students.
 Now that we have the ratios, solve for 𝑥𝑥 and find the lengths of ��
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 and ��
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 .
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
=
𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐)𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐)
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐
|𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨| = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜, and |𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨| = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Exercises
Solve the following equations of rational expressions, if possible.

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙
1. =
𝟗𝟗 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙
=
𝟗𝟗 𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗(𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙) = (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏)𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗 − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔 − 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔
2. =
𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔
=
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕
(𝟓𝟓 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐)𝟕𝟕 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏)𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
−𝟒𝟒 −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
−𝟒𝟒 −𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗 −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 −
𝟐𝟐
3. =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗 −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐
=
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 �−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − � = (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗)𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
− = 𝒙𝒙
𝟗𝟗
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟖𝟖 𝟓𝟓
4. = 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 +
𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖 𝟓𝟓
=
𝟑𝟑 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖 �𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + � = (𝟑𝟑 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒)𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know that proportions that have more than one term in the numerator and/or denominator can be solved
the same way we normally solve a proportion.
 When multiplying a fraction with more than one term in the numerator and/or denominator by a number, we
should put the expressions with more than one term in parentheses so that we are less likely to forget to use
the distributive property.
Lesson Summary
Some proportions are linear equations in disguise and are solved the same way we normally solve proportions.
When multiplying a fraction with more than one term in the numerator and/or denominator by a number, put the
expressions with more than one term in parentheses so that you remember to use the distributive property when
transforming the equation. For example:
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑
=
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒) = 𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓).
The equation 𝟓𝟓(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒) = 𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓) is now clearly a linear equation and can be solved using the properties of
equality.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 8: Linear Equations in Disguise
Exit Ticket
Solve the following equations for 𝑥𝑥.

5𝑥𝑥 − 8 11𝑥𝑥 − 9
1. =
3 5
𝑥𝑥 + 11 2𝑥𝑥 + 1
2. =
7 −8
−𝑥𝑥 − 2 3𝑥𝑥 + 6
3. =
−4 2
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Solve the following equations for 𝒙𝒙.

𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗
1. =
𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗
=
𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓(𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖) = 𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗)
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
− = 𝒙𝒙
𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏
2. =
𝟕𝟕 −𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟕𝟕 −𝟖𝟖
𝟕𝟕(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏) = −𝟖𝟖(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟕𝟕 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔
3. =
−𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐
−𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔
=
−𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐
−𝟒𝟒(𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔) = 𝟐𝟐(−𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐)
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟒𝟒
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students practice solving equations with rational expressions, if a solution is possible.
Solve the following equations of rational expressions, if possible. If an equation cannot be solved, explain why.
𝟓𝟓 −𝟏𝟏
1. =
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓 −𝟏𝟏
=
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = −𝟏𝟏(𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐)
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 − 𝒙𝒙 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏
2. =
𝟖𝟖 𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒 − 𝒙𝒙 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟖𝟖 𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖(𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏) = (𝟒𝟒 − 𝒙𝒙)𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖 + 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓
3. =
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓
=
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑) = (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐)𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
4. =
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 =
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑) = 𝟐𝟐 � 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔�
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓
5. =
𝟔𝟔 𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓
=
𝟔𝟔 𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓) = (𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐)𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
6. =
𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
=
𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐) = 𝟔𝟔(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓)
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏 𝟗𝟗 − 𝒙𝒙
7. =
𝟑𝟑 𝟕𝟕
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏 𝟗𝟗 − 𝒙𝒙
=
𝟑𝟑 𝟕𝟕
(𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏)𝟕𝟕 = 𝟑𝟑(𝟗𝟗 − 𝒙𝒙)
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟗𝟗
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖 −𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
8. =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖 −𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑 =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏(−𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙) = � 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖� 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙 𝟑𝟑
9. =
𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙 𝟑𝟑
=
𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙 𝟐𝟐
(𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙)𝟐𝟐 = (𝟏𝟏 − 𝒙𝒙)𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑 = −𝒙𝒙
−𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
10. In the diagram below, △ 𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨~ △ 𝑨𝑨′ 𝑩𝑩′ 𝑪𝑪′ . Determine the lengths of ��
𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 and ��
𝑩𝑩𝑩𝑩.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
=
𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒) = 𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐)
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
|𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨| = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜, and |𝑩𝑩𝑩𝑩| = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 9: An Application of Linear Equations
Student Outcomes
 Students know how to rewrite an exponential expression that represents a series as a linear equation.
Lesson Notes
The purpose of this lesson is to expose students to applications of linear equations. The Discussion revisits the Facebook
problem from Module 1 but this time in the context of a linear equation. This is an opportunity to highlight MP.1 (Make
sense of problems and persevere in solving them), as the Discussion requires students to work with equations in ways
they have not before. If the Discussion is too challenging for students, use Exercises 3–11, which is a series of more
accessible applications of linear equations.
Classwork
 In Module 1, you saw the following problem:
You sent a photo of you and your family on vacation to seven Facebook friends. If each of them sends it to five
of their friends, and each of those friends sends it to five of their friends, and those friends send it to five
more, how many people (not counting yourself) will see your photo? Assume that no friend received the
photo twice.
In Module 1, you were asked to express your answer in exponential notation. The solution is given here:
(1) The number of friends you sent a photo to is 7.
(2) The number of friends 7 people sent the photo to is 7 ⋅ 5.
(3) The number of friends 7 ⋅ 5 people sent the photo to is (7 ⋅ 5) ⋅ 5.
(4) The number of friends (7 ⋅ 5) ⋅ 5 people sent the photo to is �(7 ⋅ 5) ⋅ 5� ⋅ 5.
Therefore, the total number of people who received the photo is
7 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 5 2 + 7 ⋅ 53 .
 Let’s refer to “you sending the photo” as the first step. Then, “your friends sending the photo to their friends”
is the second step, and so on. In the original problem, there were four steps. Assuming the trend continues,
how would you find the sum after 10 steps?
 We would continue the pattern until we got to the 10th step.
 What if I asked you how many people received the photo after 100 steps?
 It would take a long time to continue the pattern to the 100th step.
 We want to be able to answer the question for any number of steps. For that reason, we will work toward
expressing our answer as a linear equation.
Lesson 9: An Application of Linear Equations 99
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 For convenience, let’s introduce some symbols. Since we are talking about steps, we will refer to the sum after
step one as 𝑆𝑆1 , the sum after step two as 𝑆𝑆2 , the sum after step three as 𝑆𝑆3 , and so on. Thus:
𝑆𝑆1 = 7 (1)
𝑆𝑆2 = 7 + 7 ⋅ 5 (2)
2
𝑆𝑆3 = 7 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 5 (3)
2 3
𝑆𝑆4 = 7 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 5 (4)
 What patterns do you notice within each of the equations (1)–(4)?

 They contain some of the same terms. For example, equation (2) is the same as (1), except equation (2)
has the term 7 ⋅ 5. Similarly, equation (3) is the same as (2), except equation (3) has the term 7 ⋅ 52 .
 What you noticed is true. However, we want to generalize in a way that does
Scaffolding:
not require us to know one step before getting to the next step. Let’s see what
other hidden patterns there are. Talk students through the
manipulation of the equation.
 Let’s begin with equation (2):
For example, “We begin by
𝑆𝑆2 = 7 + 7 ⋅ 5 subtracting 7 from both sides.
𝑆𝑆2 − 7 = 7 ⋅ 5 Next, we will add the number 7
times 52 to both sides of the
𝑆𝑆2 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 52 = 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52 equation. Then, using the
𝑆𝑆2 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 52 = 5(7 + 7 ⋅ 5). distributive property ….”
Notice that the grouping on the right side of the equation is exactly 𝑆𝑆2 , so we have the following:
𝑆𝑆2 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 52 = 5𝑆𝑆2 .
This equation is a linear equation in 𝑆𝑆2 . It is an equation we know how to solve (pretend 𝑆𝑆2 is an 𝑥𝑥 if that
helps).
 Let’s do something similar with equation (3):
𝑆𝑆3 = 7 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52
𝑆𝑆3 − 7 = 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52
𝑆𝑆3 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 53 = 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52 + 7 ⋅ 53
𝑆𝑆3 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 53 = 5(7 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52 ).
Again, the grouping on the right side of the equation is exactly the equation we began with, 𝑆𝑆3 , so we have the
following:
𝑆𝑆3 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 53 = 5𝑆𝑆3 .
This is a linear equation in 𝑆𝑆3 .
 Let’s work together to do something similar with equation (4):
𝑆𝑆4 = 7 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52 + 7 ⋅ 53 .
 What did we do first in each of the equations (2) and (3)?
 We subtracted 7 from both sides of the equation.
 Now we have the following:
𝑆𝑆4 − 7 = 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52 + 7 ⋅ 53 .
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What did we do next?

 We added 7 ⋅ 5 raised to a power to both sides of the equation. When it was the second step, the
power of 5 was 2. When it was the third step, the power of 5 was 3. Now that it is the fourth step, the
power of 5 should be 4.
 Now we have
𝑆𝑆4 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 54 = 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52 + 7 ⋅ 53 + 7 ⋅ 54 .
 What did we do after that?
 We used the distributive property to rewrite the right side of the equation.
 Now we have
𝑆𝑆4 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 54 = 5(7 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52 + 7 ⋅ 53 ).
 What do we do now?
 We substitute the grouping on the right side of the equation with 𝑆𝑆4 .
 Finally, we have a linear equation in 𝑆𝑆4 :
𝑆𝑆4 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 54 = 5𝑆𝑆4 .
 Let’s look at the linear equations all together.
𝑆𝑆2 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 52 = 5𝑆𝑆2
𝑆𝑆3 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 53 = 5𝑆𝑆3
𝑆𝑆4 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 54 = 5𝑆𝑆4
What do you think the equation would be for 𝑆𝑆10 ?
 According to the pattern, it would be 𝑆𝑆10 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 510 = 5𝑆𝑆10 .
This equation is solved differently from the equations that have been solved in order to show students the normal form
of an equation for the summation of a geometric series. In general, if 𝑎𝑎 ≠ 1, then
1 − 𝑎𝑎𝑛𝑛+1
1 + 𝑎𝑎 + 𝑎𝑎2 + ⋅⋅⋅ + 𝑎𝑎𝑛𝑛−1 + 𝑎𝑎𝑛𝑛 =
.
1 − 𝑎𝑎
 Now let’s solve the equation. (Note, that we do not simplify (1 − 5) for the reason explained above.)
𝑆𝑆10 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 510 = 5𝑆𝑆10
𝑆𝑆10 − 5𝑆𝑆10 − 7 + 7 ⋅ 510 = 5𝑆𝑆10 − 5𝑆𝑆10
S10 (1 − 5) − 7 + 7 ⋅ 510 = 0
𝑆𝑆10 (1 − 5) − 7 + 7 + 7 ⋅ 510 − 7 ⋅ 510 = 7 − 7 ⋅ 510
𝑆𝑆10 (1 − 5) = 7(1 − 510 )
7(1 − 510 )
𝑆𝑆10 =
(1 − 5)
𝑆𝑆10 = 17 089 842
After 10 steps, 17,089,842 will see the photo!
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Exercises
1. Write the equation for the 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏th step.
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
2. How many people would see the photo after 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 steps? Use a calculator if needed.
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟕𝟕 + +𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 (𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓) − 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟎𝟎
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 (𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓) − 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 (𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓) = 𝟕𝟕(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 )
𝟕𝟕(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 )
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 =
(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓)
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
Exercises 3–11 as an Alternative to Discussion (30 minutes)

Students should be able to complete the following problems independently as they are an application of skills learned to
this point, namely, transcription and solving linear equations in one variable. Have students work on the problems one
at a time and share their work with the whole class, or assign the entire set and allow students to work at their own
pace. Provide correct solutions at the end of the lesson.
3. Marvin paid an entrance fee of $𝟓𝟓 plus an additional $𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 per game at a local arcade. Altogether, he spent
$𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Write and solve an equation to determine how many games Marvin played.
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the number of games he played.
𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Marvin played 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 games.
4. The sum of four consecutive integers is −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. What are the integers?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the first integer.

𝒙𝒙 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐) + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑) = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟖𝟖
The integers are −𝟖𝟖, −𝟕𝟕, −𝟔𝟔, and −𝟓𝟓.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
5. A book has 𝒙𝒙 pages. How many pages are in the book if Maria read 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 pages of a book on Monday, the book on
𝟐𝟐
Tuesday, and the remaining 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 pages on Wednesday?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number of pages in the book.

𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The book has 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 pages.
6. A number increased by 𝟓𝟓 and divided by 𝟐𝟐 is equal to 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. What is the number?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number.

𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓
= 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The number is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
7. The sum of thirteen and twice a number is seven less than six times a number. What is the number?
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟕𝟕

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓 = 𝒙𝒙
The number is 𝟓𝟓.
8. The width of a rectangle is 𝟕𝟕 less than twice the length. If the perimeter of the rectangle is 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟔𝟔 inches, what is the
area of the rectangle?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the length of the rectangle.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟕𝟕) = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟔𝟔

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓.
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟔𝟔
The length of the rectangle is 𝟗𝟗. 𝟔𝟔 inches, and the width is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐 inches, so the area is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝐢𝐢𝐢𝐢𝟐𝟐.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
9. Two hundred and fifty tickets for the school dance were sold. On Monday, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 tickets were sold. An equal number
of tickets were sold each day for the next five days. How many tickets were sold on one of those days?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number of tickets sold on one of those days.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 tickets were sold on each of the five days.
10. Shonna skateboarded for some number of minutes on Monday. On Tuesday, she skateboarded for twice as many
minutes as she did on Monday, and on Wednesday, she skateboarded for half the sum of minutes from Monday and
Tuesday. Altogether, she skateboarded for a total of three hours. How many minutes did she skateboard each day?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number of minutes she skateboarded on Monday.

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙
+ + = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
Shonna skateboarded 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 minutes on Monday, 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 minutes on Tuesday, and 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 minutes on Wednesday.
11. In the diagram below, △ 𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 ~ △ 𝑨𝑨′ 𝑩𝑩′ 𝑪𝑪′ . Determine the length of �� .
𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 and 𝑩𝑩𝑩𝑩
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
=
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟎𝟎. 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏(𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟎𝟎. 𝟑𝟑) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑 − 𝒙𝒙)
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟓𝟓. 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓. 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟏𝟏
The length of ��

𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 is 𝟕𝟕. 𝟐𝟐 𝐦𝐦𝐦𝐦, and the length of ��
𝑩𝑩𝑩𝑩 is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐 𝐦𝐦𝐦𝐦.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
 We can rewrite equations to develop a pattern and make predictions.
 We know that for problems like these, we can generalize equations so that we do not have to do each step to
get our answer.
 We learned how equations can be used to solve problems.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 9: An Application of Linear Equations
Exit Ticket
1. Rewrite the equation that would represent the sum in the fifth step of the Facebook problem:
𝑆𝑆5 = 7 + 7 ⋅ 5 + 7 ⋅ 52 + 7 ⋅ 53 + 7 ⋅ 54 .
2. The sum of four consecutive integers is 74. Write an equation, and solve to find the numbers.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Rewrite the equation that would represent the sum in the fifth step of the Facebook problem:
𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟒𝟒 .
𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟒𝟒

𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 − 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟒𝟒
𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 − 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟒𝟒 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓
𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 − 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓(𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓𝟒𝟒 )
𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 − 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓(𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 )
𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 − 𝟕𝟕 + 𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟎𝟎
𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕 − (𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 )
(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓)𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕 − (𝟕𝟕 ⋅ 𝟓𝟓 )
(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓)𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓 )
𝟕𝟕(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓 )
𝑺𝑺𝟓𝟓 =
𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓
2. The sum of four consecutive integers is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. Write an equation, and solve to find the numbers.
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the first number.
𝒙𝒙 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐) + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑) = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕

𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The numbers are 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.

Assign the problems that relate to the elements of the lesson that were used with students.
1. You forward an e-card that you found online to three of your friends. They liked it so much that they forwarded it
on to four of their friends, who then forwarded it on to four of their friends, and so on. The number of people who
saw the e-card is shown below. Let 𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏 represent the number of people who saw the e-card after one step, let 𝑺𝑺𝟐𝟐
represent the number of people who saw the e-card after two steps, and so on.
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑
𝑺𝑺𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒
𝑺𝑺𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐
𝑺𝑺𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
a. Find the pattern in the equations.

𝑺𝑺𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒
𝑺𝑺𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒
𝑺𝑺𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐
𝑺𝑺𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒(𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒)
𝑺𝑺𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝑺𝑺𝟐𝟐
𝑺𝑺𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐
𝑺𝑺𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐
𝑺𝑺𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑
𝑺𝑺𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒(𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 )
𝑺𝑺𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒𝑺𝑺𝟑𝟑
𝑺𝑺𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑

𝑺𝑺𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑
𝑺𝑺𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝑺𝑺𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒(𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟑𝟑 )
𝑺𝑺𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒𝑺𝑺𝟒𝟒
b. Assuming the trend continues, how many people will have seen the e-card after 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 steps?
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟒𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟎𝟎
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 (𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒) = 𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑 ⋅ 𝟒𝟒𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 (𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒) = 𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 )
𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 )
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 =
(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒)
𝑺𝑺𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
After 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 steps, 𝟏𝟏, 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎, 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 people will have seen the e-card.
c. How many people will have seen the e-card after 𝒏𝒏 steps?
𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒𝒏𝒏 )
𝑺𝑺𝒏𝒏 =
(𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒)
For each of the following questions, write an equation, and solve to find each answer.
𝟑𝟑
2. Lisa has a certain amount of money. She spent $𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 and has of the original amount left. How much money did she
𝟒𝟒
have originally?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the amount of money Lisa had originally.

𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = − 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
Lisa had $𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 originally.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. The length of a rectangle is 𝟒𝟒 more than 𝟑𝟑 times the width. If the perimeter of the rectangle is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜, what is the
area of the rectangle?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the width of the rectangle.

𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑) + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑
The width of the rectangle is 𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜, and the length is 𝟕𝟕. 𝟗𝟗 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜, so the area is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝟐𝟐.
4. Eight times the result of subtracting 𝟑𝟑 from a number is equal to the number increased by 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. What is the number?

𝟖𝟖(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑) = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟕𝟕
The number is 𝟕𝟕.
5. Three consecutive odd integers have a sum of 𝟑𝟑. What are the numbers?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the first odd number.

𝒙𝒙 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐) + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒) = 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟏𝟏
The three consecutive odd integers are −𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏, and 𝟑𝟑.
6. Each month, Liz pays $𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 to her phone company just to use the phone. Each text she sends costs her an additional
$𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎. In March, her phone bill was $𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. In April, her phone bill was $𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖. How many texts did she send
each month?
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number of texts she sent in March.

𝟑𝟑𝟓𝟓 + 𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
She sent 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 texts in March.
Let 𝒚𝒚 be the number of texts she sent in April.

𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
She sent 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 texts in April.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7. Claudia is reading a book that has 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 pages. She read some of the book last week. She plans to read 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 pages
𝟒𝟒
today. When she does, she will be of the way through the book. How many pages did she read last week?
𝟓𝟓
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number of pages she read last week.
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑)
𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
Claudia read 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 pages last week.
8. In the diagram below, △ 𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 ~ △ 𝑨𝑨′ 𝑩𝑩′ 𝑪𝑪′ . Determine the measure of ∠𝑨𝑨.
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔
The measure of ∠𝑨𝑨 is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑°.
9. In the diagram below, △ 𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 ~ △ 𝑨𝑨′ 𝑩𝑩′ 𝑪𝑪′ . Determine the measure of ∠𝑨𝑨.
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓

𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The measure of ∠𝑨𝑨 is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS
GRADE
Topic B
Linear Equations in Two Variables and Their
Graphs
8.EE.B.5
Focus Standard: 8.EE.B.5 Graph proportional relationships, interpreting the unit rate as the slope of the
graph. Compare two different proportional relationships represented in
different ways. For example, compare a distance-time graph to a distance-time
equation to determine which of two moving objects has greater speed.
Lesson 10: A Critical Look at Proportional Relationships (S) 1
Lesson 11: Constant Rate (P)
Lesson 12: Linear Equations in Two Variables (E)
Lesson 13: The Graph of a Linear Equation in Two Variables (S)
Lesson 14: The Graph of a Linear Equation―Horizontal and Vertical Lines (S)
Topic B begins with students working with proportional relationships related to average speed and constant
speed. In Lesson 10, students use information that is organized in the form of a table to write linear
equations. In Lesson 11, students learn how to apply the concept of constant rate to a variety of contexts
requiring two variables (8.EE.B.5). Lesson 12 introduces students to the standard form of an equation in two
variables. At this point, students use a table to help them find and organize solutions to a linear equation in
two variables. Students then use the information from the table to begin graphing solutions on a coordinate
plane. In Lesson 13, students begin to question whether or not the graph of a linear equation is a line, as
opposed to something that is curved. Lesson 14 presents students with equations in standard form,
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 = 0 or 𝑏𝑏 = 0, which produces lines that are either vertical or horizontal.
Topic B: Linear Equations in Two Variables and Their Graphs 111
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 10: A Critical Look at Proportional Relationships
Student Outcomes
 Students work with proportional relationships that involve average speed and constant speed in order to write
a linear equation in two variables.
 Students use linear equations in two variables to answer questions about distance and time.
Classwork
Discussion/Examples 1–2 (25 minutes)
Example 1
 Consider the word problem below. We can do several things to answer this
Scaffolding:
problem, but let’s begin to organize our work using a table for time and distance:
It may be necessary to remind
students of the relationship
Example 1
between distance traveled,
Paul walks 𝟐𝟐 miles in 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes. How many miles can Paul walk in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 minutes? rate, and time spent traveling
Time (in minutes) Distance (in miles) at that rate.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
As students answer the questions below, fill in the table.

 How many miles would Paul be able to walk in 50 minutes? Explain.
 Paul could walk 4 miles in 50 minutes because 50 minutes is twice the time we were given, so we can
calculate twice the distance, which is 4.
 How many miles would Paul be able to walk in 75 minutes? Explain.
 Paul could walk 6 miles in 75 minutes because 75 minutes is three times the number of minutes we
were given, so we can calculate three times the distance, which is 6.
 How many miles would Paul be able to walk in 100 minutes?
 He could walk 8 miles.
 How many miles would he walk in 125 minutes?
 He could walk 10 miles.
 How could we determine the number of miles Paul could walk in 137.5 minutes?
Lesson 10: A Critical Look at Proportional Relationships 112
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Provide students time to think about the answer to this question. They may likely say that they can write a proportion to
figure it out. Allow them to share and demonstrate their solutions. Then, proceed with the discussion below, if
necessary.
 Since the relationship between the distance Paul walks and the time it takes him to walk that distance is
proportional, we let 𝑦𝑦 represent the distance Paul walks in 137.5 minutes and write the following:
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
=
𝟐𝟐 𝒚𝒚
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐)
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Therefore, Paul can walk 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 miles in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 minutes.
 How many miles, 𝑦𝑦, can Paul walk in 𝑥𝑥 minutes?

Provide students time to think about the answer to this question. Allow them to share their ideas, and then proceed
with the discussion below, if necessary.
25
 We know for a fact that Paul can walk 2 miles in 25 minutes, so we can write the ratio as we did with the
2
𝑥𝑥
proportion. We can write another ratio for the number of miles, 𝑦𝑦, Paul walks in 𝑥𝑥 minutes. It is . For the
𝑦𝑦
same reason we could write the proportion before, we can write one now with these two ratios:
25 𝑥𝑥
= .
2 𝑦𝑦
Does this remind you of something we have done recently? Explain.
 This is a linear equation in disguise. All we need to do is multiply each numerator by the other fraction’s
denominator, and then we will have a linear equation.
25𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥
 Recall our original question: How many miles, 𝑦𝑦, can Paul walk in 𝑥𝑥 minutes? We need to solve this equation
for 𝑦𝑦.
25𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥
2
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥
25
𝑦𝑦 = 0.08𝑥𝑥
Paul can walk 0.08𝑥𝑥 miles in 𝑥𝑥 minutes. This equation will allow us to answer all kinds of questions about Paul
with respect to any given number of minutes or miles.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2
 Let’s go back to the table and look for 𝑦𝑦 = 0.08𝑥𝑥 or its equivalent 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥. What do you notice?
25
Time (in minutes) Distance (in miles)

25 2
50 4
75 6
100 8
125 10
2
 The fraction came from the first row in the table. It is the distance traveled divided by the time it
25
took to travel that distance. It is also in between each row of the table. For example, the difference
between 4 miles and 2 miles is 2, and the difference between the associated times 50 and 25 is 25.
The pattern repeats throughout the table.
Show on the table the +2 between each distance interval and the +25 between each time interval. Remind students
that they have done work like this before, specifically finding a unit rate for a proportional relationship. Make clear that
the unit rate found in the table was exactly the same as the unit rate found using the proportion and that the unit rate is
the rate at which Paul walks.
 Let’s look at another problem where only a table is provided.
Time (in hours) Distance (in miles)

3 123
6 246
9 369
12 492
𝑦𝑦
We want to know how many miles, 𝑦𝑦, can be traveled in any number of hours 𝑥𝑥. Using our previous work, what
should we do?
 We can write and solve a proportion that contains both 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 or use the table to help us determine
the unit rate.
 How many miles, 𝑦𝑦, can be traveled in any number of hours 𝑥𝑥?
 Student work:
123 𝑦𝑦
=
3 𝑥𝑥
123𝑥𝑥 = 3𝑦𝑦
123
𝑥𝑥 = 𝑦𝑦
3
41𝑥𝑥 = 𝑦𝑦
 What does the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 41𝑥𝑥 mean?
 It means that the distance traveled, 𝑦𝑦, is equal to the rate of 41 multiplied by the number of hours 𝑥𝑥
traveled at that rate.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Example 2
The point of this problem is to make clear to students that constant rate must be assumed in order to write linear
equations in two variables and to use those equations to answer questions about distance, time, and rate.
 Consider the following word problem: Alexxa walked from Grand Central Station (GCS) on 42nd Street to Penn
Station on 7th Avenue. The total distance traveled was 1.1 miles. It took Alexxa 25 minutes to make the walk.
How many miles did she walk in the first 10 minutes?
Give students a minute to think and/or work on the problem. Expect them to write a proportion and solve the problem.
The next part of the discussion gets them to think about what is meant by “constant” speed or, rather, lack of it.
 She walked 0.44 miles. (Assuming students used a proportion to solve.)
 Are you sure about your answer? How often do you walk at a constant speed? Notice the problem did not
even mention that she was walking at the same rate throughout the entire 1.1 miles. What if you have more
information about her walk: Alexxa walked from GCS along 42nd Street to an ATM 0.3 miles away in 8 minutes.
It took her 2 minutes to get some money out of the machine. Do you think your answer is still correct?
 Probably not since we now know that she had to stop at the ATM.
 Let’s continue with Alexxa’s walk: She reached the 7th Avenue junction 13 minutes after she left GCS, a
distance of 0.6 miles. There, she met her friend Karen with whom she talked for 2 minutes. After leaving her
friend, she finally got to Penn Station 25 minutes after her walk began.
 Is this a more realistic situation than believing that she walked the exact same speed throughout the entire
trip? What other events typically occur during walks in the city?
 Stoplights at crosswalks, traffic, maybe a trip/fall, or running an errand
 This is precisely the reason we need to take a critical look at what we call proportional relationships and
constant speed, in general.
 The following table shows an accurate picture of Alexxa’s walk:
Time (in minutes) Distance Traveled (in miles)

0 0
8 0.3
10 0.3
13 0.6
15 0.6
25 1.1
With this information, we can answer the question. Alexxa walked exactly 0.3 miles in 10 minutes.
 Now that we have an idea of what could go wrong when we assume a person walks at a constant rate or that a
proportion can give us the correct answer all of the time, let’s define what is called average speed.
 Suppose a person walks a distance of 𝑑𝑑 (miles) in a given time interval 𝑡𝑡 (minutes). Then, the average speed in
𝑑𝑑
the given time interval is in miles per minute.
𝑡𝑡
 With this definition, we can calculate Alexxa’s average speed: The distance that Alexxa traveled divided by the
1.1
time interval she walked is miles per minute.
25
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 If we assume that someone can actually walk at the same average speed over any time interval, then we say
that the person is walking at a constant speed.
Suppose the average speed of a person is the same constant 𝐶𝐶 for any given time interval. Then, we say that
the person is walking at a constant speed 𝑪𝑪.
 If the original problem included information specifying constant speed, then we could write the following:
1.1
Alexxa’s average speed for 25 minutes is .
25
𝑦𝑦
Let 𝑦𝑦 represent the distance Alexxa walked in 10 minutes. Then, her average speed for 10 minutes is .
10
Since Alexxa is walking at a constant speed of 𝐶𝐶 miles per minute, then we know that
1.1 𝑦𝑦
= 𝐶𝐶, and = 𝐶𝐶.
25 10
Since both fractions are equal to 𝐶𝐶, then we can write

1.1 𝑦𝑦
= .
25 10
With the assumption of constant speed, we now have a proportional relationship, which would make the
answer you came up with in the beginning correct.
 We can go one step further and write a statement in general. If Alexxa walks 𝑦𝑦 miles in 𝑥𝑥 minutes, then
𝑦𝑦 1.1 𝑦𝑦
= 𝐶𝐶, and = .
𝑥𝑥 25 𝑥𝑥
To find how many miles 𝑦𝑦 Alexxa walks in 𝑥𝑥 miles, we solve the equation for 𝑦𝑦:
1.1 𝑦𝑦
=
25 𝑥𝑥
25𝑦𝑦 = 1.1𝑥𝑥
25 1.1
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥
25 25
1.1
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥,
25
where the last equation is an example of a linear equation in two variables 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦. With this general
equation, we can find the distance 𝑦𝑦 Alexxa walks in any given time 𝑥𝑥. Since we have more information about
Alexxa’s walk, where and when she stopped, we know that the equation cannot accurately predict the
distance she walks after a certain number of minutes. To do so requires us to assume that she walks at a
constant rate. This is an assumption we generally take for granted when solving problems about rate.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Exercises
1. Wesley walks at a constant speed from his house to school 𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 miles away. It took him 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes to get to school.
a. What fraction represents his constant speed, 𝑪𝑪?
𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
= 𝑪𝑪
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
b. You want to know how many miles he has walked after 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes. Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the distance he traveled
after 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes of walking at the given constant speed. Write a fraction that represents the constant
speed, 𝑪𝑪, in terms of 𝒚𝒚.
𝒚𝒚
= 𝑪𝑪
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
c. Write the fractions from parts (a) and (b) as a proportion, and solve to find how many miles Wesley walked
after 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes.
𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎. 𝟗𝟗
Wesley walks 𝟎𝟎. 𝟗𝟗 miles in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes.
d. Let 𝒚𝒚 be the distance in miles that Wesley traveled after 𝒙𝒙 minutes. Write a linear equation in two variables
that represents how many miles Wesley walked after 𝒙𝒙 minutes.
𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
2. Stefanie drove at a constant speed from her apartment to her friend’s house 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 miles away. It took her 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 minutes
to reach her destination.
a. What fraction represents her constant speed, 𝑪𝑪?
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
= 𝑪𝑪
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
b. What fraction represents constant speed, 𝑪𝑪, if it takes her 𝒙𝒙 number of minutes to get halfway to her friend’s
house?
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝑪𝑪
𝒙𝒙
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
c. Write and solve a proportion using the fractions from parts (a) and (b) to determine how many minutes it
takes her to get to the halfway point.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
=
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
Stefanie gets halfway to her friend’s house, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 miles away, after 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 minutes.
d. Write a two-variable equation to represent how many miles Stefanie can drive over any time interval.
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the distance traveled over any time interval 𝒙𝒙. Then,
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝒚𝒚
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝒚𝒚.
𝟗𝟗
 Consider the problem: Dave lives 15 miles from town A. He is driving at a constant speed of 50 miles per hour
from his home away from (in the opposite direction of) the city. How far away is Dave from the town after 𝑥𝑥
hours of driving?
 Since we know he is driving at a constant speed of 50 miles per hour, then we need to determine the distance
he travels over a time interval.
 If we say that Dave is 𝑦𝑦 miles from town A after driving 𝑥𝑥 hours, how can we express the actual number of
miles that Dave traveled?
 Dave is 15 miles from town A to begin with, so the total number of miles Dave traveled is 𝑦𝑦 − 15.
𝑦𝑦 − 15
 If Dave’s average speed in 𝑥𝑥 hours is , which is equal to a constant (i.e., his constant speed), then we
𝑥𝑥
have the equation
𝑦𝑦 − 15
= 50.
𝑥𝑥
 We want to know how many miles Dave is from town A, 𝑦𝑦, after driving for 𝑥𝑥 hours. Solve this equation for 𝑦𝑦.
 Student work:
𝑦𝑦 − 15
= 50
𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦 − 15 = 50𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦 − 15 + 15 = 50𝑥𝑥 + 15
𝑦𝑦 = 50𝑥𝑥 + 15
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 With this equation, 𝑦𝑦 = 50𝑥𝑥 + 15, we can find the distance Dave is from town A for any given time 𝑥𝑥. How far
away is Dave from town A after one hour?
 If 𝑥𝑥 = 1, then
𝑦𝑦 = 50(1) + 15
𝑦𝑦 = 65.
Dave is 65 miles from town A after one hour.
Exercise 3 (4 minutes)
Students complete Exercise 3 independently or in pairs.
3. The equation that represents how many miles, 𝒚𝒚, Dave travels after 𝒙𝒙 hours is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Use the equation to
complete the table below.
𝒙𝒙 (hours) Linear Equation: 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚 (miles)
𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓(𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒. 𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓(𝟒𝟒. 𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
Closing (3 minutes)
 Average speed is found by taking the total distance traveled in a given time interval, divided by the time
interval.
 If we assume the same average speed over any time interval, then we have constant speed, which can then be
used to express a linear equation in two variables relating distance and time.
 We know how to use linear equations to answer questions about distance and time.
 We cannot assume that a problem can be solved using a proportion unless we know that the situation involves
constant speed (or rate).
Lesson Summary
Average speed is found by taking the total distance traveled in a given time interval, divided by the time interval.
𝒚𝒚
If 𝒚𝒚 is the total distance traveled in a given time interval 𝒙𝒙, then is the average speed.
𝒙𝒙
If we assume the same average speed over any time interval, then we have constant speed, which can then be used
to express a linear equation in two variables relating distance and time.
𝒚𝒚
If = 𝑪𝑪, where 𝑪𝑪 is a constant, then you have constant speed.
𝒙𝒙
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 10: A Critical Look at Proportional Relationships
Exit Ticket
Alex skateboards at a constant speed from his house to school 3.8 miles away. It takes him 18 minutes.
a. What fraction represents his constant speed, 𝐶𝐶?
b. After school, Alex skateboards at the same constant speed to his friend’s house. It takes him 10 minutes.
Write the fraction that represents constant speed, 𝐶𝐶, if he travels a distance of 𝑦𝑦.
c. Write the fractions from parts (a) and (b) as a proportion, and solve to find out how many miles Alex’s friend’s
house is from school. Round your answer to the tenths place.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Alex skateboards at a constant speed from his house to school 𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖 miles away. It takes him 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes.
a. What fraction represents his constant speed, 𝑪𝑪?

𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖
= 𝑪𝑪
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
b. After school, Alex skateboards at the same constant speed to his friend’s house. It takes him 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes.
Write the fraction that represents constant speed, 𝑪𝑪, if he travels a distance of 𝒚𝒚.
𝒚𝒚
= 𝑪𝑪
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
c. Write the fractions from parts (a) and (b) as a proportion, and solve to find out how many miles Alex’s
friend’s house is from school. Round your answer to the tenths place.
𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
= 𝒚𝒚
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐. 𝟏𝟏 ≈ 𝒚𝒚
Alex’s friend lives about 𝟐𝟐. 𝟏𝟏 miles from school.

Students practice writing and solving proportions to solve constant speed problems. Students write two variable
equations to represent situations, generally.
1. Eman walks from the store to her friend’s house, 𝟐𝟐 miles away. It takes her 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 minutes.
𝟐𝟐
= 𝑪𝑪
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
b. Write the fraction that represents her constant speed, 𝑪𝑪, if she walks 𝒚𝒚 miles in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes.
𝒚𝒚
= 𝑪𝑪
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
c. Write and solve a proportion using the fractions from parts (a) and (b) to determine how many miles she
walks after 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes. Round your answer to the hundredths place.
𝟐𝟐 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 …
Eman walks about 𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 miles after 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
d. Write a two-variable equation to represent how many miles Eman can walk over any time interval.
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the distance Eman walks in 𝒙𝒙 minutes.

𝟐𝟐 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
2. Erika drives from school to soccer practice 𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑 miles away. It takes her 𝟕𝟕 minutes.
𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑
= 𝑪𝑪
𝟕𝟕
b. What fraction represents her constant speed, 𝑪𝑪, if it takes her 𝒙𝒙 minutes to drive exactly 𝟏𝟏 mile?
𝟏𝟏
= 𝑪𝑪
𝒙𝒙
c. Write and solve a proportion using the fractions from parts (a) and (b) to determine how much time it takes
her to drive exactly 𝟏𝟏 mile. Round your answer to the tenths place.
𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟕𝟕 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑 𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓. 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 …
It takes Erika about 𝟓𝟓. 𝟒𝟒 minutes to drive exactly 𝟏𝟏 mile.
d. Write a two-variable equation to represent how many miles Erika can drive over any time interval.
Let 𝒚𝒚 be the number of miles Erika travels in 𝒙𝒙 minutes.

𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟕𝟕 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
3. Darla drives at a constant speed of 𝟒𝟒𝟓𝟓 miles per hour.

a. If she drives for 𝒚𝒚 miles and it takes her 𝒙𝒙 hours, write the two-variable equation to represent the number of
miles Darla can drive in 𝒙𝒙 hours.
𝒚𝒚
= 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. Darla plans to drive to the market 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 miles from her house, then to the post office 𝟑𝟑 miles from the market,
and then return home, which is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 miles from the post office. Assuming she drives at a constant speed the
entire time, how long will it take her to run her errands and get back home? Round your answer to the
hundredths place.
Altogether, Darla plans to drive 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 miles because 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑.
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 … = 𝒙𝒙
It will take Darla about 𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 hours to run her errands and get back home.
4. Aaron walks from his sister’s house to his cousin’s house, a distance of 𝟒𝟒 miles, in 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 minutes. How far does he
walk in 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 minutes?
I cannot say for sure how far Aaron walks in 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 minutes because I do not know if he is walking at a constant speed.
Maybe he stopped at his friend’s house for 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes.
5. Carlos walks 𝟒𝟒 miles every night for exercise. It takes him exactly 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 minutes to finish his walk.
a. Assuming he walks at a constant rate, write an equation that represents how many miles, 𝒚𝒚, Carlos can walk
in 𝒙𝒙 minutes.
𝟒𝟒 𝒚𝒚
Since = 𝑪𝑪 and = 𝑪𝑪, then
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝒙𝒙
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
b. Use your equation from part (a) to complete the table below. Use a calculator, and round all values to the
hundredths place.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 (minutes) 𝟒𝟒 𝒚𝒚 (miles)
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) 𝟎𝟎. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑) 𝟏𝟏. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒) 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔) 𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕) 𝟒𝟒. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 11: Constant Rate
Student Outcomes
 Students know the definition of constant rate in varied contexts as expressed using two variables where one is
𝑡𝑡 representing a time interval.
 Students graph points on a coordinate plane related to constant rate problems.
Classwork
Give students the first question below, and allow them time to work. Ask them to share their solutions with the class,
and then proceed with the discussion, table, and graph to finish Example 1.
Example 1
Pauline mows a lawn at a constant rate. Suppose she mows a 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑-square-foot lawn in 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 minutes. What area, in square
feet, can she mow in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes? 𝒕𝒕 minutes?
 What is Pauline’s average rate in 2.5 minutes?

35
 Pauline’s average rate in 2.5 minutes is square feet per minute.
2.5
 What is Pauline’s average rate in 10 minutes?
 Let 𝐴𝐴 represent the square feet of the area mowed in 10 minutes. Pauline’s average rate in 10 minutes
𝐴𝐴
is square feet per mintute.
10
35 𝐴𝐴
 Let 𝐶𝐶 be Pauline’s constant rate in square feet per minute; then, = 𝐶𝐶, and = 𝐶𝐶. Therefore,
2.5 10
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝑨𝑨
=
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
= 𝑨𝑨
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝑨𝑨
Pauline mows 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 square feet of lawn in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes.
 If we let 𝑦𝑦 represent the number of square feet Pauline can mow in 𝑡𝑡 minutes, then Pauline’s average rate in 𝑡𝑡
𝑦𝑦
minutes is square feet per minute.
𝑡𝑡
 Write the two-variable equation that represents the area of lawn, 𝑦𝑦, Pauline can mow in 𝑡𝑡 minutes.
Lesson 11: Constant Rate 124
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝒕𝒕
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
35 35
 What is the meaning of in the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑡𝑡?
2.5 2.5
35
MP.7  The number represents the constant rate at which Pauline can mow a lawn.
2.5
 We can organize the information in a table.
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in 𝒚𝒚 (area in
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
minutes) 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒕𝒕 square feet)
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟎𝟎 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟐𝟐) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟑𝟑) = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟒𝟒) = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
 On a coordinate plane, we will let the 𝑥𝑥-axis represent time 𝑡𝑡, in minutes, and the 𝑦𝑦-axis represent the area of
mowed lawn in square feet. Then we have the following graph.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Because Pauline mows at a constant rate, we would expect the square feet of mowed lawn to continue to rise
as the time, in minutes, increases.

 In the last lesson, we learned about average speed and constant speed. Constant speed problems are just a
special case of a larger variety of problems known as constant rate problems. Some of these problems were
topics in Grade 7, such as water pouring out of a faucet into a tub, painting a house, and mowing a lawn.
 First, we define the average rate:
Suppose 𝑉𝑉 gallons of water flow from a faucet in a given time interval 𝑡𝑡 (minutes). Then, the average rate of
𝑉𝑉
water flow in the given time interval is in gallons per minute.
𝑡𝑡
 Then, we define the constant rate:
Suppose the average rate of water flow is the same constant 𝐶𝐶 for any given time interval. Then we say that
the water is flowing at a constant rate, 𝐶𝐶.
 Similarly, suppose 𝐴𝐴 square feet of lawn are mowed in a given time interval 𝑡𝑡 (minutes). Then, the average
𝐴𝐴
rate of lawn mowing in the given time interval is square feet per minute. If we assume that the average rate
𝑡𝑡
of lawn mowing is the same constant, 𝐶𝐶, for any given time interval, then we say that the lawn is mowed at a
constant rate, 𝐶𝐶.
 Describe the average rate of painting a house.
 Suppose 𝐴𝐴 square feet of house are painted in a given time interval 𝑡𝑡 (minutes). Then the average rate
𝐴𝐴
of house painting in the given time interval is square feet per minute.
𝑡𝑡
 Describe the constant rate of painting a house.
 If we assume that the average rate of house painting is the same constant, 𝐶𝐶, over any given time
interval, then we say that the wall is painted at a constant rate, 𝐶𝐶.
 What is the difference between average rate and constant rate?
 Average rate is the rate in which something can be done over a specific time interval. Constant rate
assumes that the average rate is the same over any time interval.
 As you can see, the way we define average rate and constant rate for a given situation is very similar. In each
case, a transcription of the given information leads to an expression in two variables.
Example 2
Water flows at a constant rate out of a faucet. Suppose the volume of water that comes out in three minutes is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
gallons. How many gallons of water come out of the faucet in 𝒕𝒕 minutes?
 Write the linear equation that represents the volume of water, 𝑉𝑉, that comes out in 𝑡𝑡 minutes.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Let 𝑪𝑪 represent the constant rate of water flow.

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.𝟓𝟓 𝑽𝑽 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.𝟓𝟓 𝑽𝑽
= 𝑪𝑪, and = 𝑪𝑪; then, = .
𝟑𝟑 𝒕𝒕 𝟑𝟑 𝒕𝒕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝑽𝑽
=
𝟑𝟑 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝑽𝑽 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝑽𝑽 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑
10.5 10.5
 What is the meaning of the number in the equation 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑡𝑡?
3 3
MP.7 10.5
 The number represents the constant rate at which water flows from a faucet.
3
10.5
 Using the linear equation 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑡𝑡, complete the table.
3
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝑽𝑽 (in gallons)
𝑽𝑽 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝟎𝟎 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟐𝟐) = 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟒𝟒) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
 On a coordinate plane, we will let the 𝑥𝑥-axis represent time 𝑡𝑡 in minutes and the 𝑦𝑦-axis represent the volume
of water. Graph the data from the table.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1
 Using the graph, about how many gallons of water do you think would flow after 1 minutes? Explain.
2
1 1
 After 1 minutes, between 3 and 7 gallons of water will flow. Since the water is flowing at a constant
2 2
rate, we can expect the volume of water to rise between 1 and 2 minutes. The number of gallons that
1
flow after 1 minutes then would have to be between the number of gallons that flow out after 1
2
minute and 2 minutes.
 Using the graph, about how long would it take for 15 gallons of water to flow out of the faucet? Explain.
 It would take between 4 and 5 minutes for 15 gallons of water to flow out of the faucet. It takes 4
minutes for 14 gallons to flow; therefore, it must take more than 4 minutes for 15 gallons to come out.
1
It must take less than 5 minutes because 3 gallons flow out every minute.
2
 Graphing proportional relationships like these last two constant rate problems provides us more information
than simply solving an equation and calculating one value. The graph provides information that is not so
obvious in an equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Exercises
𝟏𝟏
1. Juan types at a constant rate. He can type a full page of text in 𝟑𝟑 minutes. We want to know how many pages, 𝒑𝒑,
𝟐𝟐
Juan can type after 𝒕𝒕 minutes.
a. Write the linear equation in two variables that represents the number of pages Juan types in any given time
interval.
Let 𝑪𝑪 represent the constant rate that Juan types in pages per minute. Then,
𝟏𝟏 𝒑𝒑 𝟏𝟏 𝒑𝒑
= 𝑪𝑪, and = 𝑪𝑪; therefore, = .
𝟑𝟑.𝟓𝟓 𝒕𝒕 𝟑𝟑.𝟓𝟓 𝒕𝒕
𝟏𝟏 𝒑𝒑
=
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏
𝒑𝒑 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
𝒑𝒑 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
b. Complete the table below. Use a calculator, and round your answers to the tenths place.
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝟏𝟏 𝒑𝒑 (pages typed)
𝒑𝒑 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
𝟎𝟎 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟓𝟓) ≈ 𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) ≈ 𝟐𝟐. 𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) ≈ 𝟒𝟒. 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) ≈ 𝟓𝟓. 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
c. Graph the data on a coordinate plane.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
d. About how long would it take Juan to type a 𝟓𝟓-page paper? Explain.
It would take him between 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 and 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes. After 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes, he will have typed 𝟒𝟒. 𝟑𝟑 pages. In 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
minutes, he can type 𝟓𝟓. 𝟕𝟕 pages. Since 𝟓𝟓 pages is between 𝟒𝟒. 𝟑𝟑 and 𝟓𝟓. 𝟕𝟕, then it will take him between 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 and
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes.
2. Emily paints at a constant rate. She can paint 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 square feet in 𝟓𝟓 minutes. What area, 𝑨𝑨, in square feet, can she
paint in 𝒕𝒕 minutes?
a. Write the linear equation in two variables that represents the number of square feet Emily can paint in any
given time interval.
Let 𝑪𝑪 be the constant rate that Emily paints in square feet per minute. Then,
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝑨𝑨 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝑨𝑨
𝟓𝟓 𝒕𝒕 𝟓𝟓 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝑨𝑨
=
𝟓𝟓 𝒕𝒕
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝑨𝑨 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝑨𝑨 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟓𝟓
b. Complete the table below. Use a calculator, and round answers to the tenths place.
Linear Equation:
𝑨𝑨 (area painted in
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝑨𝑨 = 𝒕𝒕 square feet)
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟎𝟎 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟏𝟏) = 𝟔𝟔. 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟒𝟒) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
d. About how many square feet can Emily paint in 𝟐𝟐 minutes? Explain.
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
Emily can paint between 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖 and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐 square feet in 𝟐𝟐 minutes. After 𝟐𝟐 minutes, she paints 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖 square
𝟐𝟐
feet, and after 𝟑𝟑 minutes, she will have painted 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐 square feet.
3. Joseph walks at a constant speed. He walked to a store that is one-half mile away in 𝟔𝟔 minutes. How many miles,
𝒎𝒎, can he walk in 𝒕𝒕 minutes?
a. Write the linear equation in two variables that represents the number of miles Joseph can walk in any given
time interval, 𝒕𝒕.
Let 𝑪𝑪 be the constant rate that Joseph walks in miles per minute. Then,
𝟎𝟎.𝟓𝟓 𝒎𝒎 𝟎𝟎.𝟓𝟓 𝒎𝒎
𝟔𝟔 𝒕𝒕 𝟔𝟔 𝒕𝒕
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓 𝒎𝒎
=
𝟔𝟔 𝒕𝒕
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟔𝟔 𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓
𝒎𝒎 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟔𝟔
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓
𝒎𝒎 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟔𝟔
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓 𝒎𝒎 (distance in miles)
𝒎𝒎 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟔𝟔
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓
𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟔𝟔
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑) = 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
𝟔𝟔 𝟔𝟔
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔) = 𝟓𝟓
𝟔𝟔 𝟔𝟔
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗) = 𝟕𝟕. 𝟓𝟓
𝟔𝟔 𝟔𝟔
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔 𝟔𝟔
d. Joseph’s friend lives 𝟒𝟒 miles away from him. About how long would it take Joseph to walk to his friend’s
house? Explain.
It will take Joseph a little less than an hour to walk to his friend’s house. Since it takes 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 minutes for him to
walk 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 miles and 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 minutes to walk 𝟓𝟓 miles, and 𝟒𝟒 is closer to 𝟓𝟓 than 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓, it will take Joseph less than an
hour to walk the 𝟒𝟒 miles.
Closing (5 minutes)
 Constant rate problems appear in a variety of contexts like painting a house, typing, walking, or water flow.
 We can express the constant rate as a two-variable equation representing proportional change.
 We can graph the constant rate situation by completing a table to compute data points.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson Summary
When constant rate is stated for a given problem, then you can express the situation as a two-variable equation.
The equation can be used to complete a table of values that can then be graphed on a coordinate plane.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 11: Constant Rate
Exit Ticket
Vicky reads at a constant rate. She can read 5 pages in 9 minutes. We want to know how many pages, 𝑝𝑝, Vicky can read
after 𝑡𝑡 minutes.
a. Write a linear equation in two variables that represents the number of pages Vicky reads in any given time
interval.
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝒑𝒑 (pages read)
20
40
60
c. About how long would it take Vicky to read 25 pages? Explain.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Vicky reads at a constant rate. She can read 𝟓𝟓 pages in 𝟗𝟗 minutes. We want to know how many pages, 𝒑𝒑, Vicky can read
after 𝒕𝒕 minutes.
a. Write a linear equation in two variables that represents the number of pages Vicky reads in any given time
interval.
Let 𝑪𝑪 represent the constant rate that Vicky reads in pages per minute. Then,
𝟓𝟓 𝒑𝒑 𝟓𝟓 𝒑𝒑
𝟗𝟗 𝒕𝒕 𝟗𝟗 𝒕𝒕
𝟓𝟓 𝒑𝒑
=
𝟗𝟗 𝒕𝒕
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟗𝟗 𝟓𝟓
𝒑𝒑 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓
𝒑𝒑 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟗𝟗
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝟓𝟓 𝒑𝒑 (pages read)
𝒑𝒑 = 𝐭𝐭
𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓
𝟎𝟎 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) ≈ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒) ≈ 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝒑𝒑 = (𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔) ≈ 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟑𝟑
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
c. About how long would it take Vicky to read 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 pages? Explain.
It would take her a little over 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 minutes. After 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 minutes, she can read about 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐 pages, and after 𝟏𝟏
hour, she can read about 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟑𝟑 pages. Since 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 pages is between 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐 and 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟑𝟑, it will take her between 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
and 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 minutes to read 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 pages.

Students practice writing two-variable equations that represent a constant rate.
1. A train travels at a constant rate of 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 miles per hour.

a. What is the distance, 𝒅𝒅, in miles, that the train travels in 𝒕𝒕 hours?
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒅𝒅 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒅𝒅
Let 𝑪𝑪 be the constant rate the train travels. Then, = 𝑪𝑪, and = 𝑪𝑪; therefore, = .
𝟏𝟏 𝒕𝒕 𝟏𝟏 𝒕𝒕
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒅𝒅
=
𝟏𝟏 𝒕𝒕
𝒅𝒅 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. How many miles will it travel in 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 hours?
𝒅𝒅 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒(𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓)
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
The train will travel 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 miles in 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓 hours.
𝟏𝟏
2. Water is leaking from a faucet at a constant rate of gallons per minute.
𝟑𝟑
a. What is the amount of water, 𝒘𝒘, in gallons per minute, that is leaked from the faucet after 𝒕𝒕 minutes?
Let 𝑪𝑪 be the constant rate the water leaks from the faucet in gallons per minute. Then,
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝒘𝒘 𝟑𝟑 𝒘𝒘
𝟏𝟏 𝒕𝒕 𝟏𝟏 𝒕𝒕
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 = 𝒘𝒘
𝟏𝟏 𝒕𝒕
𝟏𝟏
𝒘𝒘 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑
b. How much water is leaked after an hour?

𝟏𝟏
𝒘𝒘 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
= (𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔)
𝟑𝟑
= 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The faucet will leak 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 gallons in one hour.
3. A car can be assembled on an assembly line in 𝟔𝟔 hours. Assume that the cars are assembled at a constant rate.
a. How many cars, 𝒚𝒚, can be assembled in 𝒕𝒕 hours?
Let 𝑪𝑪 be the constant rate the cars are assembled in cars per hour. Then,
𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚 𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚
𝟔𝟔 𝒕𝒕 𝟔𝟔 𝒕𝒕
𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚
=
𝟔𝟔 𝒕𝒕
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟔𝟔 𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟔𝟔
b. How many cars can be assembled in a week?

𝟏𝟏
A week is 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 × 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 hours. So, 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Twenty-eight cars can be assembled in a week.
𝟔𝟔
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
4. A copy machine makes copies at a constant rate. The machine can make 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 copies in 𝟐𝟐 minutes.
𝟐𝟐
a. Write an equation to represent the number of copies, 𝒏𝒏, that can be made over any time interval in minutes,
𝒕𝒕.
Let 𝑪𝑪 be the constant rate that copies can be made in copies per minute. Then,
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝒏𝒏 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝒏𝒏
𝟏𝟏 = 𝑪𝑪, and 𝒕𝒕 = 𝑪𝑪; therefore, 𝟏𝟏 = 𝒕𝒕 .
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝒏𝒏
=
𝟏𝟏 𝒕𝒕
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝒕𝒕
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
𝒏𝒏 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐
⋅ 𝒏𝒏 = ⋅ 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐 𝟓𝟓
𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
b. Complete the table below.
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝒏𝒏 (number of copies)
𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟎𝟎 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟎𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) 𝟖𝟖
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓) 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕) 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏) 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
d. The copy machine runs for 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 seconds and then jams. About how many copies were made before the jam
occurred? Explain.
Since 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 seconds is approximately 𝟎𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 of a minute, then the number of copies made will be between 𝟖𝟖 and
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 because 𝟎𝟎. 𝟑𝟑 is between 𝟎𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 and 𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓.
5. Connor runs at a constant rate. It takes him 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 minutes to run 𝟒𝟒 miles.
a. Write the linear equation in two variables that represents the number of miles Connor can run in any given
time interval in minutes, 𝒕𝒕.
Let 𝑪𝑪 be the constant rate that Connor runs in miles per minute, and let 𝒎𝒎 represent the number of miles he
ran in 𝒕𝒕 minutes. Then,
𝟒𝟒 𝒎𝒎 𝟒𝟒 𝒎𝒎
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒕𝒕 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒕𝒕
𝟒𝟒 𝒎𝒎
=
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒
𝒎𝒎 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
𝒎𝒎 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝟐𝟐 𝒎𝒎 (distance in miles)
𝒎𝒎 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) ≈ 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑) ≈ 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒) ≈ 𝟓𝟓. 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 𝒎𝒎 = (𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔) ≈ 𝟕𝟕. 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
d. Connor ran for 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 minutes before tripping and spraining his ankle. About how many miles did he run before
he had to stop? Explain.
Since Connor ran for 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 minutes, he ran more than 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 miles but less than 𝟓𝟓. 𝟑𝟑 miles. Since 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 is between 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
and 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒, then we can use those reference points to make an estimate of how many miles he ran in 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 minutes,
probably about 𝟓𝟓 miles.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 12: Linear Equations in Two Variables
Student Outcomes
 Students use a table to find solutions to a given linear equation and plot the solutions on a coordinate plane.
Lesson Notes
In this lesson, students find solutions to a linear equation in two variables using a table and then plot the solutions as
points on the coordinate plane. Students need graph paper in order to complete the Exercises and the Problem Set.
Classwork
Opening Exercise (5 minutes)
Students complete the Opening Exercise independently in preparation for the discussion about standard form and the
solutions that follow.
Opening Exercise
Emily tells you that she scored 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 points in a basketball game. Write down all the possible ways she could have scored
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 with only two- and three-point baskets. Use the table below to organize your work.
Number of Two-Pointers Number of Three-Pointers
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟎𝟎
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟒𝟒
𝟕𝟕 𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number of two-pointers and 𝒚𝒚 be the number of three-pointers that Emily scored. Write an equation to
represent the situation.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑

 An equation in the form of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 is called a linear equation in two variables, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are
constants, and at least one of 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are not zero. In this lesson, neither 𝑎𝑎 nor 𝑏𝑏 will be equal to zero. In the
Opening Exercise, what equation did you write to represent Emily’s score at the basketball game?
 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 32
 The equation 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 32 is an example of a linear equation in two variables.
Lesson 12: Linear Equations in Two Variables 140
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 An equation of this form, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, is also referred to as an equation in standard form. Is the equation you
wrote in the Opening Exercise in standard form?
 Yes. It is in the same form as 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐.
 In the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, the symbols 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are constants. What, then, are 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦?
 The symbols 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 are numbers. Since they are not constants, it means they are unknown numbers,
typically called variables, in the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐.
 For example, −50𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 15 is a linear equation in 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦. As you can easily see, not just any pair of
numbers 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 will make the equation true. Consider 𝑥𝑥 = 1 and 𝑦𝑦 = 2. Does it make the equation true?
 No, because −50(1) + 2 = −50 + 2 = −48 ≠ 15.
 What pairs of numbers did you find that worked for Emily’s basketball score? Did just any pair of numbers
work? Explain.
 Students should identify the pairs of numbers in the table of the Opening Exercise. No, not just any pair
of numbers worked. For example, I couldn’t say that Emily scored 15 two-pointers and 1 three-pointer
because that would mean she scored 33 points in the game, and she only scored 32 points.
 A solution to the linear equation in two variables is an ordered pair of numbers (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) so that 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 makes
the equation a true statement. The pairs of numbers that you wrote in the table for Emily are solutions to the
equation 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 32 because they are pairs of numbers that make the equation true. The question
becomes, how do we find an unlimited number of solutions to a given linear equation?
 Guess numbers until you find a pair that makes the equation true.
 A strategy that will help us find solutions to a linear equation in two variables is as follows: We fix a number
for 𝑥𝑥. That means we pick any number we want and call it 𝑥𝑥. Since we know how to solve a linear equation in
one variable, then we solve for 𝑦𝑦. The number we picked for 𝑥𝑥 and the number we get when we solve for 𝑦𝑦 is
the ordered pair (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦), which is a solution to the two-variable linear equation.
 For example, let 𝑥𝑥 = 5. Then, in the equation −50𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 15, we have
−50(5) + 𝑦𝑦 = 15
−250 + 𝑦𝑦 = 15
−250 + 250 + 𝑦𝑦 = 15 + 250
𝑦𝑦 = 265.
Therefore, (5, 265) is a solution to the equation −50𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 15.
 Similarly, we can fix a number for 𝑦𝑦 and solve for 𝑥𝑥. Let 𝑦𝑦 = 10; then
−50𝑥𝑥 + 10 = 15
−50𝑥𝑥 + 10 − 10 = 15 − 10
−50𝑥𝑥 = 5
−50 5
𝑥𝑥 =
−50 −50
1
𝑥𝑥 = − .
10
1
Therefore, �− , 10� is a solution to the equation −50𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 15.
10
Ask students to provide a number for 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦 and demonstrate how to find a solution. This can be done more than once
in order to prove to students that they can find a solution no matter which number they choose to fix for 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦. Once
they are convinced, allow them to work on the Exploratory Challenge.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Exploratory Challenge/Exercises (20 minutes)

Students can work independently or in pairs to complete the exercises. Every few minutes, have students share their
tables and graphs with the class. Make suggestions to students as they work as to which values for 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦 they could
choose. For example, in Exercises 1 and 2, small numbers would ease the mental math work. Exercise 3 may be made
easier if they choose a number for 𝑦𝑦 and solve for 𝑥𝑥. Exercise 4 can be made easier if students choose values for 𝑥𝑥 that
are multiples of 5. While making suggestions, ask students why the suggestions would make the work easier.
Exploratory Challenge/Exercises
1. Find five solutions for the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑 𝟎𝟎
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑 −𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑 −𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Find five solutions for the linear equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐(𝟏𝟏) − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐 −𝟖𝟖
−𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐(𝟐𝟐) − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒 −𝟔𝟔
−𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑) − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝟔𝟔 − 𝟔𝟔 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔 −𝟒𝟒
−𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒) − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟖𝟖 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟖𝟖 −𝟐𝟐
−𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐(𝟓𝟓) − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟎𝟎
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. Find five solutions for the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓(𝟏𝟏) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓(𝟒𝟒) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓(𝟓𝟓) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟒𝟒 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐
4. Consider the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟓𝟓
a. Will you choose to fix values for 𝒙𝒙 or 𝒚𝒚? Explain.
If I fix values for 𝒙𝒙, it will make the computations easier. Solving for 𝒚𝒚 can be done in one step.
b. Are there specific numbers that would make your computational work easier? Explain.
𝟐𝟐
Values for 𝒙𝒙 that are multiples of 𝟓𝟓 will make the computations easier. When I multiply by a multiple of 𝟓𝟓, I
𝟓𝟓
will get an integer.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟐𝟐
c. Find five solutions to the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate
𝟓𝟓
plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝟐𝟐 𝒚𝒚
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
(𝟓𝟓) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐
(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕
𝟒𝟒 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐
(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
𝟔𝟔 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. At the store, you see that you can buy a bag of candy for $𝟐𝟐 and a drink for $𝟏𝟏. Assume you have a total of $𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 to
spend. You are feeling generous and want to buy some snacks for you and your friends.
a. Write an equation in standard form to represent the number of bags of candy, 𝒙𝒙, and the number of drinks, 𝒚𝒚,
that you can buy with $𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
b. Find five solutions to the linear equation from part (a), and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒 𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐(𝟓𝟓) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐(𝟖𝟖) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
 A two-variable equation in the form of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 is known as a linear equation in standard form.
 A solution to a linear equation in two variables is an ordered pair (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) that makes the given equation true.
 We can find solutions by fixing a number for 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦 and then solving for the other variable. Our work can be
made easier by thinking about the computations we will need to make before fixing a number for 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦. For
1
example, if 𝑥𝑥 has a coefficient of , we should select values for 𝑥𝑥 that are multiples of 3.
3
Lesson Summary
A linear equation in two-variables 𝒙𝒙 and 𝒚𝒚 is in standard form if it is the form 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 for numbers 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄,
where 𝒂𝒂 and 𝒃𝒃 are both not zero. The numbers 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are called constants.
A solution to a linear equation in two variables is the ordered pair (𝒙𝒙, 𝒚𝒚) that makes the given equation true.
Solutions can be found by fixing a number for 𝒙𝒙 and solving for 𝒚𝒚 or fixing a number for 𝒚𝒚 and solving for 𝒙𝒙.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 12: Linear Equations in Two Variables
Exit Ticket
1. Is the point (1, 3) a solution to the linear equation 5𝑥𝑥 − 9𝑦𝑦 = 32? Explain.
2. Find three solutions for the linear equation 4𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 1, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
4𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 1
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Is the point (𝟏𝟏, 𝟑𝟑) a solution to the linear equation 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑? Explain.
No, (𝟏𝟏, 𝟑𝟑) is not a solution to 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 because 𝟓𝟓(𝟏𝟏) − 𝟗𝟗(𝟑𝟑) = 𝟓𝟓 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, and −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ≠ 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑.
2. Find three solutions for the linear equation 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝟒𝟒𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏) − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑(𝟓𝟓) = 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒(𝟕𝟕) − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕 𝟗𝟗
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗

Students practice finding and graphing solutions for linear equations that are in standard form.
𝟑𝟑
1. Consider the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐.
𝟐𝟐
a. Will you choose to fix values for 𝒙𝒙 or 𝒚𝒚? Explain.
If I fix values for 𝒚𝒚, it will make the computations easier. Solving for 𝒙𝒙 can be done in one step.
b. Are there specific numbers that would make your computational work easier? Explain.
𝟑𝟑
Values for 𝒚𝒚 that are multiples of 𝟐𝟐 will make the computations easier. When I multiply by a multiple of 𝟐𝟐, I
𝟐𝟐
will get a whole number.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑
c. Find five solutions to the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate
𝟐𝟐
plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝟑𝟑 𝒚𝒚
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − (𝟐𝟐) = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − (𝟒𝟒) = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − (𝟔𝟔) = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 = −𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗 = −𝟐𝟐 + 𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − (𝟖𝟖) = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐 𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
2. Find five solutions for the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
𝟑𝟑
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝟏𝟏 𝒚𝒚
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
(𝟑𝟑) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
(𝟔𝟔) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
(𝟗𝟗) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟏𝟏
(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏
(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑
3. Find five solutions for the linear equation −𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟔𝟔, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
𝟒𝟒
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝟑𝟑 𝒚𝒚
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
−𝒙𝒙 + (𝟒𝟒) = −𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗 −𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟗𝟗 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
−𝒙𝒙 + (𝟖𝟖) = −𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 −𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙 𝟖𝟖
𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
−𝒙𝒙 + (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = −𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗 = −𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 −𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟗𝟗 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
−𝒙𝒙 + (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = −𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 −𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
−𝒙𝒙 + (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) = −𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 −𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4. Find five solutions for the linear equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐(𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐(𝟐𝟐) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 −𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒 𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 −𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐(𝟓𝟓) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 −𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. Find five solutions for the linear equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and plot the solutions as points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟒𝟒) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟓𝟓) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 13: The Graph of a Linear Equation in Two Variables
Student Outcomes
 Students predict the shape of a graph of a linear equation by finding and plotting solutions on a coordinate
plane.
 Students informally explain why the graph of a linear equation is not curved in terms of solutions to the given
linear equation.
Classwork
 In the last lesson, we saw that the solutions of a linear equation in two variables can be plotted on a
coordinate plane as points. The collection of all points (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) in the coordinate plane so that each (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) is a
solution of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 is called the graph of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐.
 Do you think it is possible to plot all of the solutions of a linear equation on a coordinate plane?
 No, it is not possible. There are an infinite number of values we can use to fix one of the variables.
 For that reason, we cannot draw the graph of a linear equation. What we can do is plot a few points of an
equation and make predictions about what the graph should look like.
 Let’s find five solutions to the linear equation 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6 and plot the points on a coordinate plane. Name a
solution.
As students provide solutions (samples provided below), organize them in an 𝑥𝑥-𝑦𝑦 table, as shown. It is most likely that
students give whole number solutions only. Accept them for now.
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
0 6
1 5
2 4
3 3
4 2
Lesson 13: The Graph of a Linear Equation in Two Variables 155
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now let’s plot these points of the graph of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6 on a coordinate plane.
 Can you predict the shape of the graph of this linear equation based on just the five points we have so far?
 It looks like the points lie on a line.
 Yes, at this point, it looks like the graph of the equation is a line, but for all we know, there can be some curved
parts between some of these points.
For all we know, the graph of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6 could be the following curve. Notice that this curve passes through the selected
five points.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 The only thing we can do at this point is find more solutions that would show what the graph looks like
between the existing points. That means we will have to look at some points with coordinates that are
fractions. Name a solution that will plot as a point between the points we already have on the graph.
Add to the 𝑥𝑥-𝑦𝑦 table. Sample solutions are provided below.
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
0 6
1 5
2 4
3 3
4 2
1 1
5
2 2
1 1
1 4
2 2
1 1
2 3
2 2
1 1
3 2
2 2
1 1
4 1
2 2
 Now let’s add these points of the graph of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6 on our coordinate plane.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Are you convinced that the graph of the linear equation 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6 is a line? You shouldn’t be! What if it
looked like this?
Again, draw curves between each of the points on the graph to show what the graph could look like. Make sure to have
curves in Quadrants II and IV to illustrate the need to find points that fit (or do not fit) the pattern of the graph when 𝑥𝑥-
and 𝑦𝑦-values are negative.
 Now it is time to find more solutions. This time, we need to come up with solutions where the 𝑥𝑥-value is
negative or the 𝑦𝑦-value is negative.
Add to the 𝑥𝑥-𝑦𝑦 table. Sample solutions are provided below.
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
0 6
1 5
2 4
3 3
4 2
1 1
5
2 2
1 1
1 4
2 2
1 1
2 3
2 2
1 1
3 2
2 2
1 1
4 1
2 2
−1 7
−2 8
−3 9
7 −1
8 −2
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we have 15 solutions to the equation 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6. Are you convinced that the graph of this equation is a
line?
 Students should say that they are still unsure; even though it looks like the graph is forming a line, there
is a possibility for a curve between some of the existing points.
17 1
 Based on the look of the graph, does the point � , � belong to the graph of the linear equation 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6?
3 3
Why or why not?
17 1
 It looks like � , � should be on the graph of the linear equation because it looks like the point would
3 3
follow the pattern of the rest of the points (i.e., be on the line).
17 1
 Just by looking at the graph, we cannot be sure. We can predict that � , � is on the graph of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6
3 3
because it looks like it should be. What can we do to find out for sure?
17 1
 Since each point on the graph represents a solution to the equation and, if + = 6, which it does,
3 3
17 1
then we can say for sure that � , � is a point on the graph of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6.
3 3
3
 Just by looking at the graph, would you say that �−2 , 4� is a point on the graph of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6?
7
3
 Based on the graph, it does not look like the point �−2 , 4� would be on the graph of 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6.
7
 How do you know that the graph does not curve down at that point? How can you be sure?
3 3 4
 I would have to see if �−2 , 4� is a solution to 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 6; it is not a solution because −2 + 4 = 1 ,
7 7 7
3
not 6. Therefore, the point �−2 , 4� is not a solution to the equation.
7
 At this point, we can predict that the graph of this linear equation is a line. Does that mean that the graph of
every linear equation is a line? Might there be some linear equations so that the graphs of those linear
equations are not lines? For now, our only method of proving or disproving our prediction is plotting solutions
on a coordinate plane. The more we learn about linear equations, the better we will be able to answer the
questions just asked.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students need graph paper to complete Exercises 1–2. Students work independently on Exercises 1–2 for the first 10
minutes. Then, they share their solutions with their partners and plot more points on their graphs. As students work,
verify through discussion that they are choosing a variety of rational numbers to get a good idea of what the graph of the
linear equation looks like. Exercise 6 is an optional exercise because it challenges students to come up with an equation
that does not graph as a line.
Exercises
1. Find at least ten solutions to the linear equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖, and plot the points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 �𝟏𝟏 � + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑(𝟑𝟑) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑 𝟗𝟗 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 �𝟑𝟑 � + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑(𝟒𝟒) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑(−𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
−𝟏𝟏 −𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 −𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑(−𝟐𝟐) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
−𝟐𝟐 −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 −𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑(−𝟑𝟑) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
−𝟑𝟑 −𝟗𝟗 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑(−𝟒𝟒) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
−𝟒𝟒 −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖 𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
What shape is the graph of the linear equation taking?
The graph appears to be the shape of a line.
2. Find at least ten solutions to the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and plot the points on a coordinate plane.
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 � � = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 �𝟏𝟏 � = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓 �𝟐𝟐 � = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓(−𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 −𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓(−𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 −𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓(−𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟒𝟒 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 −𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓(−𝟒𝟒) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟗𝟗 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 −𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟗𝟗
3. Compare the solutions you found in Exercise 1 with a partner. Add the partner’s solutions to your graph.
Is the prediction you made about the shape of the graph still true? Explain.
Yes. With the additional points, the graph still appears to be the shape of a line.
4. Compare the solutions you found in Exercise 2 with a partner. Add the partner’s solutions to your graph.
Is the prediction you made about the shape of the graph still true? Explain.
Yes. With the additional points, the graph still appears to be the shape of a line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. Joey predicts that the graph of −𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑 will look like the graph shown below. Do you agree? Explain why or
why not.
No, I do not agree with Joey. The graph that Joey drew contains the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎). If (𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎) is on the graph of the
linear equation, then it will be a solution to the equation; however, it is not. Therefore, the point cannot be on the
graph of the equation, which means Joey’s prediction is incorrect.
6. We have looked at some equations that appear to be lines. Can you write an equation that has solutions that do
not form a line? Try to come up with one, and prove your assertion on the coordinate plane.
MP.3
Answers will vary. Any nonlinear equation that students write will graph as something other than a line. For
example, the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 or the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙𝟑𝟑 will not be a line.
Closing (5 minutes)
 All of the graphs of linear equations we have done so far appear to take the shape of a line.
 We can show whether or not a point is on the graph of an equation by checking to see if it is a solution to the
equation.
Lesson Summary
One way to determine if a given point is on the graph of a linear equation is by checking to see if it is a solution to
the equation. Note that all graphs of linear equations appear to be lines.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Exit Ticket
1. Ethan found solutions to the linear equation 3𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 8 and graphed them. What shape is the graph of the linear
equation taking?
2. Could the following points be on the graph of −𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Ethan found solutions to the linear equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖 and graphed them. What shape is the graph of the linear
equation taking?
It appears to take the shape of a line.
2. Could the following points be on the graph of −𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓?
Students may have chosen any point to make the claim that this is not the graph of the equation −𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓.
Although the graph appears to be a line, the graph contains the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑). The point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑) is not a solution to the
linear equation; therefore, this is not the graph of −𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓.
Note to teacher: Accept any point as not being a solution to the linear equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

In Problem 1, students graph linear equations by plotting points that represent solutions. For that reason, they need
graph paper. Students informally explain why the graph of a linear equation is not curved by showing that a point on the
curve is not a solution to the linear equation.
𝟏𝟏
1. Find at least ten solutions to the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓, and plot the points on a coordinate plane.
𝟐𝟐
Linear Equation:
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
(𝟎𝟎) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟎𝟎 𝟐𝟐 𝟓𝟓
𝟎𝟎 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
(𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
�𝟏𝟏 � + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
(𝟐𝟐) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
(𝟑𝟑) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
(−𝟏𝟏) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏 − + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
�−𝟏𝟏 � + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
−𝟏𝟏 − + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
(−𝟐𝟐) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
−𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟔𝟔
−𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
(−𝟑𝟑) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏
−𝟑𝟑 − + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
�−𝟑𝟑 � + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕 𝟑𝟑
−𝟑𝟑 − + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒
2. Can the following points be on the graph of the equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎? Explain.
The graph shown contains the point (𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐). If

(𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐) is on the graph of the linear equation, then
it will be a solution to the equation. It is not;
therefore, the point cannot be on the graph of the
equation, which means the graph shown cannot be
the graph of the equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. Can the following points be on the graph of the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐? Explain.
The graph shown contains the point (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟏𝟏). If (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟏𝟏) is on the graph of the linear equation, then it will be a
solution to the equation. It is not; therefore, the point cannot be on the graph of the equation, which means the
graph shown cannot be the graph of the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐.
4. Can the following points be on the graph of the equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕? Explain.
Yes, because each point on the graph represents a solution to the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. Can the following points be on the graph of the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐? Explain.
Yes, because each point on the graph represents a solution to the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐.
6. Can the following points be on the graph of the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗? Explain.
Yes, because each point on the graph represents a solution to the linear equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7. Can the following points be on the graph of the equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏? Explain.
The graph shown contains the point (−𝟐𝟐, −𝟏𝟏). If (−𝟐𝟐, −𝟏𝟏) is on the graph of the linear equation, then it will be a
solution to the equation. It is not; therefore, the point cannot be on the graph of the equation, which means the
graph shown cannot be the graph of the equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 14: The Graph of a Linear Equation—Horizontal and

Vertical Lines
Student Outcomes
 Students graph linear equations in standard form, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 (𝑎𝑎 or 𝑏𝑏 = 0), that produce a horizontal or a
vertical line.
Lesson Notes
The goal of this lesson is for students to know that the graph of an equation in the form of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 or 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑐𝑐 is a
constant, is the graph of a vertical or horizontal line, respectively. In order to show this, the lesson begins with linear
equations in two variables, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where one of the coefficients of 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦 is equal to zero. The reason behind this
is that students know an ordered pair (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) is a point on a coordinate plane, as well as a solution to the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 +
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐. Frequently, when students see an equation in the form of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 or 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐, they think of it as just a number, not
a point or a line. To avoid this, the approach to graphs of horizontal and vertical lines is embedded with what students
already know about points and solutions to linear equations in two variables. In this lesson, students begin by graphing
and exploring the connection between 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 in the first three exercises, and then a discussion follows
to solidify the concept that the graph of the linear equation 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is a vertical line. Similar exercises precede the
discussion for the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 as a horizontal line.
Classwork
Students complete Exercises 1–3 independently or in pairs in preparation for the discussion that follows. Students need
graph paper to complete the exercises.
Exercises
1. Find at least four solutions to graph the linear equation 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓.
Lesson 14: The Graph of a Linear Equation—Horizontal and Vertical Lines 171
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Find at least four solutions to graph the linear equation 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟓𝟓.
3. What was different about the equations in Exercises 1 and 2? What effect did this change have on the graph?
In the first equation, the coefficient of 𝒚𝒚 was 𝟐𝟐. In the second equation, the coefficient of 𝒚𝒚 was 𝟎𝟎. The graph
changed from being slanted to a vertical line.

 From Lesson 13, we can say that the graph of a linear equation in two variables looks like a line. We want to
be able to prove that the graph is a line, not just predict. For that reason, we will begin with two special cases
of linear equations in two variables.
Given a linear equation in two variables 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are constants, we will look first at Case
1, where 𝑎𝑎 = 1 and 𝑏𝑏 = 0. (In the past, we have said that 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 ≠ 0). To do some investigating, let’s say
that 𝑐𝑐 = 5. Then we have the following equation:
1 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 0 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 5.
 For the linear equation 1 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 0 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 5, we want to find solutions, (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦), to plot as points on a coordinate
plane. How have we found solutions in prior lessons?
 We find solutions by picking a number for 𝑥𝑥 or 𝑦𝑦 and then solve for the other variable. The numbers
(𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) are a solution to the equation.
 What happens if we pick 7 for 𝑥𝑥? Explain.
 If we pick 7 for 𝑥𝑥, then we get
1 ⋅ 7 + 0 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 5
7 + 0 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 5
0 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = −2
0 ≠ −2.
If we replace 𝑥𝑥 with 7, then we get an untrue statement. Therefore, (7, 𝑦𝑦) is not a solution to this
linear equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What happens if we pick 7 for 𝑦𝑦? Explain.

 If we pick 7 for 𝑦𝑦, then we get
1 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 0 ⋅ 7 = 5
𝑥𝑥 + 0 = 5
𝑥𝑥 = 5.
If we replace 𝑦𝑦 with 7, then we see that 𝑥𝑥 = 5. Therefore, (5, 7) is a solution to this linear equation.
 What happens if we pick −3 for 𝑦𝑦? Explain.
 If we pick −3 for 𝑦𝑦, then we get
1 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 0 ⋅ (−3) = 5
𝑥𝑥 + 0 = 5
𝑥𝑥 = 5.
If we replace 𝑦𝑦 with −3, then we see that 𝑥𝑥 = 5. Therefore, (5, −3) is a solution to this linear
equation.
1
 What happens if we pick for 𝑦𝑦? Explain.
2
1
 If we pick for 𝑦𝑦, then we get
2
1
1 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 0 ⋅ =5
2
𝑥𝑥 + 0 = 5
𝑥𝑥 = 5.
1 1
If we replace 𝑦𝑦 with , then we see that 𝑥𝑥 = 5. Therefore, �5, � is a solution to this linear equation.
2 2
 What do you notice about the 𝑥𝑥-value each time we pick a number for 𝑦𝑦?
 Each time we pick a number for 𝑦𝑦, we keep getting 𝑥𝑥 = 5.
 Look at the equation again. Can we show that 𝑥𝑥 must always be equal to 5?
 Yes. If we transform the equation, we see that 𝑥𝑥 = 5:
1 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 0 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 5
𝑥𝑥 + 0 = 5
𝑥𝑥 = 5.
 What does that mean for our 𝑦𝑦-values? Which number will produce a solution where 𝑥𝑥 = 5?
 Our 𝑦𝑦-values can be any number. No matter which number we pick for 𝑦𝑦, the value for 𝑥𝑥 will always be
equal to 5.
 Let’s graph the solutions we found and a few more.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Add points to the graph as a result of student responses to “If 𝑦𝑦 is a number, then what value is 𝑥𝑥?” The graph should
look similar to what is shown below.
Focus in on one unit, between 2 and 3, for example, and explain that all of the fractional values for 𝑦𝑦 between 2 and
3 produce a solution where 𝑥𝑥 = 5.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 If this process is repeated between all integers, then the result is the vertical line 𝑥𝑥 = 5, as shown in blue.
 The graph of the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 = 1, 𝑏𝑏 = 0, and 𝑐𝑐 = 5, is the vertical line passing through
point (5, 0).
 The above situation is not unique. That is, in the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, we chose the value for 𝑐𝑐 to be 5. The
same reasoning can be used for any value of 𝑐𝑐. If we chose 𝑐𝑐 to be 6, what do you think the graph would look
like?
 The graph would probably be a vertical line passing through the point (6, 0).
1
 If we chose 𝑐𝑐 to be − , what do you think the graph would look like?
2
1
 The graph would probably be a vertical line passing through the point �− , 0�.
2
 Notice that the equation 1 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 0 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 is equivalent to 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐. Therefore, we can make the following
conclusion in the form of a theorem:
THEOREM: The graph of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is the vertical line passing through (𝑐𝑐, 0), where 𝑐𝑐 is a constant.
 To prove this theorem, we first want to show that the graph of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 will intersect the 𝑥𝑥-axis. To show that
the graph of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis, we actually have to show that the graph of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is not parallel to the
𝑥𝑥-axis because if it were parallel, it would not intersect the 𝑥𝑥-axis. Therefore, if we can show that 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is not
parallel to the 𝑥𝑥-axis, then it must intersect it at some point. How do we know that the graph of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is not
parallel to the 𝑥𝑥-axis?
 We know it is not parallel to the 𝑥𝑥-axis because it intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis at (𝑐𝑐, 0).
 Then the graph of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 must be parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis. This is because of how we define/set up the coordinate
plane. The plane comprises horizontal lines parallel to the 𝑥𝑥-axis and vertical lines parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis. Since
𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is not parallel to the 𝑥𝑥-axis, then it must be parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we need to show that 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is the graph of the only line that is parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis going through the
point (𝑐𝑐, 0). How do we show that there is only one line parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis passing through a specific point?
 That goes back to what we learned about basic rigid motions. If we rotate a line around a center 180°
(in this particular case, we would rotate around the point (2.5, 0)) , then we will get an image of the
line parallel to the line itself. There exists only one line parallel to a given line that goes through a
specific point.
 For that reason, we know that the graph of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is the vertical line that passes through (𝑐𝑐, 0).

Students complete Exercises 4–6 independently. Students need graph paper to complete the exercises.
4. Graph the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟐𝟐.
5. Graph the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. What will the graph of 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟎𝟎 look like?
The graph of 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟎𝟎 will look like a vertical line that goes through the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎). It will be the same as the 𝒚𝒚-axis.

Students complete Exercises 7–9 independently or in pairs in preparation for the discussion that follows. Students need
graph paper to complete the exercises.
7. Find at least four solutions to graph the linear equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐.
8. Find at least four solutions to graph the linear equation 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐.
9. What was different about the equations in Exercises 7 and 8? What effect did this change have on the graph?
In the first equation, the coefficient of 𝒙𝒙 was 𝟐𝟐. In the second equation, the coefficient of 𝒙𝒙 was 𝟎𝟎. The graph
changed from being a slanted line to a horizontal line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now for Case 2. We need to look at the graph of the linear equation in two variables 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where
𝑎𝑎 = 0, 𝑏𝑏 = 1, and 𝑐𝑐 is a constant.
 Let’s pick a number for 𝑐𝑐, as we did for Case 1. Let 𝑐𝑐 = 2. Then we have the equation 0 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 1 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 2.
 Now let’s find a few solutions for this linear equation. What happens if we pick 7 for 𝑦𝑦? Explain.
 If we pick 7 for 𝑦𝑦, then we get
0 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 1 ⋅ 7 = 2
0+7=2
7 ≠ 2.
If we replace 𝑦𝑦 with 7, then we get an untrue statement. Therefore, (𝑥𝑥, 7) is not a solution to this
linear equation.
 If 𝑥𝑥 = 5, what value does 𝑦𝑦 have? Explain.
 The value of 𝑦𝑦 is 2 because
0 ⋅ 5 + 1 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 2
0 + 𝑦𝑦 = 2
𝑦𝑦 = 2.
Therefore, (5, 2) is a solution to the linear equation.
 If 𝑥𝑥 = −5, what value does 𝑦𝑦 have? Explain.
0 ⋅ (−5) + 1 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 2
0 + 𝑦𝑦 = 2
𝑦𝑦 = 2.
Therefore, (−5, 2) is a solution to the linear equation.
1
 If 𝑥𝑥 = , what value does 𝑦𝑦 have? Explain.
2
1
0⋅ + 1 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 2
2
0 + 𝑦𝑦 = 2
𝑦𝑦 = 2.
1
Therefore, � , 2� is a solution to the linear equation.
2
 Do you see a similar pattern emerging for this linear equation? Explain.
 Yes. No matter which value we pick for 𝑥𝑥, the 𝑦𝑦-value is always 2. Therefore, the graph of
0 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 + 1 ⋅ 𝑦𝑦 = 2 is equivalent to 𝑦𝑦 = 2.
 What do you think the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2 will look like?
 Students may predict that the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2 is the horizontal line that goes through the point (0, 2).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
As before, place the solutions found as points of a graph. Add points to the graph as a result of student responses to “If
𝑥𝑥 is a number, then what value is 𝑦𝑦?” The graph should look something like what is shown below.
Again, focus in on one unit, between 5 and 6, for example, and explain that all of the fractional values for 𝑥𝑥 between 5
and 6 produce a solution where 𝑦𝑦 = 2.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 If this process is repeated between all integers, then the result is the horizontal line 𝑦𝑦 = 2, as shown in blue.
 The graph of the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 = 0, 𝑏𝑏 = 1, and 𝑐𝑐 = 2, is the horizontal line passing through
point (0, 2).
 The above situation is not unique. As before in the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, we chose the value for 𝑐𝑐 to be 2.
The same reasoning can be used for any value 𝑐𝑐. If we chose 𝑐𝑐 to be 6, what do you think the graph would
look like?
 The graph would probably be a horizontal line passing through the point (0, 6).
1
 If we chose 𝑐𝑐 to be − , what do you think the graph would look like?
2
1
 The graph would probably be a horizontal line passing through the point �0, − �.
2
 We can generalize this to a theorem:
THEOREM: The graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 is the horizontal line passing through the point (0, 𝑐𝑐).
 We can also say that there is only one line with the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 whose graph is parallel to the 𝑥𝑥-axis that
goes through the point (0, 𝑐𝑐).
 The proofs of these statements are similar to the proofs for vertical lines.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students complete Exercises 10–12 independently. Students need graph paper to complete the exercises.
10. Graph the linear equation 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐.
11. Graph the linear equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑.
12. What will the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎 look like?
The graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎 will look like a horizontal line that goes through the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎). It will be the same as the
𝒙𝒙-axis.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (3 minutes)
 The graph of the linear equation in two variables 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 = 1 and 𝑏𝑏 = 0, is the graph of the
equation 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐. The graph of 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is the vertical line that passes through the point (𝑐𝑐, 0).
 The graph of the linear equation in two variables 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 = 0 and 𝑏𝑏 = 1, is the graph of the
equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐. The graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 is the horizontal line that passes through the point (0, 𝑐𝑐).
Lesson Summary
In a coordinate plane with perpendicular 𝒙𝒙- and 𝒚𝒚-axes, a vertical line is either the 𝒚𝒚-axis or any other line parallel
to the 𝒚𝒚-axis. The graph of the linear equation in two variables 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂 = 𝟏𝟏 and 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟎𝟎, is the graph
of the equation 𝒙𝒙 = 𝒄𝒄. The graph of 𝒙𝒙 = 𝒄𝒄 is the vertical line that passes through the point (𝒄𝒄, 𝟎𝟎).
In a coordinate plane with perpendicular 𝒙𝒙- and 𝒚𝒚-axes, a horizontal line is either the 𝒙𝒙-axis or any other line
parallel to the 𝒙𝒙-axis. The graph of the linear equation in two variables 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂 = 𝟎𝟎 and 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟏𝟏, is
the graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄. The graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄 is the horizontal line that passes through the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝒄𝒄).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 14: The Graph of a Linear Equation—Horizontal and

Vertical Lines
Exit Ticket
1. Graph the linear equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 = 0, 𝑏𝑏 = 1, and 𝑐𝑐 = 1.5.
5
2. Graph the linear equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎 = 1, 𝑏𝑏 = 0, and 𝑐𝑐 = − .
2
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. What linear equation represents the graph of the line that coincides with the 𝑥𝑥-axis?
4. What linear equation represents the graph of the line that coincides with the 𝑦𝑦-axis?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Graph the linear equation 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂 = 𝟎𝟎, 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟏𝟏, and 𝒄𝒄 = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓.
𝟓𝟓
2. Graph the linear equation 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂 = 𝟏𝟏, 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟎𝟎, and 𝒄𝒄 = − .
𝟐𝟐
3. What linear equation represents the graph of the line that coincides with the 𝒙𝒙-axis?
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎
4. What linear equation represents the graph of the line that coincides with the 𝒚𝒚-axis?
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟎𝟎
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students need graph paper to complete the Problem Set.
1. Graph the two-variable linear equation 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂 = 𝟎𝟎, 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟏𝟏, and 𝒄𝒄 = −𝟒𝟒.
2. Graph the two-variable linear equation 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂 = 𝟏𝟏, 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟎𝟎, and 𝒄𝒄 = 𝟗𝟗.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. Graph the linear equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕.
4. Graph the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏.
5. Explain why the graph of a linear equation in the form of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄 is the horizontal line, parallel to the 𝒙𝒙-axis passing
through the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝒄𝒄).
The graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄 passes through the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝒄𝒄), which means the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄 cannot be parallel to the 𝒚𝒚-axis
because the graph intersects it. For that reason, the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄 must be the horizontal line parallel to the
𝒙𝒙-axis.
6. Explain why there is only one line with the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄 that passes through the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝒄𝒄).
There can only be one line parallel to another that goes through a given point. Since the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄 is parallel to
the 𝒙𝒙-axis and it goes through the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝒄𝒄), then it must be the only line that does. Therefore, there is only one
line that is the graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄 that passes through (𝟎𝟎, 𝒄𝒄).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS Mid-Module Assessment Task 8•4
Name Date
1. Write and solve each of the following linear equations.
1
a. Ofelia has a certain amount of money. If she spends $12, then she has of the original amount left.
5
How much money did Ofelia have originally?
b. Three consecutive integers have a sum of 234. What are the three integers?
c. Gil is reading a book that has 276 pages. He already read some of it last week. He plans to read
2
20 pages tomorrow. By then, he will be of the way through the book. How many pages did Gil
3
read last week?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2.
a. Without solving, identify whether each of the following equations has a unique solution, no solution,
or infinitely many solutions.
i. 3𝑥𝑥 + 5 = −2
ii. 6(𝑥𝑥 − 11) = 15 − 4𝑥𝑥
iii. 12𝑥𝑥 + 9 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 1 + 4𝑥𝑥
iv. 2(𝑥𝑥 − 3) = 10𝑥𝑥 − 6 − 8𝑥𝑥
v. 5𝑥𝑥 + 6 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 4
b. Solve the following equation for a number 𝑥𝑥. Verify that your solution is correct.
−15 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 1
c. Solve the following equation for a number 𝑥𝑥. Verify that your solution is correct.
7(2𝑥𝑥 + 5) = 4𝑥𝑥 − 9 − 𝑥𝑥
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3.
a. Parker paid $4.50 for three pounds of gummy candy. Assuming each pound of gummy candy costs
the same amount, complete the table of values representing the cost of gummy candy in pounds.
Gummy
Candy in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Pounds (𝑥𝑥)
Cost in
4.50
Dollars (𝑦𝑦)
b. Graph the data on the coordinate plane.
14
13
12
11
10
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1
c. On the same day, Parker’s friend, Peggy, was charged $5 for 1 2 lb. of gummy candy. Explain in
terms of the graph why this must be a mistake.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A Progression Toward Mastery

STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4
Assessment Missing or incorrect Missing or incorrect A correct answer A correct answer
Task Item answer and little answer but with some evidence supported by
evidence of evidence of some of reasoning or substantial
reasoning or reasoning or application of evidence of solid
application of application of mathematics to reasoning or
mathematics to mathematics to solve the problem, application of
solve the problem. solve the problem. OR an incorrect mathematics to
answer with solve the problem.
substantial
evidence of solid
reasoning or
application of
mathematics to
solve the problem.
1 a Student makes no Student does not set up Student may or may not Student identifies the
attempt to solve the an equation (i.e., guesses have set up the correct variable as, “Let 𝑥𝑥 be the
problem or leaves the the answer). equation. amount of money Ofelia
8.EE.C.7b problem blank. OR OR had,” or something
OR Student may or may not Student may or may not similar.
Student may or may not have identified the have identified the AND
have identified the variable. variable. Student sets up a correct
variable. OR 1
equation, 𝑥𝑥 − 12 = 𝑥𝑥
Student makes 5
or other equivalent
calculation errors.
version.
AND
Student solves for the
variable correctly,
𝑥𝑥 = 15.
b Student makes no Student does not set up Student attempts to set Student identifies the
attempt to solve the an equation (i.e., guesses up an equation but may variable as, “Let 𝑥𝑥 be the
problem or leaves the the answer). have set up an incorrect first integer.”
8.EE.C.7b problem blank. OR equation. AND
OR Student may or may not OR Student sets up a correct
Student may or may not have identified the Student may or may not equation, 3𝑥𝑥 + 3 = 234
have identified the variable. have identified the or other equivalent
variable. OR variable. version.
Student makes OR AND
calculation errors. Student makes Student solves the
OR calculation errors. equation correctly and
Student only answers OR identifies all three
part of the question, Student only answers numbers correctly (i.e.,
stating, for example, that part of the question, 77, 78, and 79).
the first number is 77, stating, for example, that
but does not give all the first number is 77,
three numbers. but does not give all
three numbers.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
c Student makes no Student does not set up Student attempts to set Student identifies the
attempt to solve the an equation (i.e., guesses up an equation but may variable as, “Let 𝑥𝑥 be the
8.EE.C.7b problem or leaves the the answer). have set up an incorrect number of pages Gil read
problem blank. OR equation. last week,” or something
OR Student may or may not OR similar.
Student may or may not have identified the Student may or may not AND
have identified the variable. have identified the Student sets up a correct
variable. variable. equation, 𝑥𝑥 + 20 = 184
OR or other equivalent
Student makes version.
calculation errors leading AND
to an incorrect answer. Student solves for the
number of pages Gil read
last week as 164 pages.
2 a Student makes no Student determines 1–2 Student determines Student determines 5 of

attempt to determine of the solution types 3–5 of the solution types the solution types
the type of solution or correctly. correctly. correctly. Equations 1
8.EE.C.7a leaves the problem OR OR and 2 have unique
blank. Student may have Student may have solutions, equation 3 has
OR attempted to determine attempted to determine no solution, equation 4
Student determines 0 of the solutions by solving. the solutions by solving. has infinitely many
the solution types solutions, and equation 5
correctly. has no solution.
OR AND
Student may have Student determines the
attempted to determine solutions by observation
the solutions by solving. only.
b Student makes no Student uses properties Student correctly uses Student correctly uses
attempt to solve the of equality incorrectly, properties of rational properties of rational
problem or leaves the (e.g., subtracts 1 from numbers to solve the numbers to solve the
8.EE.C.7b problem blank. just one side of the equation but makes a equation (i.e., finds
equation or divides by 8 computational error 𝑥𝑥 = −2). There is
on just one side of the leading to an incorrect evidence that student
equation), leading to an solution. For example, verifies the solution.
incorrect solution. student may have
subtracted 1 from each
side of the equation, but
−15 − 1 led to an
incorrect answer.
Student may or may not
have verified the answer.
c Student makes no Student uses the Student uses the Student uses the
attempt to solve the distributive property distributive property distributive property
problem or leaves the incorrectly on both sides correctly on one or both correctly on both sides of
8.EE.C.7b problem blank. of the equation (e.g., sides of the equation but the equation leading to a
7(2𝑥𝑥 + 5) = 14𝑥𝑥 + 5 or makes a computational correct solution (i.e.,
4𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 = 4), leading to error leading to an 𝑥𝑥 = −4). There is
an incorrect solution. incorrect solution. evidence that student
Student may or may not verifies the solution.
have verified the answer.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3 a Student makes no Student completes the Student completes 6– Student completes all
attempt to complete the table incorrectly but only 7 parts of the table 8 parts of the table
table or uses completely because of a simple correctly. A correctly. (See the table
8.EE.B.5 random numbers in the computational error in computational error below for the correct
blanks. finding the cost of one leads to 1–2 parts being answers.)
pound of candy, leading incorrect.
to all other parts being
incorrect.
Gummy
Candy in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Pounds (𝑥𝑥)
Cost in
1.50 3.00 4.50 6.00 7.50 9.00 10.50 12.00 13.50
Dollars (𝑦𝑦)
b Student makes no Student plots data points Student plots 6–8 data Student plots all 9 data
attempt to put the data on the graph but points correctly points correctly
on the graph, or points misplaces a few points. according to the data in according to the data in
8.EE.B.5 are graphed randomly. OR the table. the table.
Student inverses the
data (i.e., plots points
according to (𝑦𝑦, 𝑥𝑥)
instead of (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦)).
c Student leaves the Student performs a Student makes a weak Student makes a
problem blank. computation to prove argument as to why convincing argument as
the mistake. Little or no (1.5, 5) could not be to why the point (1.5, 5)
8.EE.B.5 reference to the graph is correct. Student may could not be correct.
made in the argument. have connected the dots Student references the
on the graph to show relationship being
(1.5, 5) could not be proportional and/or
correct. predicts that all points
should fall into a line
based on the existing
pattern of points on the
graph.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
1. Write and solve each of the following linear equations.
1
a. Ofelia has a certain amount of money. If she spends $12, then she has of the original amount left.
5
How much money did Ofelia have originally?
b. Three consecutive integers have a sum of 234. What are the three integers?
c. Gil is reading a book that has 276 pages. He already read some of it last week. He plans to read
2
20 pages tomorrow. By then, he will be of the way through the book. How many pages did Gil
3
read last week?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2.
a. Without solving, identify whether each of the following equations has a unique solution, no solution,
or infinitely many solutions.
i. 3𝑥𝑥 + 5 = −2
ii. 6(𝑥𝑥 − 11) = 15 − 4𝑥𝑥
iii. 12𝑥𝑥 + 9 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 1 + 4𝑥𝑥
iv. 2(𝑥𝑥 − 3) = 10𝑥𝑥 − 6 − 8𝑥𝑥
v. 5𝑥𝑥 + 6 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 4
b. Solve the following equation for a number 𝑥𝑥. Verify that your solution is correct.
c. Solve the following equation for a number 𝑥𝑥. Verify that your solution is correct.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3.
a. Parker paid $4.50 for three pounds of gummy candy. Assuming each pound of gummy candy costs
the same amount, complete the table of values representing the cost of gummy candy in pounds.
b. Graph the data on the coordinate plane.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1
c. On the same day, Parker’s friend, Peggy, was charged $5 for 1 2 lb. of gummy candy. Explain in
terms of the graph why this must be a mistake.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS
GRADE
Topic C
Slope and Equations of Lines
8.EE.B.5, 8.EE.B.6
Focus Standards: 8.EE.B.5 Graph proportional relationships, interpreting the unit rate as the slope of the
8.EE.B.6 Use similar triangles to explain why the slope 𝑚𝑚 is the same between any two
distinct points on a non-vertical line in the coordinate plane; derive the
equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 for a line through the origin and the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏
for a line intercepting the vertical axis at 𝑏𝑏.
Lesson 15: The Slope of a Non-Vertical Line (P) 1
Lesson 16: The Computation of the Slope of a Non-Vertical Line (S)
Lesson 17: The Line Joining Two Distinct Points of the Graph 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 Has Slope 𝑚𝑚 (S)
Lesson 18: There Is Only One Line Passing Through a Given Point with a Given Slope (P)
Lesson 19: The Graph of a Linear Equation in Two Variables Is a Line (S)
Lesson 20: Every Line Is a Graph of a Linear Equation (P)
Lesson 21: Some Facts About Graphs of Linear Equations in Two Variables (P)
Lesson 22: Constant Rates Revisited (P)
Lesson 23: The Defining Equation of a Line (E)
Topic C begins with students examining the slope of non-vertical lines. Students relate what they know about
unit rate in terms of the slope of the graph of a line (8.EE.B.5). In Lesson 16, students learn the formula for
computing slope between any two points. Students reason that any two points on the same line can be used
to determine slope because of what they know about similar triangles (8.EE.B.6). In Lesson 17, students
transform the standard form of an equation into slope-intercept form. Further, students learn that the slope
of a line joining any two distinct points is the graph of a linear equation with slope, 𝑚𝑚. In Lesson 18, students
investigate the concept of uniqueness of a line and recognize that if two lines have the same slope and a
common point, the two lines are the same.
Topic C: Slope and Equations of Lines 199
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS Topic C 8•4
Lessons 19 and 20 prove to students that the graph of a linear equation is a line and that a line is a graph of a
linear equation. In Lesson 21, students learn that the 𝑦𝑦-intercept is the location on the coordinate plane
where the graph of a linear equation crosses the 𝑦𝑦-axis. Also in this lesson, students learn to write the
equation of a line given the slope and a point. In Lesson 22, constant rate problems are revisited. Students
learn that any constant rate problem can be described by a linear equation in two variables where the slope
of the graph is the constant rate (i.e., rate of change). Lesson 22 also presents students with two
proportional relationships expressed in different ways. Given a graph and an equation, students must use
what they know about slope to determine which of the two has a greater rate of change. Lesson 23
introduces students to the symbolic representation of two linear equations that would graph as the same
line.
Topic C: Slope and Equations of Lines 200
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 15: The Slope of a Non-Vertical Line
Student Outcomes
 Students know slope is a number that describes the steepness or slant of a line.
 Students interpret the unit rate as the slope of a graph.
Lesson Notes
In Lesson 13, some predictions were made about what the graph of a linear equation would look like. In all cases, it was
predicted that the graph of a linear equation in two variables would be a line. In Lesson 14, students learned that the
graph of the linear equation 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is the vertical line passing through the point (𝑐𝑐, 0), and the graph of the linear
equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 is the horizontal line passing through the point (0, 𝑐𝑐).
We would like to prove that our predictions are true: The graph of a linear equation in two variables is a line. Before
doing so, some tools are needed:
1. A number must be defined for each non-vertical line that can be used to measure the steepness or slant of
the line. Once defined, this number is called the slope of the line. (Later, when a linear equation is being
used to represent a function, it corresponds to the rate of change of the function.)
Rate of change is terminology that is used in later lessons in the context of linear functions. In this first exposure, slope,
is characterized as a number that describes the steepness or slant of a line. In this lesson, students make observations
about the steepness of a line. Further, students give directions about how to get from one point on the line to another
point on the line. This leads students to the conclusion that the units in the directions have the same ratio. Students
then compare ratios between graphs and describe lines as steeper or flatter.
2. It must be shown that any two points on a non-vertical line can be used to find the slope of the line.
3. It must be shown that the line joining two points on a graph of a linear equation of the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏
has the slope 𝑚𝑚.
4. It must be shown that there is only one line passing through a given point with a given slope.
These tools are developed over the next few lessons. It is recommended that students are made aware of the four-part
plan to achieve the goal of proving that the graph of a linear equation in two variables is a line. These parts are
referenced in the next few lessons to help students make sense of the problem and persevere in solving it. In this
lesson, students look specifically at what is meant by the terms steepness and slant by defining the slope of a line. This
lesson defines slope in the familiar context of unit rate; that is, slope is defined when the horizontal distance between
two points is fixed at one. Defining slope this way solidifies the understanding that the unit rate is the slope of a graph.
Further, students see that the number that describes slope is the distance between the 𝑦𝑦-coordinates, leading to the
general slope formula. This approach to slope owes a debt to the 2013 MPDI notes of Prof. Hung Hsi-Wu. It appears
here with the professor’s full permission.
Lesson 15: The Slope of a Non-Vertical Line 201
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Classwork
To develop a conceptual understanding of slope, have students complete the Opening Exercise where they make
informal observations about the steepness of lines. Model for students how to answer the questions with the first pair
of graphs. Then, have students work independently or in pairs to describe how to move from one point to another on a
line in terms of units up or down and units right or left. Students also compare the ratios of their descriptions and relate
the ratios to the steepness or flatness of the graph of the line.
Examine each pair of graphs, and answer the questions that follow.
Opening Exercise
Graph A Graph B
a. Which graph is steeper?
It looks like Graph B is steeper.
b. Write directions that explain how to move from one point on the graph to the other for both Graph A and
Graph B.
For Graph A, move 𝟐𝟐 units up and 𝟑𝟑 units right. For Graph B, move 𝟒𝟒 units up and 𝟑𝟑 units right.
c. Write the directions from part (b) as ratios, and then compare the ratios. How does this relate to which graph
was steeper in part (a)?
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
< . Graph B was steeper and had the greater ratio.
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Pair 1:
Graph A Graph B
It looks like Graph A is steeper.
Graph B.
For Graph A, move 𝟒𝟒 units up and 𝟓𝟓 units right. For Graph B, move 𝟏𝟏 unit up and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 units right.
𝟒𝟒 𝟏𝟏
> . Graph A was steeper and had the greater ratio.
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Pair 2:
Graph A Graph B
It looks like Graph A is steeper.
Graph B.
For Graph A, move 𝟕𝟕 units up and 𝟏𝟏 unit right. For Graph B, move 𝟑𝟑 units up and 𝟔𝟔 units right.
𝟕𝟕 𝟑𝟑
> . Graph A was steeper and had the greater ratio.
𝟏𝟏 𝟔𝟔
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Pair 3:
Graph A Graph B
It looks like Graph B is steeper.
Graph B.
For Graph A, move 𝟏𝟏 unit up and 𝟓𝟓 units right. For Graph B, move 𝟒𝟒 units up and 𝟏𝟏 unit right.
𝟏𝟏 𝟒𝟒
< . Graph B was steeper and had the greater ratio.
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏
Pair 4:
Graph A Graph B
They look about the same steepness.
Graph B.
For Graph A, move 𝟒𝟒 units up and 𝟒𝟒 units right. For Graph B, move 𝟑𝟑 units up and 𝟑𝟑 units right.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑
= . The graphs have equal ratios, which may explain why they look like the same steepness.
𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑
 Putting horizontal lines off to the side for a moment, there are two other types of non-vertical lines. There are
those that are left-to-right inclining, as in the graph of ℓ1 , and those that are left-to-right declining, as in the
graph of ℓ2 . Both are shown below.
 We want to use a number to describe the amount of steepness or slant that each line has. The definition
should be written in such a way that a horizontal line has a slope of 0, that is, no steepness and no slant.
 We begin by stating that lines in the coordinate plane that are left-to-right inclining are said to have a positive
slope, and lines in the coordinate plane that are left-to-right declining are said to have a negative slope. We
will discuss this more in a moment.
 Now let’s look more closely at finding the number that will be the slope of a line. Suppose a non-vertical line 𝑙𝑙
is given in the coordinate plane. We let 𝑃𝑃 be the point on line 𝑙𝑙 that goes through the origin.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Next, we locate a point 𝑄𝑄, exactly one unit to the right of point 𝑃𝑃.
 Next, we draw a line, 𝑙𝑙1 , through point 𝑄𝑄 that is parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis. The point of intersection of line 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙1
will be named point 𝑅𝑅.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Then, the slope of line 𝑙𝑙 is the number, 𝑚𝑚, associated with the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of point 𝑅𝑅.
 The question remains, what is that number? Think of 𝑙𝑙1 as a number line with point 𝑄𝑄 as zero; however many
units 𝑅𝑅 is from 𝑄𝑄 is the number we are looking for, the slope 𝑚𝑚. Another way of thinking about this is through
our basic rigid motion translation. We know that translation preserves lengths of segments. If we translate
everything in the plane one unit to the left so that point 𝑄𝑄 maps onto the origin, then the segment 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 will
coincide with the 𝑦𝑦-axis, and the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of point 𝑅𝑅 is the slope of the line.
If needed, students can use a transparency to complete the exercises in this lesson. Consider tracing the graph of the
line and points 𝑃𝑃, 𝑄𝑄, 𝑅𝑅 onto a transparency. Demonstrate for students the translation along vector ��⃗
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 so that point 𝑄𝑄 is
at the origin. Make clear that the translation moves point 𝑅𝑅 to the 𝑦𝑦-axis, which is why the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of point
𝑅𝑅(0, 𝑚𝑚) is the number that represents the slope of the line, 𝑚𝑚.
 Let’s look at an example with specific numbers. We have the same situation as just described. We have
translated everything in the plane one unit to the left so that point 𝑄𝑄 maps onto the origin, and the segment
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 coincides with the 𝑦𝑦-axis. What is the slope of this line?
 The slope of the line is 2, or 𝑚𝑚 = 2.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 This explains why the slope of lines that are left-to-right inclining is positive. When we consider the number
line, the point 𝑅𝑅 is at positive 2; therefore, this line has a positive slope.
 Suppose a non-vertical line is given in the coordinate plane. As before, we mark a point 𝑃𝑃 on the line and go
one unit to the right of 𝑃𝑃 and mark point 𝑄𝑄.
 Then, we draw a line, 𝑙𝑙1 , through point 𝑄𝑄 that is parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We mark the intersection of lines 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙1 as point 𝑅𝑅. Again, recall that we consider the line 𝑙𝑙1 to be a vertical
number line where point 𝑄𝑄 is at zero. Then the number associated with the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of point 𝑅𝑅 is the
slope of the line.
If needed, students can use a transparency to complete the exercises in this lesson. Again, consider tracing the graph of
the line and points 𝑃𝑃, 𝑄𝑄, 𝑅𝑅 onto a transparency. Demonstrate for students the translation along vector ��⃗
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 so that point
𝑄𝑄 is at the origin. Make clear that the translation moves point 𝑅𝑅 to the 𝑦𝑦-axis, which is why the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of point
𝑅𝑅(0, 𝑚𝑚) is the number that represents the slope of the line, 𝑚𝑚.
 Let’s look at this example with specific numbers. We have the same situation as just described. We have
translated everything in the plane one unit to the left so that point 𝑄𝑄 maps onto the origin, and the segment
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 coincides with the 𝑦𝑦-axis. What is the slope of this line?
 The slope of the line is −3, or 𝑚𝑚 = −3.

 This explains why the slope of lines that are left-to-right declining is negative. When we consider the number
line, the point 𝑅𝑅 is at negative 3; therefore, this line has a negative slope.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we have a line 𝑙𝑙 that does not go through the origin of the graph.
 Our process for finding slope changes only slightly. We will mark the point 𝑃𝑃 at any location on the line 𝑙𝑙.
Other than that, the work remains the same.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We will go one unit to the right of 𝑃𝑃 and mark point 𝑄𝑄 and then draw a line through 𝑄𝑄 parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
We mark the intersection of lines 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙1 as point 𝑅𝑅. Again, recall that we consider the line 𝑙𝑙1 to be a vertical
number line where point 𝑄𝑄 is at zero. Then the number associated with the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of point 𝑅𝑅 is the
slope of the line.
 Just as before, we translate so that point 𝑄𝑄 maps onto the origin, and the segment 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 coincides with the 𝑦𝑦-
axis.
If needed, students can use a transparency to complete the exercises in this lesson. Again, consider tracing the graph of
the line and points 𝑃𝑃, 𝑄𝑄, 𝑅𝑅 onto a transparency. Demonstrate for students the translation so that point 𝑄𝑄 is at the origin
(along a vector from 𝑄𝑄 to the origin). Make clear that the translation moves point 𝑅𝑅 to the 𝑦𝑦-axis, which is why the
𝑦𝑦-coordinate of point 𝑅𝑅(0, 𝑚𝑚) is the number that represents the slope of the line, 𝑚𝑚.
 What is the slope of this line?
 The slope of the line is 1.5, or 𝑚𝑚 = 1.5.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 In general, we describe slope as an integer or a fraction. Given that we know the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of 𝑅𝑅 is 1.5, how
can we express that number as a fraction?
3 3
 The slope of the line is , or 𝑚𝑚 = .
2 2
Students complete Exercises 1–6 independently. The exercises are referenced in the discussion that follows.
Exercises
Use your transparency to find the slope of each line if needed.
1. What is the slope of this non-vertical line?
The slope of this line is 𝟒𝟒, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟒𝟒.
The slope of this line is 𝟑𝟑, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟑𝟑.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. Which of the lines in Exercises 1 and 2 is steeper? Compare the slopes of each of the lines. Is there a relationship
between steepness and slope?
The graph in Exercise 1 seems steeper. The slopes are 𝟒𝟒 and 𝟑𝟑. It seems like the greater the slope, the steeper the
line.
The slope of this line is −𝟏𝟏, 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟏𝟏.
The slope of this line is −𝟒𝟒, 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟒𝟒.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
The slope of this line is 𝟎𝟎, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟎𝟎.
 When we began, we said that we wanted to define slope in a way so that a horizontal line would have a slope
of 0 because a horizontal line has no steepness or slant. What did you notice in Exercise 6?
 The slope of the horizontal line was zero, like we wanted it to be.
 In Exercise 3, you were asked to compare the steepness of the graphs of two lines and then compare their
slopes. What did you notice?
 The steeper the line, the greater the number that describes the slope. For example, Exercise 1 had the
steeper line and the greater slope.
 Does this same relationship exist for lines with negative slopes? Look specifically at Exercises 4 and 5.
Provide students a minute or two to look back at Exercises 4 and 5. They should draw the conclusion that the absolute
value of the slopes of lines that are left-to-right declining determines which is steeper. Use the points below to bring this
fact to light.
 A similar relationship exists. The line in Exercise 5 was steeper with a slope of −4. The line in Exercise 4
had a slope of −1. Based on our previous reasoning, we would say that because −1 > −4, the line
with a slope of −1 would have more steepness, but this is not the case.
 We want to generalize the idea of steepness. When the slopes are positive, we expect the line with greater
steepness to have the greater slope. When the slopes are negative, it is actually the smaller number that has
more steepness. Is there a way that we can compare the slopes so that our reasoning is consistent? We want
to say that a line is steeper than another when the number that describes the slope is larger than the other.
How can we describe that mathematically, specifically when the slopes are negative?
 We can compare just the absolute value of the slopes. That way, we can say that the steeper line will
be the slope with the greater absolute value.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Let’s take another look at one of the proportional relationships that we graphed in Lesson 11. Here is the
problem and the work that we did.
Pauline mows a lawn at a constant rate. Suppose she mowed a 35-square-foot lawn in 2.5 minutes.
Linear Equation:
𝒚𝒚 (area in square
𝒕𝒕 (time in minutes) 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒕𝒕 feet)
𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓
35
0 𝑦𝑦 = (0) 0
2.5
35 35
1 𝑦𝑦 = (1) = 14
2.5 2.5
35 70
2 𝑦𝑦 = (2) = 28
2.5 2.5
35 105
3 𝑦𝑦 = (3) = 42
2.5 2.5
35 140
4 𝑦𝑦 = (4) = 56
2.5 2.5
Now, if we assume that the points we plot on the coordinate plane make a line, and the origin of the graph is
point 𝑃𝑃, then we have the following graph.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What is the slope of this line? Explain.

 One unit to the right of point 𝑃𝑃 is the point 𝑄𝑄. That makes the point (1, 14) the location of point 𝑅𝑅.
Therefore, the slope of this line is 14, 𝑚𝑚 = 14.
 What is the unit rate of mowing the lawn?
 Pauline’s unit rate of mowing a lawn is 14 square feet per 1 minute.
 When we graph proportional relationships, the unit rate is interpreted as the slope of the graph of the line,
which is why slope is referred to as the rate of change.
Closing (3 minutes)
 We know that slope is a number that describes the steepness of a line.
 We know that lines that are left-to-right inclining have a positive slope, and lines that are left-to-right declining
have a negative slope.
 We can find the slope of a line by looking at the graph’s unit rate.
Lesson Summary
Slope is a number that can be used to describe the steepness of a line in a coordinate plane. The slope of a line is
often represented by the symbol 𝒎𝒎.
Lines in a coordinate plane that are left-to-right inclining have a positive slope, as shown below.
Lines in a coordinate plane that are left-to-right declining have a negative slope, as shown below.
Determine the slope of a line when the horizontal distance between points is fixed at 𝟏𝟏 by translating point 𝑸𝑸 to the
origin of the graph and then identifying the 𝒚𝒚-coordinate of point 𝑹𝑹; by definition, that number is the slope of the
line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
The slope of the line shown below is 𝟐𝟐, or 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟐𝟐, because point 𝑹𝑹 is at 𝟐𝟐 on the 𝒚𝒚-axis.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 15: The Slope of a Non-Vertical Line
Exit Ticket
1. What is the slope of this non-vertical line? Use your transparency if needed.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
The slope of the line is 𝟑𝟑, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟑𝟑.
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
The slope of the line is −𝟎𝟎. 𝟔𝟔, which is equal to − , 𝒎𝒎 = − .
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓

Students practice identifying lines as having positive or negative slope. Students interpret the unit rate of a graph as the
slope of the graph.
1. Does the graph of the line shown below have a positive or negative slope? Explain.
The graph of this line has a negative slope. First of all,

it is left-to-right declining, which is an indication of
negative slope. Also, if we were to mark a point 𝑷𝑷 and
a point 𝑸𝑸 one unit to the right of 𝑷𝑷 and then draw a
line parallel to the 𝒚𝒚-axis through 𝑸𝑸, then the
intersection of the two lines would be below 𝑸𝑸, making
the number that represents slope negative.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Does the graph of the line shown below have a positive or negative slope? Explain.
The graph of this line has a positive slope.
First of all, it is left-to-right inclining, which is
an indication of positive slope. Also, if we
were to mark a point 𝑷𝑷 and a point 𝑸𝑸 one unit
to the right of 𝑷𝑷 and then draw a line parallel
to the 𝒚𝒚-axis through 𝑸𝑸, then the intersection
of the two lines would be above 𝑸𝑸, making
the number that represents slope positive.
The slope of this line is 𝟏𝟏, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟏𝟏.
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
The slope of this line is − , 𝒎𝒎 = − .
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
The slope of this line is , 𝒎𝒎 = .
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
The slope of this line is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
The slope of this line is −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
The slope of this line is −𝟓𝟓, 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟓𝟓.
The slope of this line is 𝟐𝟐, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟐𝟐.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
The slope of this line is −𝟐𝟐, 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟐𝟐.
The slope of this line is 𝟐𝟐, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟐𝟐.
The slope of this line is 𝟓𝟓, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟓𝟓.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
The slope of this line is , 𝒎𝒎 = .
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
The slope of this line is 𝟎𝟎, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟎𝟎.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
In Lesson 11, you did the work below involving constant rate problems. Use the table and the graphs provided to answer
the questions that follow.
15. Suppose the volume of water that comes out in three minutes is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 gallons.
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝑽𝑽 (in gallons)
minutes) 𝑽𝑽 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝟎𝟎 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟐𝟐) = 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒 𝑽𝑽 = (𝟒𝟒) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
a. How many gallons of water flow out of the faucet per minute? In other words, what is the unit rate of water
flow?
The unit rate of water flow is 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 gallons per minute.
b. Assume that the graph of the situation is a line, as shown in the graph. What is the slope of the line?
The slope of the line is 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
16. Emily paints at a constant rate. She can paint 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 square feet in five minutes.
Linear Equation:
𝒕𝒕 (time in 𝑨𝑨 (area painted
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
minutes) 𝑨𝑨 = 𝒕𝒕 in square feet)
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟎𝟎 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟏𝟏) = 𝟔𝟔. 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 𝑨𝑨 = (𝟒𝟒) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
a. How many square feet can Emily paint in one minute? In other words, what is her unit rate of painting?
The unit rate at which Emily paints is 𝟔𝟔. 𝟒𝟒 square feet per minute.
b. Assume that the graph of the situation is a line, as shown in the graph. What is the slope of the line?
The slope of the line is 𝟔𝟔. 𝟒𝟒, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟔𝟔. 𝟒𝟒.
𝟏𝟏
17. A copy machine makes copies at a constant rate. The machine can make 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 copies in 𝟐𝟐 minutes.
𝟐𝟐
𝒕𝒕 (time in Linear Equation: 𝒏𝒏 (number of

minutes) 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 copies)
𝟎𝟎 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) 𝟎𝟎
𝟎𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) 𝟖𝟖
𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎. 𝟓𝟓) 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕) 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝒏𝒏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏) 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
a. How many copies can the machine make each minute?

In other words, what is the unit rate of the copy
machine?
The unit rate of the copy machine is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 copies per

minute.
b. Assume that the graph of the situation is a line, as

shown in the graph. What is the slope of the line?
The slope of the line is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 16: The Computation of the Slope of a Non-Vertical

Line
Student Outcomes
 Students use similar triangles to explain why the slope 𝑚𝑚 is the same between any two distinct points on a
non-vertical line in the coordinate plane.
 Students use the slope formula to compute the slope of a non-vertical line.
Lesson Notes
Throughout the lesson, the phrase rate of change is used in addition to slope. The goal is for students to know that
these are references to the same thing with respect to the graph of a line. At this point in students’ learning, the phrases
rate of change and slope are interchangeable, but it could be said that rate of change refers to constant rate problems
where time is involved, i.e., rate of change over time. In Module 5, when students work with nonlinear functions, they
learn that the rate of change is not always constant as it is with linear equations and linear functions.
The points 𝑃𝑃(𝑝𝑝1 , 𝑝𝑝2 ) and 𝑅𝑅(𝑟𝑟1 , 𝑟𝑟2 ) are used throughout the lesson in order to make clear that students are looking at two
distinct points. Using points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 should decrease the chance of confusion compared to using the traditional (𝑥𝑥1 , 𝑦𝑦1 )
and (𝑥𝑥2 , 𝑦𝑦2 ). When considering what this this looks like in the formula, it should be clear that distinguishing the points
by using different letters clarifies for students that they, in fact, have two distinct points. It is immediately recognizable
𝑟𝑟2−𝑝𝑝2
that 𝑚𝑚 = is written incorrectly compared to the traditional way of seeing the slope formula. Further, there
𝑝𝑝1−𝑟𝑟1
should be less mixing up of the coordinates in the formula when it is presented with 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅.
There are several ways of representing the slope formula, each of which has merit.
𝑝𝑝2−𝑟𝑟2 𝑟𝑟2−𝑝𝑝2 rise difference in 𝑦𝑦-values

𝑚𝑚 = , 𝑚𝑚 = , 𝑚𝑚 = , 𝑚𝑚 =
𝑝𝑝1−𝑟𝑟1 𝑟𝑟1−𝑝𝑝1 run difference in 𝑥𝑥-values
Please make clear to students throughout this and subsequent lessons that no matter how slope is represented, it
should result in the same value for a given line.
Lesson 16: The Computation of the Slope of a Non-Vertical Line 227
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Classwork
Example 1 (1 minute)
This example requires students to find the slope of a line where the horizontal distance between two points with integer
coordinates is fixed at 1.
Example 1
Using what you learned in the last lesson, determine the slope of the line with the following graph.
The slope of the line is 𝟑𝟑.
Example 2 (1 minute)
This example requires students to find the slope of a line where the horizontal distance between two points with integer
coordinates is fixed at 1.
Example 2
Using what you learned in the last lesson, determine the slope of the line with the following graph.
The slope of this line is 𝟐𝟐.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
This example requires students to find the slope of a line where the horizontal distance can be fixed at one, but
determining the slope is difficult because it is not an integer. The point of this example is to make it clear to students
that they need to develop a strategy that allows them to determine the slope of a line no matter what the horizontal
distance is between the two points that are selected.
Example 3
What is different about this line compared to the last two examples?
This time, if we choose two points on the line that have a horizontal distance at 𝟏𝟏, we cannot precisely determine the
slope of the line because the vertical change is not an integer. It is some fractional amount.
 Make a conjecture about how you could find the slope of this line.
Have students write their conjectures and share their ideas about how to find the slope of the line in this example; then,
continue with the Discussion that follows.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

 In the last lesson, we found a number that described the slope or rate of change of a line. In each instance, we
were looking at a special case of slope because the horizontal distance between the two points used to
determine the slope, 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑄𝑄, was always 1. Since the horizontal distance was 1, the difference between the
𝑦𝑦-coordinates of points 𝑄𝑄 and 𝑅𝑅 was equal to the slope or rate of change. For example, in the following graph,
we thought of point 𝑄𝑄 as zero on a vertical number line and noted how many units point 𝑅𝑅 was from point 𝑄𝑄.
 Also in the last lesson, we found that the unit rate of a problem was equal to the slope. Using that knowledge,
�𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄�
we can say that the slope or rate of change of a line 𝑚𝑚 = .
�𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃�
 Now the task is to determine the rate of change of a non-vertical line when the distance between points 𝑃𝑃 and
𝑄𝑄 is a number other than 1. We can use what we know already to guide our thinking.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Let’s take a closer look at Example 2. There are several points on the line with integer coordinates that we
could use to help us determine the slope of the line. Recall that we want to select points with integer
coordinates because our calculation of slope will be simpler. In each instance, from one point to the next, we
have a horizontal distance of 1 unit noted by the red segment and the difference in the 𝑦𝑦-values between the
two points, which is a distance of 2, noted by the blue segments. When we compare the change in the
𝑦𝑦-values to the change in the 𝑥𝑥-values, or more explicitly, when we compare the height of the slope triangle to
2
the base of the slope triangle, we have a ratio of 2: 1 with a value of or just 2, which is equal to the slope of
1
the line.
2
Each of the “slope triangles” shown have values of their ratios equal to . Using the same line, let’s look at a
1
different pair of “slope triangles.”
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What is the ratio of the larger slope triangle?

4
 The value of the ratio of the larger slope triangle is .
2
 What do you notice about the ratio of the smaller slope triangle and the ratio of the larger slope triangle?
2 4
 The values of the ratios are equivalent: = = 2.
1 2
 We have worked with triangles before where the ratios of corresponding sides were equal. We called them
similar triangles. Are the slope triangles in this diagram similar? How do you know?
 Yes. The triangles are similar by the AA criterion. Each triangle has a right angle (at the intersection of
the blue and red segments), and both triangles have a common angle (the angle formed by the red
segment and the line itself).
 When we have similar triangles, we know that the ratios of corresponding side lengths must be equal. That is
the reason that both of the slope triangles result in the same number for slope. Notice that we still got the
correct number for the slope of the line even though the points chosen did not have a horizontal distance of 1.
We can now find the slope of a line given any two points on the line. The horizontal distance between the
points does not have to be 1.
Acknowledge any students who may have written or shared this strategy for finding slope from their work with
Example 3.
 Now let’s look again at Example 3. We did not have a strategy for finding slope before, but we do now.
What do you think the slope of this line is? Explain.
2
 The slope of this line is .
3
Ask students to share their work and explanations with the class. Specifically, have them show the slope triangle they
used to determine the slope of the line. Select several students to share their work; ideally, students will pick different
points and different slope triangles. Whether they do or not, have a discussion similar to the previous one that
demonstrates that all slope triangles that could be drawn are similar and that the ratios of corresponding sides are
equal.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Exercise (4 minutes)
Students complete the Exercise independently.
Exercise
Let’s investigate concretely to see if the claim that we can find slope between any two points is true.
a. Select any two points on the line to label as 𝑷𝑷 and 𝑹𝑹.
Sample points are selected on the graph.
b. Identify the coordinates of points 𝑷𝑷 and 𝑹𝑹.
Sample points are labeled on the graph.
c. Find the slope of the line using as many different points as you can. Identify your points, and show your work
below.
Points selected by students will vary, but the slope should always equal 𝟐𝟐. Students could choose to use
points (𝟎𝟎, 𝟓𝟓), (−𝟏𝟏, 𝟑𝟑), (−𝟐𝟐, 𝟏𝟏), (−𝟑𝟑, −𝟏𝟏), (−𝟒𝟒, −𝟑𝟑), and (−𝟓𝟓, −𝟓𝟓).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

 We want to show that the slope of a non-vertical line 𝑙𝑙 can be found using any two points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 on the line.
 Suppose we have point 𝑃𝑃(𝑝𝑝1 , 𝑝𝑝2 ), where 𝑝𝑝1 is the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of point 𝑃𝑃, and 𝑝𝑝2 is the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of point
𝑃𝑃. Also, suppose we have points 𝑄𝑄(𝑞𝑞1 , 𝑞𝑞2 ) and 𝑅𝑅(𝑟𝑟1 , 𝑟𝑟2 ).
 Then, we claim that the slope 𝑚𝑚 of line 𝑙𝑙 is

|𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄|
𝑚𝑚 = .
|𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃|
 From the last lesson, we found the length of segment 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 by looking at the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate. Without having to
translate, we can find the length of segment 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 by finding the difference between the 𝑦𝑦-coordinates of points
𝑅𝑅 and 𝑄𝑄 (vertical distance). Similarly, we can find the length of the segment 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 by finding the difference
between the 𝑥𝑥-coordinates of 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑄𝑄 (horizontal distance). We claim
|𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄| (𝑞𝑞2 − 𝑟𝑟2 )
𝑚𝑚 = = .
|𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| (𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑞𝑞1 )
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We would like to remove any reference to the coordinates of 𝑄𝑄, as it is not a point on the line. We can do this
by looking more closely at the coordinates of point 𝑄𝑄. Consider the following concrete example.
 What do you notice about the 𝑦𝑦-coordinates of points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑄𝑄?

 The 𝑦𝑦-coordinates of points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑄𝑄 are the same: 2.
 That means that 𝑞𝑞2 = 𝑝𝑝2 . What do you notice about the 𝑥𝑥-coordinates of points 𝑅𝑅 and 𝑄𝑄?
 The 𝑥𝑥-coordinates of points 𝑅𝑅 and 𝑄𝑄 are the same: 6.
 That means that 𝑞𝑞1 = 𝑟𝑟1 . Then, by substitution:
|𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄| (𝑞𝑞2 − 𝑟𝑟2 ) (𝑝𝑝2 − 𝑟𝑟2 )
𝑚𝑚 = = = .
|𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| (𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑞𝑞1 ) (𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑟𝑟1 )
 Then, we claim that the slope can be calculated regardless of the choice of points. Also, we have discovered
�𝑝𝑝2 −𝑟𝑟2 �
something called “the slope formula.” With the formula for slope, or rate of change, 𝑚𝑚 = , the slope of
�𝑝𝑝1 −𝑟𝑟1 �
a line can be found using any two points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 on the line!
Ask students to translate the slope formula into words, and provide them with the traditional ways of describing slope.
For example, students may say the slope of a line is the “height of the slope triangle over the base of the slope triangle”
or “the difference in the 𝑦𝑦-coordinates over the difference in the 𝑥𝑥-coordinates.” Tell students that slope can be
referred to as “rise over run” as well.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Show that the formula to calculate slope is true for horizontal lines.
 Suppose we are given a horizontal line. Based on our work in the last lesson, what do we expect the slope of
this line to be?
 The slope should be zero because if we go one unit to the right of 𝑃𝑃 and then identify the vertical
difference between that point and point 𝑅𝑅, there is no difference. Therefore, the slope is zero.
 As before, the coordinates of points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 are represented as 𝑃𝑃(𝑝𝑝1 , 𝑝𝑝2 ) and 𝑅𝑅(𝑟𝑟1 , 𝑟𝑟2 ). Since this is a
horizontal line, what do we know about the 𝑦𝑦-coordinates of each point?
 Horizontal lines are graphs of linear equations in the form of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐, where the 𝑦𝑦-value does not change.
Therefore, 𝑝𝑝2 = 𝑟𝑟2 .
 By the slope formula:
(𝑝𝑝2 − 𝑟𝑟2 ) 0
𝑚𝑚 = = = 0.
(𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑟𝑟1 ) 𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑟𝑟1
The slope of the horizontal line is zero, as expected, regardless of the value of the horizontal change.
 Now for the general case. We want to show that we can choose any two points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 to find the slope, not
just a point like 𝑅𝑅′, where we have fixed the horizontal distance at 1. Consider the diagram below.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we have a situation where point 𝑄𝑄 is an unknown distance from point 𝑃𝑃. We know that if △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃′𝑅𝑅′ is
similar to △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃, then the ratio of the corresponding sides will be equal, and the ratios are equal to the slope
of the line 𝐿𝐿. Are △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃′𝑅𝑅′ and △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 similar? Explain.
 Yes, the triangles are similar, i.e., △ 𝑃𝑃𝑄𝑄′ 𝑅𝑅′ ~ △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃. Both triangles have a common angle, ∠𝑅𝑅𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃, and
both triangles have a right angle, ∠𝑅𝑅′𝑄𝑄′𝑃𝑃 and ∠𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅. By the AA criterion, △ 𝑃𝑃𝑄𝑄′ 𝑅𝑅′ ~ △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃.
 Now what we want to do is find a way to express this information in a formula. Because we have similar
triangles, we know the following:
|𝑅𝑅′ 𝑄𝑄′ | |𝑃𝑃𝑄𝑄′ | |𝑃𝑃𝑅𝑅′ |
= = = 𝑟𝑟.
|𝑅𝑅𝑄𝑄| |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃|
 Based on our previous knowledge, we know that |𝑅𝑅′ 𝑄𝑄′ | = 𝑚𝑚, and |𝑃𝑃𝑄𝑄′ | = 1. By substitution, we have
𝑚𝑚 1
= ,
|𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅| |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃|
which is equivalent to
𝑚𝑚 |𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅|
=
1 |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃|
|𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅|
𝑚𝑚 = .
|𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃|
 We also know from our work earlier that |𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅| = 𝑝𝑝2 − 𝑟𝑟2 , and |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| = 𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑟𝑟1 . By substitution, we have
𝑝𝑝2 − 𝑟𝑟2
𝑚𝑚 = .
The slope of a line can be computed using any two points!
Closing (3 minutes)
 We know that the slope of a line can be calculated using any two points on the line because of what we know
about similar triangles.
 Slope is referred to as the difference in 𝑦𝑦-values compared to the difference in 𝑥𝑥-values, or as the height
compared to the base of the slope triangle, or as rise over run.
 We know that the formula to calculate slope is 𝑚𝑚 = , where (𝑝𝑝1 , 𝑝𝑝2 ) and (𝑟𝑟1 , 𝑟𝑟2 ) are two points on the
line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson Summary
The slope of a line can be calculated using any two points on the same line because the slope triangles formed are
similar, and corresponding sides will be equal in ratio.
The slope of a non-vertical line in a coordinate plane that passes through two different points is the number given
by the difference in 𝒚𝒚-coordinates of those points divided by the difference in the corresponding 𝒙𝒙-coordinates.
For two points 𝑷𝑷(𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 , 𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 ) and 𝑹𝑹(𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 , 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 ) on the line where 𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 ≠ 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏, the slope of the line 𝒎𝒎 can be computed by
the formula
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 = .
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
The slope of a vertical line is not defined.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 16: The Computation of the Slope of a Non-Vertical Line
Exit Ticket
Find the rate of change of the line by completing parts (a) and (b).
a. Select any two points on the line to label as 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅. Name their coordinates.
b. Compute the rate of change of the line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Find the rate of change of the line by completing parts (a) and (b).
a. Select any two points on the line to label as 𝑷𝑷 and 𝑹𝑹. Name their coordinates.
Answers will vary. Other points on the graph may have been chosen.
𝑷𝑷(−𝟏𝟏, 𝟎𝟎) and 𝑹𝑹(𝟓𝟓, 𝟑𝟑)
b. Compute the rate of change of the line.

(𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 )
𝒎𝒎 =
(𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 )
𝟎𝟎 − 𝟑𝟑
=
−𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓
−𝟑𝟑
=
−𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏
=
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students practice finding slope between any two points on a line. Students also see that 𝑚𝑚 = yields the same
result as 𝑚𝑚 = .
1. Calculate the slope of the line using two different pairs of points.
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − (−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
=
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
=
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
=−
𝟏𝟏
= −𝟏𝟏
𝒒𝒒𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒒𝒒𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − (−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
=
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
=
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
= −𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
=
−𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
=
−𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
=−
𝟒𝟒
𝒒𝒒𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒒𝒒𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐
=
𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏
=
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
=−
𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓
=
𝟓𝟓 − 𝟔𝟔
−𝟒𝟒
=
−𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒
=
𝟏𝟏
= 𝟒𝟒
𝒒𝒒𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒒𝒒𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓
=
𝟒𝟒 − 𝟔𝟔
−𝟖𝟖
=
−𝟐𝟐
= 𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
=
−𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
=−
𝟏𝟏
= −𝟐𝟐
𝒒𝒒𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒒𝒒𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟒𝟒 − 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
=
−𝟏𝟏
= −𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏
=
−𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
=−
𝟓𝟓
𝒒𝒒𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒒𝒒𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟎𝟎 − 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟔𝟔
−𝟏𝟏
=
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
=−
𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
a. Select any two points on the line to compute the slope.

𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
−𝟓𝟓 − (−𝟐𝟐)
=
−𝟕𝟕 − (−𝟓𝟓)
−𝟑𝟑
=
−𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
=
𝟐𝟐
b. Select two different points on the line to calculate the slope.
Let the two new points be (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟏𝟏) and (−𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟒).
𝒒𝒒𝟐𝟐 − 𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒒𝒒𝟏𝟏 − 𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒
=
−𝟑𝟑 − (−𝟏𝟏)
−𝟑𝟑
=
−𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
=
𝟐𝟐
c. What do you notice about your answers in parts (a) and (b)? Explain.
The slopes are equal in parts (a) and (b). This is true because of what we know about similar triangles.
The slope triangle that is drawn between the two points selected in part (a) is similar to the slope triangle
that is drawn between the two points in part (b) by the AA criterion. Then, because the corresponding sides of
similar triangles are equal in ratio, the slopes are equal.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7. Calculate the slope of the line in the graph below.
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
−𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐
=
−𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔
=
−𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐
=
𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
8. Your teacher tells you that a line goes through the points �−𝟔𝟔, � and (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟑𝟑).
𝟐𝟐
a. Calculate the slope of this line.
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
− 𝟑𝟑
= 𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔 − (−𝟒𝟒)
𝟓𝟓
−
= 𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
= 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
= ÷ 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏
= ×
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
=
𝟒𝟒
b. Do you think the slope will be the same if the order of the points is reversed? Verify by calculating the slope,
and explain your result.
The slope should be the same because we are joining the same two points.
𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 −
= 𝟐𝟐
−𝟒𝟒 − (−𝟔𝟔)
𝟓𝟓
= 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
=
𝟒𝟒
Since the slope of a line can be computed using any two points on the same line, it makes sense that it does
not matter which point we name as 𝑷𝑷 and which point we name as 𝑹𝑹.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
9. Use the graph to complete parts (a)–(c).
a. Select any two points on the line to calculate the slope.

𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 − (−𝟑𝟑)
=
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟎𝟎
𝟒𝟒
=
−𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
=−
𝟑𝟑
b. Compute the slope again, this time reversing the order of the coordinates.
(𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 − 𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 )
𝒎𝒎 =
(𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 − 𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 )
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏
=
𝟎𝟎 − (−𝟑𝟑)
−𝟒𝟒
=
𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
=−
𝟑𝟑
c. What do you notice about the slopes you computed in parts (a) and (b)?
The slopes are equal.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
�𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 −𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 � �𝒓𝒓 −𝒑𝒑 �

d. Why do you think 𝒎𝒎 = �
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 −𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 �
= �𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐−𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐�?
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏
If I multiply the first fraction by , then I get the second fraction:
−𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏 (𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 ) (𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 − 𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 )
×� �= .
−𝟏𝟏 (𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 ) (𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 − 𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 )
I can do the same thing to the second fraction to obtain the first:
−𝟏𝟏 (𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 − 𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 ) (𝒑𝒑𝟐𝟐 − 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 )
×� �= .
−𝟏𝟏 (𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 − 𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 ) (𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 )
Also, since I know that I can find the slope between any two points, it should not matter which point I pick
first.
10. Each of the lines in the lesson was non-vertical. Consider the slope of a vertical line, 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐. Select two points on the
line to calculate slope. Based on your answer, why do you think the topic of slope focuses only on non-vertical
lines?
Students can use any points on the line 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐 to determine that the slope is undefined. The computation of slope
using the formula leads to a fraction with zero as its denominator. Since the slope of a vertical line is undefined,
there is no need to focus on them.
Challenge:
𝟏𝟏
11. A certain line has a slope of . Name two points that may be on the line.
𝟐𝟐
Answers will vary. Accept any answers that have a difference in 𝒚𝒚-values equal to 𝟏𝟏 and a difference of 𝒙𝒙-values
equal to 𝟐𝟐. Points (𝟔𝟔, 𝟒𝟒) and (𝟒𝟒, 𝟑𝟑) may be on the line, for example.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 17: The Line Joining Two Distinct Points of the

Graph 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 Has Slope 𝒎𝒎
Student Outcomes
 Students show that the slope of a line joining any two distinct points of the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 has slope 𝑚𝑚.
𝑎𝑎 𝑐𝑐
 Students transform the standard form of an equation into 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + .
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
Lesson Notes
In the previous lesson, it was determined that slope can be calculated using any two points on the same line. In this
lesson, students are shown that equations of the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 and 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 generate lines with slope 𝑚𝑚. Students
need graph paper to complete some of the Exercises and Problem Set items.
Classwork
Students work independently to complete Exercises 1–3.
Exercises
1. Find at least three solutions to the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, and graph the solutions as points on the coordinate plane.
Connect the points to make a line. Find the slope of the line.
The slope of the line is 𝟐𝟐; 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟐𝟐.
Lesson 17: The Line Joining Two Distinct Points of the Graph 251
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 Has Slope 𝑚𝑚
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Find at least three solutions to the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏, and graph the solutions as points on the coordinate plane.
The slope of the line is 𝟑𝟑; 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟑𝟑.
3. Find at least three solutions to the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏, and graph the solutions as points on the coordinate plane.
The slope of the line is 𝟑𝟑; 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟑𝟑.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Recall the goal from Lesson 15: to prove that the graph of a linear equation is a line. To do so, some tools were needed,
specifically two related to slope. Now that facts are known about slope, the focus is on showing that the line that joins
two distinct points is a linear equation with slope 𝑚𝑚.
 We know from our previous work with slope that when the horizontal distance between two points is fixed at
one, then the slope of the line is the difference in the 𝑦𝑦-coordinates. We also know that when the horizontal
distance is not fixed at one, we can find the slope of the line using any two points because the ratio of
corresponding sides of similar triangles will be equal. We can put these two facts together to prove that the
graph of the line 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 has slope 𝑚𝑚. Consider the diagram below.
MP.2
𝑦𝑦 𝑥𝑥
 Examine the diagram, and think of how we could prove that = .
𝑚𝑚 1
Provide students time to work independently, and then provide time for them to discuss in pairs a possible proof of
𝑦𝑦 𝑥𝑥
= . If necessary, use the four bullet points below to guide students’ thinking.
𝑚𝑚 1
 Do we have similar triangles? Explain.
 Yes. Each of the triangles has a common angle at the origin, and each triangle has a right angle. By the
AA criterion, these triangles are similar.
 What is the slope of the line? Explain.
 The slope of the line is 𝑚𝑚. By our definition of slope and the information in the diagram, when the
horizontal distance between two points is fixed at one, the slope is 𝑚𝑚.
 Write the ratio of the corresponding sides. Then, solve for 𝑦𝑦.
𝑦𝑦 𝑥𝑥
 =
𝑚𝑚 1
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
 Therefore, the slope of the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 is 𝑚𝑚.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Point students to their work in Exercise 1 where the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 was a line with a slope of 2.
 We know that the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 has slope 𝑚𝑚, where 𝑚𝑚 is a number. The 𝑦𝑦 in the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 is equal
to the difference in 𝑦𝑦-coordinates as shown in the diagram below.
 Consider the diagram below. How does this compare to the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 that we just worked on?
 The graph is the same except for the fact that the line has been translated 𝑏𝑏 units up the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We want to write the ratio of corresponding sides of the slope triangles. We know the lengths of two sides of
the smaller slope triangle; they are 1 and 𝑚𝑚. We also know one of the lengths of the larger slope triangle, 𝑥𝑥.
What we need to do now is express the length of the larger slope triangle that corresponds to side 𝑚𝑚. When
our line passed through the origin, the length was simply 𝑦𝑦, but that is not the case here. How can we express
the length we need, noted in blue in the diagram below?
Provide students time to think and share in small groups. If necessary, show students the diagram below, and ask them
what the length of the dashed orange segment is. They should recognize that it is the length of 𝑏𝑏. Then, ask them how
they can use that information to determine the length of the blue segment.
 The length of the blue segment is 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑏𝑏.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now that we know the length of the blue segment, we can write ratios that represent the corresponding sides
of the triangles:
𝑚𝑚 1
= .
𝑦𝑦 − 𝑏𝑏 𝑥𝑥
Then, we can solve for 𝑦𝑦.
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑏𝑏
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑏𝑏 + 𝑏𝑏
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑦𝑦
Therefore, the slope of the graph of an equation of the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 is 𝑚𝑚.
Point students to their work in Exercises 2 and 3 where the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 1 and 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 1 was a line with slope 3.
 We can show this algebraically using two distinct points on the graph of the line 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 1. Points (1, 2) and
(2, 5) were on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 1. Using the slope formula, we see that
5−2
𝑚𝑚 =
2−1
3
=
1
= 3.
The next four bullet points generalize the slope between any two points of the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 1 is 3. This is an
optional part of the discussion of slope between any two points. The last bullet point of this section should be shared
with students because it orients them to the progress toward the ultimate goal, which is to show that the graph of a
linear equation is a line.
 In general, let 𝑃𝑃(𝑝𝑝1 , 𝑝𝑝2 ) and 𝑅𝑅(𝑟𝑟1 , 𝑟𝑟2 ) be any two distinct points of the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 1. Recall what is
known about points on a graph; it means that they are solutions to the equation. Since 𝑃𝑃 is on the graph of
𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 1, then
𝑝𝑝2 = 3𝑝𝑝1 − 1.
Similarly, since 𝑅𝑅 is on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 1, then
𝑟𝑟2 = 3𝑟𝑟1 − 1.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 By the slope formula, 𝑚𝑚 = , we can substitute the values of 𝑝𝑝2 and 𝑟𝑟2 and use our properties of equality
to simplify as follows.
𝑚𝑚 =
(3𝑝𝑝1 − 1) − (3𝑟𝑟1 − 1)
= By substitution
3𝑝𝑝1 − 1 − 3𝑟𝑟1 + 1
= By taking the opposite of the terms in the second grouping
3𝑝𝑝1 − 3𝑟𝑟1
= By simplifying (−1 + 1)
3(𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑟𝑟1 )
= By the distributive property “collecting like terms”
=3 By division, the number 𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑟𝑟1 divided by itself
 Thus, we have shown that the line passing through points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 has a slope of 3.
 To truly generalize our work, we need only replace 3 in the calculations with 𝑚𝑚 and the −1 with 𝑏𝑏.
Make clear to students that they are still working toward the goal of proving that the graph of a linear equation is a line
using the summary of work below.
 Our goal, ultimately, is to prove that the graph of a linear equation is a line. In Lesson 15, we said we have to
develop the following tools:
(1) We must define a number for each non-vertical line that can be used to measure the “steepness” or
“slant” of the line. Once defined, this number will be called the slope of the line and is often referred to
as the rate of change.
(2) We must show that any two points on a non-vertical line can be used to find the slope of the line.
(3) We must show that the line joining two points on a graph of a linear equation of the form
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 has the slope 𝑚𝑚.
(4) We must show that there is only one line passing through a given point with a given slope.
 At this point in our work, we just finished (3). (4) is the topic of the next lesson.
 When an equation is in the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, the slope 𝑚𝑚 is easily identifiable compared to an equation in the
form 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐. Note that 𝑏𝑏 in each of the equations is unique. In other words, the number represented by
𝑏𝑏 in the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 is not necessarily the same as the number 𝑏𝑏 in the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐.
For example, we will solve the equation 8𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 6 for 𝑦𝑦. Our goal is to have 𝑦𝑦 equal to an expression.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 First, we use our properties of equality to remove 8𝑥𝑥 from the left side of the equation.
8𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 6
8𝑥𝑥 − 8𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 6 − 8𝑥𝑥
2𝑦𝑦 = 6 − 8𝑥𝑥
Now, we divide both sides by 2.

2𝑦𝑦 6 − 8𝑥𝑥
=
2 2
6 8𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦 = −
2 2
𝑦𝑦 = 3 − 4𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦 = −4𝑥𝑥 + 3
The slope of the graph of this equation is −4.

 By convention (an agreed-upon way of doing things), we place the term 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 before the term 𝑏𝑏. This is a
version of the standard form of a linear equation that is referred to as the slope-intercept form. It is called
slope-intercept form because it makes clear the number that describes slope (i.e., 𝑚𝑚) and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept,
which is something that will be discussed later. Also, notice the value of 𝑏𝑏 is different in both forms of the
equation.

Students work independently or in pairs to identify the slope from an equation and to transform the standard form of an
equation into slope-intercept form.
4. The graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑 has what slope?
The slope is 𝟕𝟕.
𝟑𝟑
5. The graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑 has what slope?
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
The slope is − .
𝟒𝟒
6. You have $𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 in savings at the bank. Each week, you add $𝟐𝟐 to your savings. Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total amount of
money you have saved at the end of 𝒙𝒙 weeks. Write an equation to represent this situation, and identify the slope
of the equation. What does that number represent?
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The slope is 𝟐𝟐. It represents how much money is saved each week.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7. A friend is training for a marathon. She can run 𝟒𝟒 miles in 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes. Assume she runs at a constant rate. Write
an equation to represent the total distance, 𝒚𝒚, your friend can run in 𝒙𝒙 minutes. Identify the slope of the equation.
What does that number represent?
𝒚𝒚 𝟒𝟒
=
𝒙𝒙 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏
The slope is . It represents the rate at which my friend can run, one mile in seven minutes.
𝟕𝟕
8. Four boxes of pencils cost $𝟓𝟓. Write an equation that represents the total cost, 𝒚𝒚, for 𝒙𝒙 boxes of pencils. What is
the slope of the equation? What does that number represent?
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
The slope is . It represents the cost of one box of pencils, $𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
𝟒𝟒
9. Solve the following equation for 𝒚𝒚, and then identify the slope of the line: 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
−𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝒚𝒚 =
−𝟑𝟑 −𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝒚𝒚 = −
−𝟑𝟑 −𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟓𝟓 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓
The slope of the line is 𝟑𝟑.
10. Solve the following equation for 𝒚𝒚, and then identify the slope of the line: 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟖𝟖.
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟗𝟗 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟖𝟖 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓 𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 +
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓
The slope of the line is – .
𝟗𝟗
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
11. Solve the following equation for 𝒚𝒚, and then identify the slope of the line: 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄.
𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄
𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 − 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 − 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂
𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 − 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂
𝒃𝒃 𝒄𝒄 − 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂
𝒚𝒚 =
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃
𝒄𝒄 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃
𝒄𝒄 𝒂𝒂
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃
𝒂𝒂 𝒄𝒄
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 +
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃
𝒂𝒂
The slope of the line is – .
𝒃𝒃
Closing (4 minutes)
 We know that the line that joins any two distinct points of the graph 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 has slope 𝑚𝑚.
 We know how to identify the slope for any equation in the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏.
 We know how to transform the standard form of a linear equation into another form to more easily identify
the slope.
Lesson Summary
The line joining two distinct points of the graph of the linear equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 has slope 𝒎𝒎.
The 𝒎𝒎 of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 is the number that describes the slope. For example, in the equation 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒, the slope
of the graph of the line is −𝟐𝟐.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 17: The Line Joining Two Distinct Points of the Graph
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 Has Slope 𝒎𝒎
Exit Ticket
1. Solve the following equation for 𝑦𝑦: 35𝑥𝑥 − 7𝑦𝑦 = 49.
2. What is the slope of the equation in Problem 1?
3. Show, using similar triangles, why the graph of an equation of the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 is a line with slope 𝑚𝑚.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Solve the following equation for 𝒚𝒚: 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒.
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒

𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
−𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
−𝟕𝟕 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
−𝟕𝟕 −𝟕𝟕 −𝟕𝟕
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟕𝟕 − (−𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓)
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟕𝟕
2. What is the slope of the equation in Problem 1?
The slope of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟕𝟕 is 𝟓𝟓.
3. Show, using similar triangles, why the graph of an equation of the form 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 is a line with slope 𝒎𝒎.
Solutions will vary. A sample solution is shown below.
The line shown has slope 𝟐𝟐. When we compare the corresponding side lengths of the similar triangles, we have the
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒 𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
ratios = = 𝟐𝟐. In general, the ratios would be = , equivalently 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎, which is a line with slope 𝒎𝒎.
𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏 𝒎𝒎
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students practice transforming equations from standard form into slope-intercept form and showing that the line joining
two distinct points of the graph 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 has slope 𝑚𝑚. Students graph the equation and informally note the
𝑦𝑦-intercept.
1. Solve the following equation for 𝒚𝒚: −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Then, answer the questions that follow.
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = + 𝒙𝒙
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
a. Based on your transformed equation, what is the slope of the linear equation −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐?
𝟏𝟏
The slope is .
𝟐𝟐
b. Complete the table to find solutions to the linear equation.
Transformed Linear Equation:

𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = (−𝟐𝟐) + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐 = −𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
= 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = (𝟎𝟎) + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟎𝟎 = 𝟎𝟎 + 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
= 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = (𝟐𝟐) + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = (𝟒𝟒) + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓
= 𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
c. Graph the points on the coordinate plane.
d. Find the slope between any two points.
Using points (𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑) and (𝟐𝟐, 𝟒𝟒):

𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑
𝒎𝒎 =
𝟐𝟐 − 𝟎𝟎
𝟏𝟏
=
𝟐𝟐
e. The slope you found in part (d) should be equal to the slope you noted in part (a). If so, connect the points to
make the line that is the graph of an equation of the form 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 that has slope 𝒎𝒎.
f. Note the location (ordered pair) that describes where the line intersects the 𝒚𝒚-axis.
(𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑) is the location where the line intersects the 𝒚𝒚-axis.
2. Solve the following equation for 𝒚𝒚: 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Then, answer the questions that follow.
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕
a. Based on your transformed equation, what is the slope of the linear equation 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐?
The slope is −𝟑𝟑.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑(−𝟏𝟏) + 𝟕𝟕
−𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) + 𝟕𝟕
𝟎𝟎 = 𝟎𝟎 + 𝟕𝟕 𝟕𝟕
= 𝟕𝟕
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏) + 𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏 = −𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕 𝟒𝟒
= 𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐) + 𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏
= 𝟏𝟏
Using points (𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟒) and (𝟐𝟐, 𝟏𝟏):

𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎 =
𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
=
−𝟏𝟏
= −𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
(𝟎𝟎, 𝟕𝟕) is the location where the line intersects the 𝒚𝒚-axis.
3. Solve the following equation for 𝒚𝒚: 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔. Then, answer the questions that follow.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 −𝟔𝟔 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
a. Based on your transformed equation, what is the slope of the linear equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔?
𝟐𝟐
The slope is − .
𝟑𝟑

𝒙𝒙 𝟐𝟐 𝒚𝒚
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − (−𝟔𝟔) − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
−𝟔𝟔 = 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
= 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − (−𝟑𝟑) − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
−𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐 𝟎𝟎
= 𝟎𝟎
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − (𝟎𝟎) − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
𝟎𝟎 = 𝟎𝟎 − 𝟐𝟐 −𝟐𝟐
= −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − (𝟑𝟑) − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐 −𝟒𝟒
= −𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Using points (−𝟔𝟔, 𝟐𝟐) and (𝟑𝟑, −𝟒𝟒):

𝟐𝟐 − (−𝟒𝟒)
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟔𝟔 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔
=
−𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐
=−
𝟑𝟑
(𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐) is the location where the line intersects the 𝒚𝒚-axis.
4. Solve the following equation for 𝒚𝒚: 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒. Then, answer the questions that follow.
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
−𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
a. Based on your transformed equation, what is the slope of the linear equation 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒?
The slope is 𝟓𝟓.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓(−𝟏𝟏) − 𝟒𝟒
−𝟏𝟏 = −𝟓𝟓 − 𝟒𝟒 −𝟗𝟗
= −𝟗𝟗
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓(𝟎𝟎) − 𝟒𝟒
𝟎𝟎 = 𝟎𝟎 − 𝟒𝟒 −𝟒𝟒
= −𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓(𝟏𝟏) − 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓 − 𝟒𝟒 𝟏𝟏
= 𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐) − 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒 𝟔𝟔
= 𝟔𝟔
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Using points (𝟎𝟎, −𝟒𝟒) and (𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏):

−𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎 =
𝟎𝟎 − 𝟏𝟏
−𝟓𝟓
=
−𝟏𝟏
= 𝟓𝟓
(𝟎𝟎, −𝟒𝟒) is the location where the line intersects the 𝒚𝒚-axis.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 18: There Is Only One Line Passing Through a Given

Point with a Given Slope
Student Outcomes
 Students graph equations in the form of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 using information about slope and 𝑦𝑦-intercept point.
 Students know that if they have two straight lines with the same slope and a common point, the lines are the
same.
Lesson Notes
The Opening Exercise requires students to examine part (f) from the Problem Set of Lesson 17. Each part of (f) requires
students to identify the point where the graph of the line intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis. Knowing that this point represents the
𝑦𝑦-intercept point and that it is the point (0, 𝑏𝑏) in the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 is integral for the content in the lesson.
To maintain consistency, throughout the lesson students form the slope triangle with points 𝑃𝑃, 𝑄𝑄, and 𝑅𝑅. Since slope has
been defined in terms of lengths of sides of similar triangles, there is notation and verbiage about numbers in terms of
distances. While working through the examples, make clear that the lengths of the slope triangle are positive distances,
but that does not necessarily mean that the slope must be positive (see Example 2). Remind students that graphs of
lines with positive slopes are left-to-right inclining, and graphs of lines with negative slopes are left-to-right declining.
Coordinate planes are provided for students in the exercises of this lesson, but they need graph paper to complete the
Problem Set.
Classwork
Opening Exercise
Examine each of the graphs and their equations. Identify the coordinates of the point where the line intersects the
𝒚𝒚-axis. Describe the relationship between the point and the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃.
𝟏𝟏 b. 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 + 𝟕𝟕
a. 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
MP.8
Lesson 18: There Is Only One Line Passing Through a Given Point with a Given Slope 270
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟐𝟐 d. 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
c. 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
MP.8
A point is noted in each graph above where the line intersects the 𝒚𝒚-axis:
𝟏𝟏
a. 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑, (𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑)
𝟐𝟐
b. 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕, (𝟎𝟎, 𝟕𝟕)
𝟐𝟐
c. 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐, (𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐)
𝟑𝟑
d. 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟒𝟒, (𝟎𝟎, −𝟒𝟒)
In each equation, the number 𝒃𝒃 was the 𝒚𝒚-coordinate of the point where the line intersected the 𝒚𝒚-axis.
 In the last lesson, we transformed the standard form of a linear equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 into what was referred
to as the slope-intercept form, 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏. We know that the slope is represented by 𝑚𝑚, but we did not
discuss the meaning of 𝑏𝑏. In the Opening Exercise, you were asked to note the location (ordered pair) that
describes where the line intersected the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
 What do you notice about the value of 𝑏𝑏 in relation to the point where the graph of the equation intersected
MP.7 the 𝑦𝑦-axis?
 The value of 𝑏𝑏 was the same number as the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of each location.
 When a linear equation is in the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, it is known as the slope-intercept form because this form
provides information about the slope, 𝑚𝑚, and 𝑦𝑦-intercept point, (0, 𝑏𝑏), of the graph. The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is
defined as the location on the graph where a line intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis.
 In this lesson, we develop the last tool that we need in order to prove that the graph of a linear equation in
MP.3 two variables 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are constants, is a straight line. We will show that if two straight
lines have the same slope and pass through the same point, then they are the same line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Since an equation of the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 provides information about both the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point and slope,
we will use this equation to graph lines.
 Recall that we began discussing slope graphically,
𝑚𝑚 = .
Graph an equation in the form of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏.
Example 1
𝟐𝟐
Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏. Name the slope and 𝒚𝒚-intercept point.
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏).
𝟑𝟑
 To graph the equation, we must begin with the known point. In this case, that is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point.
We cannot begin with the slope because the slope describes the rate of change between two points.
That means we need a point to begin with. On a graph, we plot the point (0, 1).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
�𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄� 2
 Next, we use the slope to find the second point. We know that 𝑚𝑚 = = . The slope tells us exactly how
�𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃� 3
many units to go to the right of 𝑃𝑃 to find point 𝑄𝑄 and then how many vertical units we need to go from 𝑄𝑄 to
find point 𝑅𝑅. How many units will we go to the right in order to find point 𝑄𝑄? How do you know?
 We need to go 3 units to the right of point 𝑃𝑃 to find 𝑄𝑄. We go 3 units because |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| = 3.
 How many vertical units from point 𝑄𝑄 must we go to find point 𝑅𝑅? How do you know?
 We need to go 2 units from point 𝑄𝑄 to find 𝑅𝑅. We go 2 units because |𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄| = 2.
 Will we go up from point 𝑄𝑄 or down from point 𝑄𝑄 to find 𝑅𝑅? How do you know?
 We need to go up because the slope is positive. That means that the line will be left-to-right inclining.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Since we know that the line joining two distinct points of the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 has slope 𝑚𝑚, and we
specifically constructed points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 with the slope in mind, we can join the points with a line.
Example 2
𝟑𝟑
Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐. Name the slope and 𝒚𝒚-intercept point.
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = − , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐).
𝟒𝟒
 How do we begin?
 We must begin by putting a known point on the graph, (0, −2).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We know that 𝑚𝑚 = = − . How many units will we go to the right in order to find point 𝑄𝑄? How do you
know?
 We need to go 4 units to the right of point 𝑃𝑃 to find 𝑄𝑄. We go 4 units because |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| = 4.
 How many units from point 𝑄𝑄 must we go to find point 𝑅𝑅? How do you know?
 We need to go down from point 𝑄𝑄 to point 𝑅𝑅 because the slope is negative. That means that the line
will be left-to-right declining.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we draw the line through the points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅.
Example 3
Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟕𝟕. Name the slope and 𝒚𝒚-intercept point.
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟒𝟒, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟕𝟕).
 Graph the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 4𝑥𝑥 − 7. Name the slope and 𝑦𝑦-intercept point.
 The slope is 𝑚𝑚 = 4, and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is (0, −7).
 How do we begin?
 We must begin by putting a known point on the graph, (0, −7).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Notice this time that the slope is the integer 4. In the last two examples, our slopes have been in the form of a
fraction so that we can use the information in the numerator and denominator to determine the lengths of
|𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| and |𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄|. Since 𝑚𝑚 = = 4, what fraction can we use to represent slope to help us graph?
4
 The number 4 is equivalent to the fraction .
1
 Using 𝑚𝑚 = = , how many units will we go to the right in order to find point 𝑄𝑄? How do you know?
 We need to go 1 unit to the right of point 𝑃𝑃 to find 𝑄𝑄. We go 1 unit because |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| = 1.
 How many vertical units from point 𝑄𝑄 must we go to find point 𝑅𝑅? How do you know?
 We need to go up from point 𝑄𝑄 to point 𝑅𝑅 because the slope is positive. That means that the line will
be left-to-right inclining.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we join the points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 to make the line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students complete Exercises 1–4 individually or in pairs.
Exercises
𝟓𝟓
1. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒.
𝟐𝟐
a. Name the slope and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point.
𝟓𝟓
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟒𝟒).
𝟐𝟐
b. Graph the known point, and then use the slope to find a second point before drawing the line.
2. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔.

The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟑𝟑, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟔𝟔).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. The equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟎𝟎 can be simplified to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟏𝟏, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎).
4. Graph the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟐𝟐).
𝟐𝟐
a. Find another point on the graph using the slope, 𝒎𝒎 = .
𝟕𝟕
b. Connect the points to make the line.
𝟐𝟐
c. Draw a different line that goes through the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟐𝟐) with slope 𝒎𝒎 = . What do you notice?
𝟕𝟕
Only one line can be drawn through the given point with the given slope.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
The following proof is optional. Exercises 5 and 6, below the Discussion, can be used as an alternative.
 Now we must show that if two straight lines have the same slope and pass through the same point, then they
are the same line, which is what you observed in Exercise 4.
 We let 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙′ be two lines with the same slope 𝑚𝑚 passing through the same point 𝑃𝑃. Since 𝑚𝑚 is a number,
𝑚𝑚 could be positive, negative, or equal to zero. For this proof, we will let 𝑚𝑚 > 0. Since 𝑚𝑚 > 0, both lines 𝑙𝑙
and 𝑙𝑙′ are left-to-right inclining.
 Since we are trying to show that 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙′ are the same line, let’s assume that they are not, and prove that our
assumption is false.
 Using our first understanding of slope, we will pick a point 𝑄𝑄 one unit to the right of point 𝑃𝑃. Then, we will
draw a line parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis going through point 𝑄𝑄, as shown.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now, we label the point of intersection of the line we just drew and line 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙′ as 𝑅𝑅 and 𝑅𝑅′, respectively.
 By definition of slope, the length |𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄| is the slope of line 𝑙𝑙, and the length of |𝑄𝑄𝑅𝑅′ | is the slope of line 𝑙𝑙′. What
do we know about the slopes of lines 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙 ′ ?
 The slopes are the same.
 Then what do we know about the lengths |𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄| and |𝑄𝑄𝑅𝑅′ |?
 They must be equal.
 For that reason, points 𝑅𝑅 and 𝑅𝑅′ must coincide. This means lines 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙′ are the same line, not as we originally
drew them. Therefore, there is just one line passing through a given point with a given slope.

5. A bank put $𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 into a savings account when you opened the account. Eight weeks later, you have a total of $𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Assume you saved the same amount every week.
a. If 𝒚𝒚 is the total amount of money in the savings account and 𝒙𝒙 represents the number of weeks, write an
equation in the form 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 that describes the situation.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒎𝒎(𝟖𝟖) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒎𝒎
𝟖𝟖
𝟕𝟕
= 𝒎𝒎
𝟒𝟒
𝟕𝟕
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. Identify the slope and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point. What do these numbers represent?
𝟕𝟕
The slope is , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏). The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point represents the amount of money the
𝟒𝟒
𝟕𝟕
bank gave me, in the amount of $𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. The slope represents the amount of money I save each week, =
𝟒𝟒
$𝟏𝟏. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕.
c. Graph the equation on a coordinate plane.
𝟕𝟕
d. Could any other line represent this situation? For example, could a line through point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) with slope
𝟓𝟓
represent the amount of money you save each week? Explain.
𝟕𝟕
No, a line through point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) with slope cannot represent this situation. That line would show that at the
𝟓𝟓
end of the 𝟖𝟖 weeks I would have $𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, but I was told that I would have $𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 by the end of the 𝟖𝟖 weeks.
6. A group of friends are on a road trip. After 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 miles, they stop to eat lunch. They continue their trip and drive at a
constant rate of 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 miles per hour.
a. Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total distance traveled, and let 𝒙𝒙 represent the number of hours driven after lunch. Write
an equation to represent the total number of miles driven that day.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
b. Identify the slope and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point. What do these numbers represent?
The slope is 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 and represents the rate of driving. The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 and represents the number of
miles they had already driven before driving at the given constant rate.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
c. Graph the equation on a coordinate plane.
d. Could any other line represent this situation? For example, could a line through point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) with slope 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
represent the total distance the friends drive? Explain.
No, a line through point (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) with a slope of 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 could not represent this situation. That line would show
that after an hour, the friends traveled a total distance of 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 miles. According to the information given, the
friends would only have traveled 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 miles after one hour.
Closing (4 minutes)
 We know that in the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, (0, 𝑏𝑏) is the location where the graph of the line intersects the
𝑦𝑦-axis.
 We know how to graph a line using a point, namely, the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point, and the slope.
 We know that there is only one line with a given slope passing through a given point.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson Summary
The equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 is in slope-intercept form. The number 𝒎𝒎 represents the slope of the graph, and the
point (𝟎𝟎, 𝒃𝒃) is the location where the graph of the line intersects the 𝒚𝒚-axis.
To graph a line from the slope-intercept form of a linear equation, begin with the known point, (𝟎𝟎, 𝒃𝒃), and then use
the slope to find a second point. Connect the points to graph the equation.
There is only one line passing through a given point with a given slope.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 18: There Is Only One Line Passing Through a Given Point
with a Given Slope
Exit Ticket
Mrs. Hodson said that the graphs of the equations below are incorrect. Find the student’s errors, and correctly graph
the equations.
1 Error:
1. Student graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + 4:
2
Correct graph of the equation:
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3 Error:
2. Student graph of 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 − 1:
5
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Mrs. Hodson said that the graphs of the equations below are incorrect. Find the student’s errors, and correctly graph the
equations.
𝟏𝟏
1. Student graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒: Error: The student should have gone up 𝟏𝟏 unit when
𝟐𝟐
finding |𝑸𝑸𝑸𝑸| since the slope is positive.
𝟑𝟑
2. Student graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏: Error: The student did not find the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point
𝟓𝟓
correctly. It should be the point (𝟎𝟎, −𝟏𝟏).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students practice graphing equations using 𝑦𝑦-intercept point and slope. Students need graph paper to complete the
Problem Set. Optional Problem 11 has students show that there is only one line passing through a point with a given
negative slope.
Graph each equation on a separate pair of 𝒙𝒙- and 𝒚𝒚-axes.

𝟒𝟒
1. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓.
𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟓𝟓).
𝟓𝟓
2. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑.

The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟏𝟏, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟒𝟒
3. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒.
𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = − , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟒𝟒).
𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓
4. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎).
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟔𝟔.

The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟐𝟐, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟔𝟔).
6. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟗𝟗.

The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟓𝟓, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟗𝟗).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
7. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏.
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏).
𝟑𝟑
8. Graph the equation 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟖𝟖. (Hint: Transform the equation so that it is of the form 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃.)
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟖𝟖 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒 𝟖𝟖 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = − , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟐𝟐).
𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
9. Graph the equation −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑.

−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = + 𝒙𝒙
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔 + 𝒙𝒙
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
The slope is 𝒎𝒎 = , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟔𝟔).
𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
10. Let 𝒍𝒍 and 𝒍𝒍′ be two lines with the same slope 𝒎𝒎 passing through the same point 𝑷𝑷. Show that there is only one line
with a slope 𝒎𝒎, where 𝒎𝒎 < 𝟎𝟎, passing through the given point 𝑷𝑷. Draw a diagram if needed.
First, assume that there are two different lines 𝒍𝒍 and 𝒍𝒍′ with the same negative slope passing through 𝑷𝑷. From point
𝑷𝑷, I mark a point 𝑸𝑸 one unit to the right. Then, I draw a line parallel to the 𝒚𝒚-axis through point 𝑸𝑸. The intersection
of this line and line 𝒍𝒍 and 𝒍𝒍′ are noted with points 𝑹𝑹 and 𝑹𝑹′ , respectively. By definition of slope, the lengths |𝑸𝑸𝑸𝑸| and
|𝑸𝑸𝑹𝑹′ | represent the slopes of lines 𝒍𝒍 and 𝒍𝒍′ , respectively. We are given that the lines have the same slope, which
means that lengths |𝑸𝑸𝑸𝑸| and |𝑸𝑸𝑹𝑹′ | are equal. Since that is true, then points 𝑹𝑹 and 𝑹𝑹′ coincide and so do lines 𝒍𝒍 and
𝒍𝒍′ . Therefore, our assumption that they are different lines is false; 𝒍𝒍 and 𝒍𝒍′ must be the same line. Therefore, there is
only one line with slope 𝒎𝒎 passing through the given point 𝑷𝑷.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Is a Line
Student Outcomes
 Students prove that any point on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 is on a line 𝑙𝑙 and that any point on a line 𝑙𝑙 is a point
on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏.
 Students graph linear equations on the coordinate plane.
Lesson Notes
Included in this and the next several lessons is an analytical approach to understanding linear equations and their
graphs. Though the analytical understandings are not required for Grade 8 students, it is of tremendous value for
students to understand the proofs of common assertions about lines. For that reason, these lessons are structured to
offer extensions (i.e., the proofs) in cases where students are ready and also to provide alternate activities that deepen
conceptual understanding. The theorems are presented to students and, based on the readiness of each class, the
teacher can choose to discuss the proof of the theorem, or students can explore the theorem experimentally by
completing the exercises of the alternate activity.
This lesson is the result of many lessons leading up to this one. In previous lessons, it was stated that there were four
things that needed to be proved about lines before it could be stated, definitively, that the graph of a linear equation in
two variables is, in fact, a line.
(1) A number must be defined for each non-vertical line that can be used to measure the “steepness” or “slant” of
the line. Once defined, this number is called the slope of the line.
(2) It must be shown that any two points on a non-vertical line can be used to find the slope of the line.
(3) It must be shown that the line joining two points on the graph of a linear equation of the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 has
slope 𝑚𝑚.
(4) It must be shown that there is only one line passing through a given point with a given slope.
This lesson is the conclusion of that work, and it is an important result for students to observe. There are two options
for the first part of the lesson. The first option is to use the formal proof in the Discussion and Exercise 1. This lesson
path skips Exercises 2–5 and resumes the lesson with Example 1. The other option is to skip the Discussion and Exercise
1 on the first five pages, having students examine several equations in the form of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, create their graphs, and
informally conclude that the graphs of equations of this type always result in lines. The alternate activity begins with
Exercises 2–8. Following these exercises is Example 1 and Exercises 9–11 where students learn how to graph a linear
equation using intercepts. Students need graph paper to complete the Exercises and the Problem Set.
Lesson 19: The Graph of a Linear Equation in Two Variables Is a Line 295
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Classwork
Now that all of the necessary tools have been developed, we are ready to show that the graph of a linear equation in
two variables in the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, where 𝑏𝑏 is always a constant, is a non-vertical line.
 To prove that the graph of a linear equation is a line, we need to show the following:
(1) Any point on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 is a point on a line 𝑙𝑙, and
(2) Any point on the line 𝑙𝑙 is a point on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏.
 Why do we need to show both (1) and (2)? Consider the following: Let 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑄𝑄 be two distinct points on the
graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏. Let 𝑙𝑙 be the line passing through points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑄𝑄. Also, let the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 be
the collection of red segments denoted by 𝐺𝐺, as shown.
MP.2
If 𝐺𝐺 is the collection of red segments, as shown, then (1) is true, but (2) is not. Therefore, if we can show that
both (1) and (2) are true, then we know that the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 is exactly the same as the graph of
line 𝑙𝑙.
 Let’s look at a specific case before proving (1) and (2) in general. Show that the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 is a
non-vertical line.
 We need two points that we know are on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3. Are points (0, 3) and (4, 11) solutions to
the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3? Explain.
 Yes, points (0, 3) and (4, 11) are solutions because 3 = 2(0) + 3 and 11 = 2(4) + 3 are true
statements.
 Let line 𝑙𝑙 pass through the points 𝑃𝑃(0, 3) and 𝑄𝑄(1, 5). By our work in Lesson 17, we know that an equation in
the form of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 has slope 𝑚𝑚. Then, the slope of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 is 2; therefore, the slope of line 𝑙𝑙 is 2.
We claim that the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 is the line 𝑙𝑙.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we will show that any point on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 is on line 𝑙𝑙. Let 𝑅𝑅 be any point on the graph of
𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 (other than points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑄𝑄 because if 𝑅𝑅 = 𝑃𝑃 or if 𝑅𝑅 = 𝑄𝑄, there would be nothing to prove; we
MP.2
already showed that they are solutions to the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3). Let 𝑙𝑙′ be the line passing through points
𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅, as shown.
 We need to show that line 𝑙𝑙′ has a slope of 2. We have done this before in Lesson 16. Since 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 are on
the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3, then the coordinates of 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑅𝑅 are (𝑝𝑝1 , 2𝑝𝑝1 + 3) and (𝑟𝑟1 , 2𝑟𝑟1 + 3), respectively.
We also know the following:
(2𝑝𝑝1 + 3) − (2𝑟𝑟1 + 3)
slope of 𝑙𝑙 ′ =
2𝑝𝑝1 − 2𝑟𝑟1
=
2(𝑝𝑝1 − 𝑟𝑟1 )
=
=2
 Now that we know the slope of 𝑙𝑙′ is 2, what can we say about lines 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙′? Hint: What do we know about
lines that have the same slope and pass through the same point?
 Lines 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙′ must be the same line. There can be only one line with a slope of 2 that passes through a
given point, in this case 𝑃𝑃.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Therefore, point 𝑅𝑅 must be on line 𝑙𝑙, and the proof that any point on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 is on line 𝑙𝑙 is
finished.
 Now we must show that any point on 𝑙𝑙 is on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3. Let 𝑆𝑆 be any point on 𝑙𝑙 (except for 𝑃𝑃
and 𝑄𝑄, for the same reason as before). Using 𝑆𝑆(𝑠𝑠1 , 𝑠𝑠2 ) and 𝑃𝑃(0, 3) in the slope formula, we get the following:
𝑠𝑠2 − 3
slope of 𝑙𝑙 = .
𝑠𝑠1 − 0
We know the slope of 𝑙𝑙 is 2.
𝑠𝑠2 − 3
2=
𝑠𝑠1 − 0
2(𝑠𝑠1 − 0) = 𝑠𝑠2 − 3
2𝑠𝑠1 = 𝑠𝑠2 − 3
2𝑠𝑠1 + 3 = 𝑠𝑠2 − 3 + 3
2𝑠𝑠1 + 3 = 𝑠𝑠2
The equation above shows that point 𝑆𝑆(𝑠𝑠1 , 𝑠𝑠2 ) is a solution to the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 and must be on the
graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3.
 We have just shown that any point 𝑅𝑅 on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3 is on line 𝑙𝑙, and any point 𝑆𝑆 on line 𝑙𝑙 is on the
graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 3. Therefore, the proof is complete.

Students work in pairs or small groups to prove the theorem in general. This is an optional exercise and related directly
to the optional Discussion. If the teacher chose the alternative path for this lesson, then this exercise should not be
assigned.
Exercises 1-11
THEOREM: The graph of a linear equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 is a non-vertical line with slope 𝒎𝒎 and passing through (𝟎𝟎, 𝒃𝒃),
where 𝒃𝒃 is a constant.
1. Prove the theorem by completing parts (a)–(c). Given two distinct points, 𝑷𝑷 and 𝑸𝑸, on the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃,
MP.2 and let 𝒍𝒍 be the line passing through 𝑷𝑷 and 𝑸𝑸. You must show the following:
(1) Any point on the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒙𝒙 + 𝒃𝒃 is on line 𝒍𝒍, and
(2) Any point on the line 𝒍𝒍 is on the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃.
a. Proof of (1): Let 𝑹𝑹 be any point on the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃. Show that 𝑹𝑹 is on 𝒍𝒍. Begin by assuming it is
not. Assume the graph looks like the diagram below where 𝑹𝑹 is on 𝒍𝒍′.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
What is the slope of line 𝒍𝒍?
Since the points 𝑷𝑷 and 𝑸𝑸 are on the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, then we know that the slope of the line passing
through those points must have slope 𝒎𝒎. Therefore, line 𝒍𝒍 has slope 𝒎𝒎.
What is the slope of line 𝒍𝒍′ ?
We know that point 𝑹𝑹 is on the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃. Then the coordinates of point 𝑹𝑹 are (𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 , 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃)
because 𝑹𝑹 is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒓𝒓𝟐𝟐 = 𝒎𝒎𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃. Similarly, the coordinates of 𝑷𝑷 are
(𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 , 𝒎𝒎𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃).
(𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃) − (𝒎𝒎𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃)
𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝒍𝒍′ =
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃 − 𝒎𝒎𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 − 𝒃𝒃
=
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎𝟏𝟏 − 𝒎𝒎𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
=
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎(𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏 )
=
𝒑𝒑𝟏𝟏 − 𝒓𝒓𝟏𝟏
= 𝒎𝒎
What can you conclude about lines 𝒍𝒍 and 𝒍𝒍′? Explain.
Lines 𝒍𝒍 and 𝒍𝒍′are the same line. Both lines go through point 𝑷𝑷 and have slope 𝒎𝒎. There can be only one line
with a given slope going through a given point; therefore, line 𝒍𝒍 is the same as 𝒍𝒍′ .
b. Proof of (2): Let 𝑺𝑺 be any point on line 𝒍𝒍, as shown.
Show that 𝑺𝑺 is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃. Hint: Use the point (𝟎𝟎, 𝒃𝒃).
Point 𝑺𝑺 is on line 𝒍𝒍. Let 𝑺𝑺 = (𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏 , 𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐 ).

𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐 − 𝒃𝒃
𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬 𝐨𝐨𝐨𝐨 𝒍𝒍 =
𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏 − 𝟎𝟎
We know the slope of 𝒍𝒍 is 𝒎𝒎.
𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐 − 𝒃𝒃
𝒎𝒎 =
𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏 − 𝟎𝟎
𝒎𝒎(𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏 − 𝟎𝟎) = 𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐 − 𝒃𝒃
𝒎𝒎𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏 = 𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐 − 𝒃𝒃
𝒎𝒎𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃 = 𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐 − 𝒃𝒃 + 𝒃𝒃
𝒎𝒎𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃 = 𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐
𝒔𝒔𝟐𝟐 = 𝒎𝒎𝒔𝒔𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃,
which shows 𝑺𝑺 is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
c. Now that you have shown that any point on the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 is on line 𝒍𝒍 in part (a), and any point on
line 𝒍𝒍 is on the graph of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃 in part (b), what can you conclude about the graphs of linear equations?
The graph of a linear equation is a line.

These exercises should be completed in place of the Discussion and Exercise 1. Students need graph paper to complete
the following exercises. This is the alternate activity that was described in the Lesson Notes. For these exercises,
students graph a linear equation and informally verify that any point on the graph of the equation is on the line and that
any point on the line is a point on the graph of the equation. Exercises 6–8 ask students to draw these conclusions based
on their work in Exercises 2–5. Consider having a class discussion based on Exercises 6–8, where students share their
conclusions. End the discussion by making it clear that the graph of a linear equation is a line. Then, proceed with
Example 1 and Exercises 9–11.
2. Use 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒 and 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟒𝟒 to find two solutions to the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔. Plot the solutions as points on the
coordinate plane, and connect the points to make a line.
The solutions are (𝟒𝟒, 𝟏𝟏) and (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟓𝟓).
a. Identify two other points on the line with integer coordinates. Verify that they are solutions to the equation
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔.
The choice of points and verifications will vary. Several possibilities are noted in the graph above.
b. When 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏, what is the value of 𝒚𝒚? Does this solution appear to be a point on the line?
𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
Yes, �𝟏𝟏, � does appear to be a point on the line.
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
c. When 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟑𝟑, what is the value of 𝒚𝒚? Does this solution appear to be a point on the line?
−𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗
Yes, �−𝟑𝟑, � does appear to be a point on the line.
𝟐𝟐
d. Is the point (𝟑𝟑, 𝟐𝟐) on the line?
No, (𝟑𝟑, 𝟐𝟐) is not a point on the line.
e. Is the point (𝟑𝟑, 𝟐𝟐) a solution to the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔?
No, (𝟑𝟑, 𝟐𝟐) is not a solution to 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔.

𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐(𝟐𝟐) = 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟕𝟕 ≠ 𝟔𝟔
3. Use 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒 and 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏 to find two solutions to the equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗. Plot the solutions as points on the
The solutions are (𝟒𝟒, 𝟑𝟑) and (𝟏𝟏, −𝟔𝟔).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗.
b. When 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓, what is the value of 𝒚𝒚? Does this solution appear to be a point on the line?
𝟑𝟑(𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓) − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗
−𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓
Yes, (𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓, 𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓) does appear to be a point on the line.
𝟏𝟏
c. When 𝒙𝒙 = , what is the value of 𝒚𝒚? Does this solution appear to be a point on the line?
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 � � − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
− 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝒚𝒚 =
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Yes, � , − � does appear to be a point on the line.
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
d. Is the point (𝟐𝟐, 𝟒𝟒) on the line?
No, (𝟐𝟐, 𝟒𝟒) is not a point on the line.
e. Is the point (𝟐𝟐, 𝟒𝟒) a solution to the linear equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗?
No, (𝟐𝟐, 𝟒𝟒) is not a solution to 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗.
𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐) − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐 ≠ 𝟗𝟗
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4. Use 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑 and 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟑𝟑 to find two solutions to the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Plot the solutions as points on the
The solutions are (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟔𝟔) and (𝟑𝟑, 𝟐𝟐).
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
b. When 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐, what is the value of 𝒚𝒚? Does this solution appear to be a point on the line?
𝟐𝟐(𝟐𝟐) + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖
Yes, �𝟐𝟐, � does appear to be a point on the line.
𝟑𝟑
c. When 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟐𝟐, what is the value of 𝒚𝒚? Does this solution appear to be a point on the line?
𝟐𝟐(−𝟐𝟐) + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

−𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Yes, �−𝟐𝟐, � does appear to be a point on the line.
𝟑𝟑
d. Is the point (𝟖𝟖, −𝟑𝟑) on the line?
No, (𝟖𝟖, −𝟑𝟑) is not a point on the line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
e. Is the point (𝟖𝟖, −𝟑𝟑) a solution to the linear equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏?
No, (𝟖𝟖, −𝟑𝟑) is not a solution to 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟐𝟐(𝟖𝟖) + 𝟑𝟑(−𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕 ≠ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
5. Use 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒 and 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟒𝟒 to find two solutions to the equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖. Plot the solutions as points on the
The solutions are (𝟒𝟒, −𝟐𝟐) and (−𝟒𝟒, −𝟔𝟔).
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖.
b. When 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟕𝟕, what is the value of 𝒚𝒚? Does this solution appear to be a point on the line?
𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
Yes, �𝟕𝟕, − � does appear to be a point on the line.
𝟐𝟐
c. When 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟑𝟑, what is the value of 𝒚𝒚? Does this solution appear to be a point on the line?
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Yes, �−𝟑𝟑, − � does appear to be a point on the line.
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
d. Is the point (−𝟐𝟐, −𝟑𝟑) on the line?
No, (−𝟐𝟐, −𝟑𝟑) is not a point on the line.
e. Is the point (−𝟐𝟐, −𝟑𝟑) a solution to the linear equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖?
No, (−𝟐𝟐, −𝟑𝟑) is not a solution to 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖.
−𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐(−𝟑𝟑) = 𝟖𝟖
−𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒 ≠ 𝟖𝟖
6. Based on your work in Exercises 2–5, what conclusions can you draw about the points on a line and solutions to a
linear equation?
It appears that all points on the line represent a solution to the equation. In other words, any point identified on the
line is a solution to the linear equation.
7. Based on your work in Exercises 2–5, will a point that is not a solution to a linear equation be a point on the graph of
MP.8 a linear equation? Explain.
No. Each time we were given a point off the line in part (d), we verified that it was not a solution to the equation in
part (e). For that reason, I would expect that all points not on the line would not be a solution to the equation.
8. Based on your work in Exercises 2–5, what conclusions can you draw about the graph of a linear equation?
The graph of a linear equation is a line.
 Now that we know that the graph of a linear equation in two variables is a line and that there is only one line
that can pass through two points, then we can easily graph equations using intercepts.
 We already know that the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is the location on the graph of a line where the line intersects the
𝑦𝑦-axis. The point of intersection will have coordinates (0, 𝑦𝑦). Similarly, the 𝑥𝑥-intercept point is the location on
the graph of a line where the line intersects the 𝑥𝑥-axis. The point of intersection will have coordinates (𝑥𝑥, 0).
 To graph using intercepts, simply replace the symbols 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 with zero, one at a time, and solve.
 Graph the equation: 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 9.
Replace 𝑥𝑥 with zero, and solve for 𝑦𝑦 to determine the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point.
2(0) + 3𝑦𝑦 = 9
3𝑦𝑦 = 9
𝑦𝑦 = 3
The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is at (0, 3).
Replace 𝑦𝑦 with zero, and solve for 𝑥𝑥 to determine the 𝑥𝑥-intercept point.
2𝑥𝑥 + 3(0) = 9
2𝑥𝑥 = 9
9
𝑥𝑥 =
2
9
The 𝑥𝑥-intercept point is at � , 0�.
2
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now that we know the intercepts, we can place those two points on the graph and connect them to graph the
linear equation 2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 9.
 Graphing using intercepts is an efficient way of graphing linear equations that are in standard form. Graphing
using the slope and 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is the most efficient way of graphing linear equations that are in slope-
intercept form. Creating a table and finding solutions is another way that we learned to graph linear
equations. All three methods work, but some methods will save time depending on the form of the equation.
9. Graph the equation −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 using intercepts.
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

−𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑).
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟖𝟖
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (−𝟖𝟖, 𝟎𝟎).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
10. Graph the equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 using intercepts.
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟎𝟎 − 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is �𝟎𝟎, − �.
𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟎𝟎).
11. Graph the equation 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 using intercepts.
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

𝟒𝟒(𝟎𝟎) + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟕𝟕).
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is � , 𝟎𝟎�.
𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know that to prove the graph of a linear equation is a line, we have to show that any point on the graph of
the equation is on the line, and any point on the line is on the graph of the equation.
 We can use what we know about slope and the fact that there is only one line with a given slope that goes
through a given point to prove that the graph of a linear equation is a line.
 We have another method for graphing linear equations: using intercepts.
Lesson Summary
The graph of a linear equation is a line. A linear equation can be graphed using two points: the 𝒙𝒙-intercept point
and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point.
Example:
Graph the equation: 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟗𝟗.
Replace 𝒙𝒙 with zero, and solve for 𝒚𝒚 to determine the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point.
𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟗𝟗
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is at (𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑).
Replace 𝒚𝒚 with zero, and solve for 𝒙𝒙 to determine the 𝒙𝒙-intercept point.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is at � , 𝟎𝟎�.
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 19: The Graph of a Linear Equation in Two Variables Is a

Line
Exit Ticket
5
1. Graph the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 10 using the
4
𝑦𝑦-intercept point and slope.
2. Graph the equation 5𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑦𝑦 = 40 using intercepts.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5
3. What can you conclude about the equations 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 10 and 5𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑦𝑦 = 40?
4
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟓𝟓
1. Graph the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 using the 𝒚𝒚-
𝟒𝟒
intercept point and slope.
2. Graph the equation 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 using

intercepts.
𝟓𝟓
3. What can you conclude about the equations 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 and 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒?
𝟒𝟒
Since the points (𝟎𝟎, −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏), (𝟒𝟒, −𝟓𝟓), and (𝟖𝟖, 𝟎𝟎) are common to both graphs, then the lines must be the same. There is
𝟓𝟓
only one line that can pass through two points. If you transform the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 so that it is in standard
𝟒𝟒
form, it is the equation 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Now that students know the graph of a linear equation is a line, students practice graphing linear equations in two
variables using an appropriate method. Students need graph paper to complete the Problem Set.
1. Graph the equation: 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
2. Graph the equation: 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟗𝟗(𝟎𝟎) + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟔𝟔).
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (𝟐𝟐, 𝟎𝟎).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. Graph the equation: 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐.
𝟓𝟓
4. Graph the equation: 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒.
𝟕𝟕
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑
5. Graph the equation: 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖.
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
(𝟎𝟎) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟖𝟖).

𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟎𝟎 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is � , 𝟎𝟎�.
𝟑𝟑
6. Graph the equation: 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 =

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟑𝟑).
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟒𝟒(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (𝟔𝟔, 𝟎𝟎).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7. Graph the equation: 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑. What is the slope of the graph of this line?
The slope of this line is zero.
8. Graph the equation: 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟒𝟒. What is the slope of the graph of this line?
The slope of this line is undefined.
𝟑𝟑
9. Is the graph of 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = a line? Explain.
𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑
Yes, the graph of 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = is a line because it is a linear equation comprising linear expressions on both sides of
𝟕𝟕
the equal sign.
10. Is the graph of 𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕 a line? Explain.
Maybe. The equation 𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕 is not a linear equation because the expression on the left side of the equal sign
is not a linear expression. If this were a linear equation, then I would be sure that it graphs as a line, but because it
is not, I am not sure what the graph of this equation would look like.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 20: Every Line Is a Graph of a Linear Equation
Student Outcomes
 Students know that any non-vertical line is the graph of a linear equation in the form of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, where 𝑏𝑏
is a constant.
 Students write the linear equation whose graph is a given line.
Lesson Notes
The proof that every line is the graph of a linear equation in the Discussion is optional. If using the Discussion, skip the
Opening Exercise, and resume the lesson with Example 1. Complete all other examples and exercises that follow. As an
alternative to the Discussion, complete the Opening Exercise by showing a graph of a line on the coordinate plane and
having students attempt to name the equation of the line. Two graphs are provided beginning on page 317. Have
students write their equations and strategies for determining the equation of the line; then, lead the discussion
described on page 317. Once students complete the Opening Exercise, work through Example 1 and the remaining
examples and exercises in the lesson. Revisit the equations and strategies students developed by having them critique
their reasoning in comparison to the work in the example; then, continue with the remainder of the lesson.
Classwork
 Now that we are confident that the graph of every linear equation is a line, can we say that every line is the
graph of a linear equation? We can say yes with respect to vertical and horizontal lines; recall 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 and
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐. But what about other non-vertical lines?
 We must prove that any non-vertical (and non-horizontal) line is a graph of a linear equation in the form of
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, where 𝑚𝑚 ≠ 0 and 𝑏𝑏 are constants.
 Let 𝑙𝑙 be any non-vertical (and non-horizontal) line. Suppose the slope of the line is 𝑚𝑚 and that the line
intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis at point 𝑄𝑄(0, 𝑏𝑏).
 First, we show that any point on the line 𝑙𝑙 is a point on the graph of the linear equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏.
 Let 𝑃𝑃(𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) be any point on line 𝑙𝑙. We need to show that 𝑃𝑃 is a solution to 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏. Think about how we
did this in the last lesson. What should we do?
 Use the points 𝑃𝑃 and 𝑄𝑄 in the slope formula.
MP.3
𝑦𝑦 − 𝑏𝑏
𝑚𝑚 =
𝑥𝑥 − 0
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑏𝑏
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑏𝑏 + 𝑏𝑏
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑦𝑦
 That shows that point 𝑃𝑃 is a point on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏. Point 𝑄𝑄 is also on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏
because 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑚𝑚 ⋅ 0 + 𝑏𝑏. Therefore, any point on the line 𝑙𝑙 is a point on the graph of the linear equation
Lesson 20: Every Line Is a Graph of a Linear Equation 316
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now we want to show that any point on the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 is on 𝑙𝑙.
 Let 𝑅𝑅 be any point on the graph of the linear equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏. We know that the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏 is
a line with slope 𝑚𝑚. Let’s call this line 𝑙𝑙′. We know that 𝑄𝑄 is on 𝑙𝑙′ because 𝑏𝑏 = 𝑚𝑚 ⋅ 0 + 𝑏𝑏. Therefore, 𝑙𝑙′ is a line
with slope 𝑚𝑚 that passes through point 𝑄𝑄. However, 𝑙𝑙 is a line with slope 𝑚𝑚 that passes through point 𝑄𝑄.
MP.3 What does that mean about lines 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙 ′ ?
 The lines 𝑙𝑙 and 𝑙𝑙 ′ are the same line because there is only one line with a given slope that can go through
a given point.
 Therefore, 𝑅𝑅 is a point on 𝑙𝑙.
 Now we can be certain that every line is a graph of a linear equation.

Show students Figure 1 below, and challenge them to write the equation for the line. Provide students time to work
independently and then in pairs. Lead a discussion where students share their strategies for developing the equation of
the line. Ask students how they knew their equations were correct; that is, did they verify that the points with integer
coordinates were solutions to the equations they wrote? Ask students what kind of equation they wrote: linear or
nonlinear. Ask students if they were given another line, could they write an equation for it using their strategy. Show
them Figure 2 and, again, ask them to write the equation of the line. Verify that they wrote the correct equation, and
conclude the discussion by stating that every line is the graph of a linear equation.
Opening Exercise
Figure 1
𝟐𝟐
The equation for the line in Figure 1 is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑.
𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Figure 2
𝟏𝟏
The equation for the line in Figure 2 is 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐.
𝟒𝟒
 Given a line, we want to be able to write the equation that represents it.
 Which form of a linear equation do you think will be most valuable for this task: the standard form
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, or the slope-intercept form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏?
 The slope-intercept form because we can easily identify the slope and 𝑦𝑦-intercept point from both the
equation and the graph.
 Write the equation that represents the line shown below.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 First, identify the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point.

 The line intersects the 𝑦𝑦-axis at (0, 4).
 Now we must use what we know about slope to determine the slope of the line. Recall the following:
|𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄|
𝑚𝑚 = .
|𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃|
The point 𝑃𝑃 represents our 𝑦𝑦-intercept point. Let’s locate a point 𝑅𝑅 on the line with integer coordinates.
 We can use the point (5, 2) or (−5, 6).
 We can use either point. For this example, let’s use (5, 2).
 Now we can locate point 𝑄𝑄. It must be to the right of point 𝑃𝑃 and be on a line parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis that goes
through point 𝑅𝑅. What is the location of 𝑄𝑄?
 Point 𝑄𝑄 must be (5, 4).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What fraction represents the slope of this line?
2
 The slope of the line is 𝑚𝑚 = − .
5
2
 The slope of the line is 𝑚𝑚 = − , and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is (0, 4). What must the equation of the line be?
5
2
 The line is the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + 4.
5
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of the line?
 The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is (0, −2).

 Select another point, 𝑅𝑅, on the line with integer coordinates.
 Let 𝑅𝑅 be the point located at (1, 2).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now, place point 𝑄𝑄, and find the slope of the line.
 The slope of the line is 𝑚𝑚 = 4.

 Write the equation for the line.
 The line is the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 4𝑥𝑥 − 2.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of the line? Notice the units on the coordinate plane have increased.
 The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is (0, −40).

 Select another point, 𝑅𝑅, on the line with integer coordinates.
 Let 𝑅𝑅 be (50, 0).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now, place point 𝑄𝑄, and find the slope of the line.
40 4
 The slope of the line is 𝑚𝑚 = = .
50 5
 Write the equation for the line.
4
 The line is the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 40.
5
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 The last thing we will do to this linear equation is rewrite it in standard form 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏,
and 𝑐𝑐 are integers, and 𝑎𝑎 is not negative. That means we must multiply the entire equation by a number that
4
will turn into an integer. What number should we multiply by?
5
4
 ( 5) = 4
5
 We multiply the entire equation by 5.
4
�𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 40� 5
5
5𝑦𝑦 = 4𝑥𝑥 − 200
−4𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 4𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑥𝑥 − 200
−4𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = −200
−1(−4𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = −200)
4𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 = 200
The standard form of the linear equation is 4𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 = 200.

Exercises
1. Write the equation that represents the line shown.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐
Use the properties of equality to change the

equation from slope-intercept form,
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, to standard form, 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄,
where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are integers, and 𝒂𝒂 is not
negative.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏(−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐)
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
Use the properties of equality to change

the equation from slope-intercept form,
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, to standard form, 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 +
𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are integers,
and 𝒂𝒂 is not negative.
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
�𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏� 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑

𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
Use the properties of equality to change

the equation from slope-intercept form,
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, to standard form, 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 =
𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are integers, and 𝒂𝒂 is
not negative.
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
�𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒� 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙

negative.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎
−𝟏𝟏(−𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎)
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎

𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒

negative.
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
�𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓� 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏(−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐)
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓

negative.
𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓
𝟖𝟖
�𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕� 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know that every line is a graph of a linear equation.
 We know how to use the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point and the slope of a line to write the equation of a line.
Lesson Summary
Write the equation of a line by determining the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point, (𝟎𝟎, 𝒃𝒃), and the slope, 𝒎𝒎, and replacing the
numbers 𝒃𝒃 and 𝒎𝒎 into the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃.
Example:
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point of this graph is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐).

𝟒𝟒
The slope of this graph is 𝒎𝒎 = = 𝟒𝟒.
𝟏𝟏
The equation that represents the graph of this line is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐.
Use the properties of equality to change the equation from slope-intercept form, 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, to standard form,
𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are integers, and 𝒂𝒂 is not negative.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 20: Every Line Is a Graph of a Linear Equation
Exit Ticket
1. Write an equation in slope-intercept form that represents the line shown.
2. Use the properties of equality to change the equation you wrote for Problem 1 from slope-intercept form,
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, to standard form, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are integers, and 𝑎𝑎 is not negative.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, to standard form, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are integers, and 𝑎𝑎 is not negative.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, to standard form, 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are integers, and 𝒂𝒂 is not negative.
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
�𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏� 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, to standard form, 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are integers, and 𝒂𝒂 is not negative.
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
�𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐� 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒
−𝟏𝟏(−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒)
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟒𝟒

Students practice writing equations for lines.

𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑

negative.
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
�𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒� 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏
Use the properties of equality to change the equation from

slope-inte rcept form, 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, to standard form,
𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are integers, and 𝒂𝒂 is not
negative.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏
−𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏
−𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏(−𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏)
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐

equation from slope-intercept form, 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃,
to standard form, 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄
are integers, and 𝒂𝒂 is not negative.
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
�𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒� 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟖𝟖
−𝟏𝟏(−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟖𝟖)
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟖𝟖
Use the properties of equality to change the equation

from slope-intercept form, 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃, to standard
form, 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄, where 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 are integers,
and 𝒂𝒂 is not negative.
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟖𝟖
𝟗𝟗𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟖𝟖
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏(−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒

𝒚𝒚 = −𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 21: Some Facts About Graphs of Linear Equations in

Two Variables
Student Outcomes
 Students write the equation of a line given two points or the slope and a point on the line.
 Students know the traditional forms of the slope formula and slope-intercept equation.
Classwork
Students determine the equation of a line from a graph by using information about slope and a point.
 Let a line 𝑙𝑙 be given in the coordinate plane. Our goal is to find the equation that represents the line 𝑙𝑙. Can we
use information about the slope and intercept to write the equation of the line like we did in the last lesson?
MP.1
Provide students time to attempt to write the equation of the line. Ask students to share their equations and
explanations. Consider having the class vote on whose explanation/equation they think is correct.
Example 1 Scaffolding:
Let a line 𝒍𝒍 be given in the coordinate plane. What linear equation is the graph of line 𝒍𝒍? If necessary, include another
point, as demonstrated in
Lesson 15, to help students
determine the slope of the line.
 We can pick two points to determine the slope, but the precise location of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point cannot
be determined from the graph.
Lesson 21: Some Facts About Graphs of Linear Equations in Two Variables 336
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Calculate the slope of the line.

 Using points (−2, 2) and (5, 4), the slope of the line is
2−4
𝑚𝑚 =
−2 − 5
−2
=
−7
2
= .
7
 Now we need to determine the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of the line. We know that it is a point with coordinates
2
(0, 𝑏𝑏), and we know that the line goes through points (−2, 2) and (5, 4) and has slope 𝑚𝑚 = . Using this
7
information, we can determine the coordinates of the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point and the value of 𝑏𝑏 that we need in
order to write the equation of the line.
 Recall what it means for a point to be on a line; the point is a solution to the equation. In the equation
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏, (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) is a solution, and 𝑚𝑚 is the slope. Can we find the value of 𝑏𝑏? Explain.
 Yes. We can substitute one of the points and the slope into the equation and solve for 𝑏𝑏.
 Do you think it matters which point we choose to substitute into the equation? That is, will we get a different
equation if we use the point (−2, 2) compared to (5, 4)?
 No, because there can be only one line with a given slope that goes through a point.
2 2
 Verify this claim by using 𝑚𝑚 = and (−2, 2) to find the equation of the line and then by using 𝑚𝑚 = and
7 7
(5, 4) to see if the result is the same equation.
 Sample student work:
2
2= (−2) + 𝑏𝑏
7
4
2 = − + 𝑏𝑏
7
4 4 4
2 + = − + + 𝑏𝑏
7 7 7
18
= 𝑏𝑏
7
2
4= (5) + 𝑏𝑏
7
10
4= + 𝑏𝑏
7
10 10 10
4− = − + 𝑏𝑏
7 7 7
18
= 𝑏𝑏
7
18 2 18
The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is at �0, �, and the equation of the line is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + .
7 7 7
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 The equation of the line is

2 18
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + .
7 7
 Write it in standard form.
2 18
�𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + � 7
7 7
7𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 18
−2𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 + 18
−2𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑦𝑦 = 18
−1(−2𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑦𝑦 = 18)
2𝑥𝑥 − 7𝑦𝑦 = −18
 Let a line 𝑙𝑙 be given in the coordinate plane. What information do we need to write the equation of the line?
 We need to know the slope, so we must identify two points we can use to calculate the slope. Then we
can use the slope and a point to determine the equation of the line.
Example 2
Let a line 𝒍𝒍 be given in the coordinate plane. What linear equation is the graph of line 𝒍𝒍?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Determine the slope of the line.

 Using points (−1, 4) and (4, 1), the slope of the line is
4−1
𝑚𝑚 =
−1 − 4
3
=
−5
3
=− .
5
 Determine the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of the line.
3
4 = �− � (−1) + 𝑏𝑏
5
3
4 = + 𝑏𝑏
5
3 3 3
4 − = − + 𝑏𝑏
5 5 5
17
= 𝑏𝑏
5
17
The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is at �0,
�.
5
3 17
 Now that we know the slope, 𝑚𝑚 = − , and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point, �0, �, write the equation of the line 𝑙𝑙 in
5 5
slope-intercept form.
3 17
 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 +
5 5
 Transform the equation so that it is written in standard form.
3 17
𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 +
5 5
3 17
�𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + � 5
5 5
5𝑦𝑦 = −3𝑥𝑥 + 17
3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = −3𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 17
3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 17
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Let a line 𝑙𝑙 be given in the coordinate plane. Assume the 𝑦𝑦-axis intervals are units of one (like the visible
𝑥𝑥-axis). What information do we need to write the equation of the line?
 We need to know the slope, so we must identify two points we can use to calculate the slope. Then we
can use the slope and a point to determine the equation of the line.
Example 3
 Using points (12, 2) and (13, 7), the slope of the line is
2−7
𝑚𝑚 =
12 − 13
−5
=
−1
= 5.
 Now, determine the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of the line, and write the equation of the line in slope-intercept form.
2 = 5(12) + 𝑏𝑏
2 = 60 + 𝑏𝑏
𝑏𝑏 = −58
The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is at (0, −58), and the equation of the line is 𝑦𝑦 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 58.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Now that we know the slope, 𝑚𝑚 = 5, and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point, (0, −58), write the equation of the line 𝑙𝑙 in
standard form.
𝑦𝑦 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 58
−5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑥𝑥 − 58
−5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = −58
−1(−5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = −58)
5𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 58
Example 4
Using points (𝟑𝟑, 𝟏𝟏) and (−𝟑𝟑, −𝟏𝟏), the slope of the line is
−𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑
−𝟐𝟐
=
−𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏
= .
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is at (𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎), and the equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟑𝟑
 The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point is the origin of the graph. What value does 𝑏𝑏 have when this occurs?
 When the line goes through the origin, the value of 𝑏𝑏 is zero.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 All linear equations that go through the origin have the form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 0 or simply 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚. We have done a
lot of work with equations in this form. Which do you remember?
 All problems that describe constant rate proportional relationships have equations of this form.

 The following are some facts about graphs of linear equations in two variables:
 Let (𝑥𝑥1 , 𝑦𝑦1 ) and (𝑥𝑥2 , 𝑦𝑦2 ) be the coordinates of two distinct points on the graph of a line 𝑙𝑙. We find the
slope of the line by
𝑚𝑚 = .
This version of the slope formula, using coordinates of 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 instead of 𝑝𝑝 and 𝑟𝑟, is a commonly
accepted version.
 As soon as you multiply the slope by the denominator of the fraction above, you get the following
equation:
𝑚𝑚(𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1 ) = 𝑦𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑦1 .
This form of an equation is referred to as the point-slope form of a linear equation. As you can see, it
does not convey any more information than the slope formula. It is just another way to look at it.
 Given a known (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦), then the equation is written as
𝑚𝑚(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥1 ) = (𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦1 ).
 The following is the slope-intercept form of a line:
In this equation, 𝑚𝑚 is slope, and (0, 𝑏𝑏) is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point.
 What information must you have in order to write the equation of a line?
 We need two points or one point and slope.
 The names and symbols used are not nearly as important as your understanding of the concepts. Basically, if
you can remember a few simple facts about lines, namely, the slope formula and the fact that slope is the
same between any two points on a line, you can derive the equation of any line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Exercises
1. Write the equation for the line 𝒍𝒍 shown in the figure.
Using the points (−𝟏𝟏, −𝟑𝟑) and (𝟐𝟐, −𝟐𝟐), the slope
of the line is
−𝟑𝟑 − (−𝟐𝟐)
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏
=
−𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
= .
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐 = (𝟐𝟐) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐 = + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐 − = − + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖
− = 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝟖𝟖
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − .
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
Using the points (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟕𝟕) and (𝟐𝟐, 𝟖𝟖), the slope
of the line is
𝟕𝟕 − 𝟖𝟖
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏
=
−𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
= .
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖 = (𝟐𝟐) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖 = + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖 − = − + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
= 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + .
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. Determine the equation of the line that goes through points (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟓𝟓) and (𝟐𝟐, 𝟑𝟑).
The slope of the line is

𝟓𝟓 − 𝟑𝟑
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
=
−𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏
=− .
𝟑𝟑
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point of the line is
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 = − (𝟐𝟐) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 = − + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒃𝒃.
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + .
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
Using the points (−𝟕𝟕, 𝟐𝟐) and (−𝟔𝟔, −𝟐𝟐), the

slope of the line is
𝟐𝟐 − (−𝟐𝟐)
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟕𝟕 − (−𝟔𝟔)
𝟒𝟒
=
−𝟏𝟏
= −𝟒𝟒.
−𝟐𝟐 = −𝟒𝟒(−𝟔𝟔) + 𝒃𝒃
−𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒃𝒃
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒃𝒃
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
5. A line goes through the point (𝟖𝟖, 𝟑𝟑) and has slope 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟒𝟒. Write the equation that represents the line.
𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒(𝟖𝟖) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒃𝒃
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒃𝒃
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know how to write an equation for a line from a graph, even if the line does not intersect the 𝑦𝑦-axis at
integer coordinates.
 We know how to write the equation for a line given two points or one point and the slope of the line.
 We know other versions of the formulas and equations that we have been using related to linear equations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson Summary
Let (𝒙𝒙𝟏𝟏 , 𝒚𝒚𝟏𝟏 ) and (𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 , 𝒚𝒚𝟐𝟐 ) be the coordinates of two distinct points on a non-vertical line in a coordinate plane. We
find the slope of the line by
𝒚𝒚𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎 = .
𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙𝟏𝟏
This version of the slope formula, using coordinates of 𝒙𝒙 and 𝒚𝒚 instead of 𝒑𝒑 and 𝒓𝒓, is a commonly accepted version.
As soon as you multiply the slope by the denominator of the fraction above, you get the following equation:
𝒎𝒎(𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 − 𝒙𝒙𝟏𝟏 ) = 𝒚𝒚𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚𝟏𝟏 .

This form of an equation is referred to as the point-slope form of a linear equation.
Given a known (𝒙𝒙, 𝒚𝒚), then the equation is written as
𝒎𝒎(𝒙𝒙 − 𝒙𝒙𝟏𝟏 ) = (𝒚𝒚 − 𝒚𝒚𝟏𝟏 ).

The following is the slope-intercept form of a line:
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒎𝒎𝒎𝒎 + 𝒃𝒃.
In this equation, 𝒎𝒎 is slope, and (𝟎𝟎, 𝒃𝒃) is the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point.
To write the equation of a line, you must have two points, one point and slope, or a graph of the line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 21: Some Facts About Graphs of Linear Equations in Two

Variables
Exit Ticket
1. Write the equation for the line 𝑙𝑙 shown in the figure below.
2. A line goes through the point (5, −7) and has slope 𝑚𝑚 = −3. Write the equation that represents the line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Note that some students may write equations in standard form.
1. Write the equation for the line 𝒍𝒍 shown in the figure below.
Using the points (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟏𝟏) and (𝟔𝟔, 𝟓𝟓), the slope of
the line is
𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎 =
𝟔𝟔 − (−𝟑𝟑)
𝟒𝟒
𝒎𝒎 = .
𝟗𝟗
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓 = (𝟔𝟔) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟗𝟗
𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓 = + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓 − = − + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟕𝟕
= 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒 𝟕𝟕
𝟗𝟗 𝟑𝟑
2. A line goes through the point (𝟓𝟓, −𝟕𝟕) and has slope 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟑𝟑. Write the equation that represents the line.
−𝟕𝟕 = −𝟑𝟑(𝟓𝟓) + 𝒃𝒃
−𝟕𝟕 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃
𝟖𝟖 = 𝒃𝒃
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students practice writing equations from graphs of lines. Students write the equation of a line given only the slope and a
point.
Using the points (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟐𝟐) and (𝟐𝟐, −𝟐𝟐), the

𝟐𝟐 − (−𝟐𝟐)
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒
=
−𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
=− .
𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐 = �− � (−𝟑𝟑) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 = + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 − = − + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
− = 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 − .
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
Using the points (−𝟔𝟔, 𝟐𝟐) and (−𝟓𝟓, 𝟓𝟓), the

𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟔𝟔 − (−𝟓𝟓)
−𝟑𝟑
=
−𝟏𝟏
= 𝟑𝟑.
𝟓𝟓 = 𝟑𝟑(−𝟓𝟓) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒃𝒃
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒃𝒃
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Using the points (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟏𝟏) and (𝟐𝟐, 𝟐𝟐), the

𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
−𝟏𝟏
=
−𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
= .
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 = (𝟐𝟐) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 = + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 − = − + 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟖𝟖
= 𝒃𝒃
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏 𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
4. Triangle 𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 is made up of line segments formed from the intersection of lines 𝑳𝑳𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 , 𝑳𝑳𝑩𝑩𝑩𝑩 , and 𝑳𝑳𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 . Write the
equations that represent the lines that make up the triangle.
𝑨𝑨(−𝟑𝟑, −𝟑𝟑), 𝑩𝑩(𝟑𝟑, 𝟐𝟐), 𝑪𝑪(𝟓𝟓, −𝟐𝟐)
The slope of 𝑳𝑳𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 :

−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
𝒎𝒎 =
−𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑
−𝟓𝟓
=
−𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓
=
𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 = (𝟑𝟑) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 = + 𝒃𝒃
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 − = − + 𝒃𝒃
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
− = 𝒃𝒃 The slope of 𝑳𝑳𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 :
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏 −𝟑𝟑 − (−𝟐𝟐)
The equation of 𝑳𝑳𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − . 𝒎𝒎 =
𝟔𝟔 𝟐𝟐 −𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓
−𝟏𝟏
The slope of 𝑳𝑳𝑩𝑩𝑩𝑩 : =
−𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐 − (−𝟐𝟐) 𝟏𝟏
𝒎𝒎 = =
𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 𝟖𝟖
𝟒𝟒
=
−𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐 = (𝟓𝟓) + 𝒃𝒃
= −𝟐𝟐 𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑) + 𝒃𝒃 −𝟐𝟐 = + 𝒃𝒃
𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝒃𝒃 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
−𝟐𝟐 − = − + 𝒃𝒃
𝟖𝟖 = 𝒃𝒃 𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The equation of 𝑳𝑳𝑩𝑩𝑩𝑩 is 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟖𝟖. − = 𝒃𝒃
𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The equation of 𝑳𝑳𝑨𝑨𝑨𝑨 is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − .
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. Write the equation for the line that goes through point (−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟖𝟖) with slope 𝒎𝒎 = 𝟔𝟔.
𝟖𝟖 = 𝟔𝟔(−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟖𝟖 = −𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝒃𝒃
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝒃𝒃
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔.
6. Write the equation for the line that goes through point (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) with slope 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟐𝟐.
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒃𝒃
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑.
7. Write the equation for the line that goes through point (𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏) with slope 𝒎𝒎 = −𝟗𝟗.
𝟏𝟏 = −𝟗𝟗(𝟏𝟏) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟏𝟏 = −𝟗𝟗 + 𝒃𝒃
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒃𝒃
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟎.
8. Determine the equation of the line that goes through points (𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏) and (𝟑𝟑, 𝟕𝟕).
The slope of the line is

𝟏𝟏 − 𝟕𝟕
𝒎𝒎 =
𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑
−𝟔𝟔
=
−𝟐𝟐
= 𝟑𝟑.
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point of the line is
𝟕𝟕 = 𝟑𝟑(𝟑𝟑) + 𝒃𝒃
𝟕𝟕 = 𝟗𝟗 + 𝒃𝒃
−𝟐𝟐 = 𝒃𝒃.
The equation of the line is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 22: Constant Rates Revisited
Student Outcomes
 Students know that any constant rate problem can be described by a linear equation in two variables where
the slope of the graph is the constant rate.
 Students compare two different proportional relationships represented by graphs, equations, and tables to
determine which has a greater rate of change.
Classwork
 Recall our definition of constant rate: If the average speed of motion over any
Scaffolding:
time interval is equal to the same constant, then we say the motion has constant
speed. It may be necessary to review
the definition of average speed
 Erika set her stopwatch to zero and switched it on at the beginning of her walk.
as well. Average speed is the
She walks at a constant speed of 3 miles per hour. Work in pairs to express this
distance (or area, pages typed,
situation as an equation, a table of values, and a graph. etc.) divided by the time
Provide students time to analyze the situation and represent it in the requested forms. If interval spent moving that
necessary, provide support to students with the next few bullet points. Once students distance (or painting the given
have finished working, resume the work on the example (bullets are below the graph). area or typing a specific
number of pages, etc.).
 Suppose Erika walked a distance of 𝑦𝑦 miles in 𝑥𝑥 hours. Then her average speed
𝑦𝑦
in the time interval from 0 to 𝑥𝑥 hours is . Since Erika walks at a constant speed of 3 miles per hour, we can
𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦
express her motion as = 3.
𝑥𝑥
 Solve the equation for 𝑦𝑦.
𝑦𝑦
 =3
𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥
 We can use the equation to develop a table of values where 𝑥𝑥 is the number of hours Erika walks and 𝑦𝑦 is the
distance she walks in miles. Complete the table for the given 𝑥𝑥-values.
𝒙𝒙 𝒚𝒚
0 0
1 3
2 6
3 9
Lesson 22: Constant Rates Revisited 351
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 In terms of 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦, 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 is a linear equation in two variables. Its graph is a line.
 What is the meaning of the 3 in the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥?

MP.7  The 3 is the slope of the line. It represents the rate at which Scaffolding:
Erika walks. Explain that students are looking at the
distance traveled between times 𝑥𝑥1 and
 We can prove that her motion is constant, i.e., she walks at a constant
𝑥𝑥2 ; therefore, they must subtract the
speed, by showing that the slope is 3 over any time interval that she
distances traveled to represent the total
walks:
distance traveled in 𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1 . Concrete
Assume Erika walks 𝑦𝑦1 miles in the time interval from 0 to 𝑥𝑥1 , and she numbers and a diagram like the following
walks 𝑦𝑦2 miles in the time interval from 0 to 𝑥𝑥2 . may be useful as well.
𝑦𝑦2 −𝑦𝑦1
Her average distance between time interval 𝑥𝑥1 and 𝑥𝑥2 is .
𝑥𝑥2 −𝑥𝑥1
We know that 𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥; therefore, 𝑦𝑦2 = 3𝑥𝑥2 and 𝑦𝑦1 = 3𝑥𝑥1 . Then, by
substitution, we have
𝑦𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑦1 3𝑥𝑥2 − 3𝑥𝑥1
=
𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1 𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1
3(𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1 )
=
= 3.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Therefore, Erika’s average speed in the time interval between 𝑥𝑥1 and 𝑥𝑥2 is 3 mph. Since 𝑥𝑥1 and 𝑥𝑥2 can be any
two times, then the average speed she walks over any time interval is 3 mph, and we have confirmed that she
walks at a constant speed of 3 mph. We can also show that her motion is constant by looking at the slope
between different points on the graph.
 Are △ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, △ 𝐴𝐴′ 𝑂𝑂𝐵𝐵′ , and △ 𝐴𝐴′′𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂′′ similar?

 Yes, the triangles are similar because each triangle has a common angle, ∠𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴, and a right angle. By
the AA criterion, the triangles are similar.
 We used similar triangles before to show that the slope of a line would be the same between any two points.
Since we have similar triangles, we can conclude that the rate at which Erika walks is constant because the
ratio of the corresponding sides will be equal to a constant (i.e., the scale factor of dilation). For example,
when we compare the values of the ratios of corresponding sides for △ 𝐴𝐴′′𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂′′ and △ 𝐴𝐴′𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂′ we see that
9 3
= .
6 2
Make clear to students that the ratio of corresponding sides is not equal to the slope of the line; rather, the ratios are
equal to one another and the scale factor of dilation.
 Or we could compare the values of the ratios of corresponding side lengths for △ 𝐴𝐴′𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂′ and △ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴:
6 2
= .
3 1
 Again, because the ratio of corresponding sides is equal, we know that the rate at which Erika walks is
constant.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 A faucet leaks at a constant rate of 7 gallons per hour. Suppose 𝑦𝑦 gallons leak in 𝑥𝑥 hours from 6:00 a.m.
MP.4
Express the situation as a linear equation in two variables.
 If we say the leak began at 6:00 a.m., and the total number of gallons leaked over the time interval from
𝑦𝑦
6:00 a.m. to 𝑥𝑥 hours is 𝑦𝑦, then we know the average rate of the leak is .
𝑥𝑥
 Since we know that the faucet leaks at a constant rate, then we can write the linear equation in two variables
𝑦𝑦
as = 7, which can then be transformed to 𝑦𝑦 = 7𝑥𝑥.
𝑥𝑥
 Again, take note of the fact that the number that represents slope in the equation is the same as the constant
rate of water leaking.
 Another faucet leaks at a constant rate, and the table below shows the number of gallons, 𝑦𝑦, that leak in
𝑥𝑥 hours for four selected hours.
Hours (𝒙𝒙) Gallons (𝒚𝒚)

2 13
4 26
7 45.5
10 65
 How can we determine the rate at which this faucet leaks?

 If these were points on a graph, we could find the slope between them.
 Using what you know about slope, determine the rate the faucet leaks.
26 − 13
𝑚𝑚 =
4−2
13
=
2
= 6.5
 The number of gallons that leak from each faucet is dependent on the amount of time the faucet leaks. The
information provided for each faucet’s rate of change (i.e., slope) allows us to answer a question, such as the
following: Which faucet has the worse leak? That is, which faucet leaks more water over a given time
interval?
 The first faucet has the worse leak because the rate is greater: 7 compared to 6.5.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 The graph below represents the constant rate at which Train A travels.
 What is the constant rate of travel for Train A?

 We know that the constant rate of travel is the same as the slope. On the graph, we can see that the
train is traveling 60 miles every hour. That means that the slope of the line is 60.
 Train 𝐵𝐵 travels at a constant rate. The train travels at an average rate of 95 miles every one and a half hours.
We want to know which train is traveling at a greater speed. Let’s begin by writing a linear equation that
represents the constant rate of Train B. If 𝑦𝑦 represents the total distance traveled over any time period 𝑥𝑥, then
95 𝑦𝑦
=
1.5 𝑥𝑥
95
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥
1.5
1
MP.4 𝑦𝑦 = 63 𝑥𝑥.
3
 Which train is traveling at a greater speed? Explain.
Provide students time to talk to their partners about how to determine which train is traveling at a greater speed.
 Train B is traveling at a greater speed. The graph provided the information about the constant rate of
Train A; Train A travels at a constant rate of 60 miles per hour. The given rate for Train B, the slope of
1 1
the graph for Train B, is equal to 63 . Since 63 > 60, Train B is traveling at a greater speed.
3 3
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Why do you think the strategy of comparing each rate of change allows us to determine which train is traveling
at a greater speed?
MP.4  The distance that each train travels is proportional to the amount of time the train travels. Therefore, if
we can describe the rate of change as a number (i.e., slope) and compare the numbers, we can
determine which train travels at a greater speed.
 The graph below represents the constant rate at which Kristina can paint.
 Her sister Tracee paints at an average rate of 45 square feet in 12 minutes. Assuming Tracee paints at a
constant rate, determine which sister paints faster.
Provide students time to determine the linear equation that represents Tracee’s constant rate and then discuss with
their partners who is the faster painter.
 If we let 𝑦𝑦 represent the total area Tracee paints in 𝑥𝑥 minutes, then her constant rate is
45 𝑦𝑦
=
12 𝑥𝑥
45
𝑥𝑥 = 𝑦𝑦.
12
We need to compare the slope of the line for Kristina with the slope of the equation for Tracee. The
45 45
slope of the line is 4, and the slope in the equation that represents Tracee’s rate is . Since 4 > ,
12 12
Kristina paints at a faster rate.
 How does the slope provide the information we need to answer the question about which sister paints faster?
 The slope describes the rate of change for proportional relationships. If we know which rate of change
is greater, then we can determine which sister paints faster.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 The graph below represents the constant rate of watts of energy produced from a single solar panel produced
by Company A.
 Company B offers a solar panel that produces energy at an average rate of 325 watts in 2.6 hours. Assuming
solar panels produce energy at a constant rate, determine which company produces more efficient solar
panels (solar panels that produce more energy per hour).
Provide students time to work with their partners to answer the question.
 If we let 𝑦𝑦 represent the energy produced by a solar panel made by Company B in 𝑥𝑥 minutes, then the
constant rate is
325 𝑦𝑦
=
2.6 𝑥𝑥
325
𝑥𝑥 = 𝑦𝑦
2.6
125𝑥𝑥 = 𝑦𝑦.
We need to compare the slope of the line for Company A with the slope in the equation that represents
the rate for Company B. The slope of the line representing Company A is 120, and the slope of the line
representing Company B is 125. Since 125 > 120, Company B produces the more efficient solar panel.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students work in pairs or small groups to complete Exercises 1–5. Discuss Exercise 5 to generalize a strategy for
comparing proportional relationships.
Exercises
1. Peter paints a wall at a constant rate of 𝟐𝟐 square feet per minute. Assume he paints an area 𝒚𝒚, in square feet, after
𝒙𝒙 minutes.
a. Express this situation as a linear equation in two variables.
𝒚𝒚 𝟐𝟐
=
𝒙𝒙 𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
b. Sketch the graph of the linear equation.
𝟏𝟏
c. Using the graph or the equation, determine the total area he paints after 𝟖𝟖 minutes, 𝟏𝟏 hours, and 𝟐𝟐 hours.
𝟐𝟐
Note that the units are in minutes and hours.
In 𝟖𝟖 minutes, he paints 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 square feet.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐(𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗)
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
In 𝟏𝟏 hours, he paints 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 square feet.
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
= 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
In 𝟐𝟐 hours, he paints 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 square feet.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. The figure below represents Nathan’s constant rate of walking.
a. Nicole just finished a 𝟓𝟓-mile walkathon. It took her 𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒 hours. Assume she walks at a constant rate. Let
𝒚𝒚 represent the distance Nicole walks in 𝒙𝒙 hours. Describe Nicole’s walking at a constant rate as a linear
equation in two variables.
𝒚𝒚 𝟓𝟓
=
𝒙𝒙 𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
b. Who walks at a greater speed? Explain.
Nathan walks at a greater speed. The slope of the graph for Nathan is 𝟒𝟒, and the slope or rate for Nicole is
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
. When you compare the slopes, you see that 𝟒𝟒 > .
𝟕𝟕 𝟕𝟕
3.
a. Susan can type 𝟒𝟒 pages of text in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes. Assuming she types at a constant rate, write the linear
equation that represents the situation.
𝒚𝒚 𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total number of pages Susan can type in 𝒙𝒙 minutes. We can write = and 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝒙𝒙 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. The table of values below represents the number of pages that Anne can type, 𝒚𝒚, in a few selected 𝒙𝒙 minutes.
Assume she types at a constant rate.
Minutes (𝒙𝒙) Pages Typed (𝒚𝒚)
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
Who types faster? Explain.
Anne types faster. Using the table, we can determine that the slope that represents Anne’s constant rate of
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
typing is . The slope or rate for Nicole is . When you compare the slopes, you see that > .
𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓 𝟑𝟑 𝟓𝟓
4.
a. Phil can build 𝟑𝟑 birdhouses in 𝟓𝟓 days. Assuming he builds birdhouses at a constant rate, write the linear
𝒚𝒚 𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total number of birdhouses Phil can build in 𝒙𝒙 days. We can write = and 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝒙𝒙 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
b. The figure represents Karl’s constant rate of

building the same kind of birdhouses.
Who builds birdhouses faster? Explain.
Karl can build birdhouses faster. The slope

𝟑𝟑
of the graph for Karl is , and the slope or
𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
rate of change for Phil is . When you
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
compare the slopes, > .
𝟒𝟒 𝟓𝟓
5. Explain your general strategy for comparing proportional relationships.
When comparing proportional relationships, we look specifically at the rate of change for each situation. The
relationship with the greater rate of change will end up producing more, painting a greater area, or walking faster
when compared to the same amount of time with the other proportional relationship.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (4 minutes)
 We know how to write a constant rate problem as a linear equation in two variables.
 We know that in order to determine who has a greater speed (or is faster at completing a task), we need to
compare the rates of changes, which corresponds to the slopes of the graphs of the proportional relationships.
Whichever has the greater slope is the proportional relationship with the greater rate of change. We can
determine rate of change from an equation, a graph, or a table.
Lesson Summary
Problems involving constant rate can be expressed as linear equations in two variables.
When given information about two proportional relationships, their rates of change can be compared by comparing
the slopes of the graphs of the two proportional relationships.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 22: Constant Rates Revisited
Exit Ticket
1. Water flows out of Pipe A at a constant rate. Pipe A can fill 3 buckets of the same size in 14 minutes. Write a linear
2. The figure below represents the rate at which Pipe B can fill the same-sized buckets.
Which pipe fills buckets faster? Explain.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Water flows out of Pipe A at a constant rate. Pipe A can fill 𝟑𝟑 buckets of the same size in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes. Write a linear
𝒚𝒚 𝟑𝟑
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total number of buckets that Pipe A can fill in 𝒙𝒙 minutes. We can write = and
𝒙𝒙 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
2. The figure below represents the rate at which Pipe B can fill the same-sized buckets.
Which pipe fills buckets faster? Explain.

𝟏𝟏
Pipe A fills the same-sized buckets faster than Pipe B. The slope of the graph for Pipe B is , and the slope or rate for
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏
Pipe A is . When you compare the slopes, you see that > .
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓

Students practice writing constant rate problems as linear equations in two variables. Students determine which of two
proportional relationships is greater.
1.
a. Train A can travel a distance of 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 miles in 𝟖𝟖 hours. Assuming the train travels at a constant rate, write the
linear equation that represents the situation.
𝒚𝒚 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total number of miles Train A travels in 𝒙𝒙 minutes. We can write = and
𝒙𝒙 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. The figure represents the constant rate of travel

for Train B.
Which train is faster? Explain.
Train B is faster than Train A. The slope or rate

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
for Train A is , and the slope of the line for
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
Train B is . When you compare the slopes,
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
you see that > .
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
2.
a. Natalie can paint 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 square feet in 𝟗𝟗 minutes. Assuming she paints at a constant rate, write the linear
𝒚𝒚 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total square feet Natalie can paint in 𝒙𝒙 minutes. We can write = , and 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝒙𝒙 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
b. The table of values below represents the area painted by Steven for a few selected time intervals. Assume
Steven is painting at a constant rate.
Minutes (𝒙𝒙) Area Painted (𝒚𝒚)
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑
Who paints faster? Explain.
Natalie paints faster. Using the table of values, I can find the slope that represents Steven’s constant rate of
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
painting: . The slope or rate for Natalie is . When you compare the slopes, you see that > .
𝟑𝟑 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟑𝟑
3.
a. Bianca can run 𝟓𝟓 miles in 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 minutes. Assuming she runs at a constant rate, write the linear equation that
represents the situation.
𝒚𝒚 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total number of miles Bianca can run in 𝒙𝒙 minutes. We can write = , and 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝒙𝒙 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. The figure below represents Cynthia’s constant rate of running.
Who runs faster? Explain.

𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
Cynthia runs faster. The slope of the graph for Cynthia is , and the slope or rate for Nicole is . When you
𝟕𝟕 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
compare the slopes, you see that > .
𝟕𝟕 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
4.
a. Geoff can mow an entire lawn of 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 square feet in 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 minutes. Assuming he mows at a constant rate, write
the linear equation that represents the situation.
𝒚𝒚 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total number of square feet Geoff can mow in 𝒙𝒙 minutes. We can write = , and
𝒙𝒙 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
b. The figure represents Mark’s constant rate of

mowing a lawn.
Who mows faster? Explain.
Geoff mows faster. The slope of the graph for Mark

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
is = 𝟕𝟕, and the slope or rate for Geoff is
𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
= 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. When you compare the slopes, you see
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
that 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 > 𝟕𝟕.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5.
a. Juan can walk to school, a distance of 𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 mile, in 𝟖𝟖 minutes. Assuming he walks at a constant rate, write
the linear equation that represents the situation.
𝒚𝒚 𝟎𝟎.𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total distance in miles that Juan can walk in 𝒙𝒙 minutes. We can write = , and
𝒙𝒙 𝟖𝟖
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
b. The figure below represents Lena’s constant rate of walking.
Who walks faster? Explain.

𝟏𝟏 𝟎𝟎.𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 𝟑𝟑
Lena walks faster. The slope of the graph for Lena is , and the slope of the equation for Juan is , or .
𝟗𝟗 𝟖𝟖 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑
When you compare the slopes, you see that > .
𝟗𝟗 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 23: The Defining Equation of a Line
Student Outcomes
 Students know that two equations in the form of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑎𝑎′𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏′𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐′ graph as the same line when
𝑎𝑎′ 𝑏𝑏′ 𝑐𝑐 ′
= = and at least one of 𝑎𝑎 or 𝑏𝑏 is nonzero.
𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐
 Students know that the graph of a linear equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐, where 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 are constants and at least
one of 𝑎𝑎 or 𝑏𝑏 is nonzero, is the line defined by the equation 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐.
Lesson Notes
Following the Exploratory Challenge is a Discussion that presents a theorem about the defining equation of a line and
then a proof of the theorem. The proof of the theorem is optional. The Discussion can end with the theorem, and in
place of the proof, students can complete Exercises 4–8. Whether the teacher chooses to discuss the proof or have
students complete Exercises 4–8, it is important that students understand that two equations that are written differently
can be the same, and their graph is the same line. This reasoning becomes important when considering systems of linear
equations. In order to make sense of “infinitely many solutions” to a system of linear equations, students must know
that equations that might appear to be different can have the same graph and represent the same line. Further,
students should be able to recognize when two equations define the same line without having to graph each equation,
which is the goal of this lesson. Students need graph paper to complete the Exploratory Challenge.
Classwork
Exploratory Challenge/Exercises 1–3 (20 minutes)
Students need graph paper to complete the exercises in the Exploratory Challenge. Students complete Exercises 1–3 in
pairs or small groups.
Exploratory Challenge/Exercises 1–3
1. Sketch the graph of the equation 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 using intercepts. Then, answer parts (a)–(f) that follow.
𝟗𝟗(𝟎𝟎) + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
Lesson 23: The Defining Equation of a Line 367
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
a. Sketch the graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔 on the same coordinate plane.
b. What do you notice about the graphs of 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 and 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔? Why do you think this is so?
The graphs of the equations produce the same line. Both equations go through the same two points, so they
are the same line.
c. Rewrite 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔 in standard form.
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
d. Identify the constants 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 of the equation in standard form from part (c).
𝒂𝒂 = 𝟑𝟑, 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟏𝟏, and 𝒄𝒄 = 𝟔𝟔
e. Identify the constants of the equation 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. Note them as 𝒂𝒂′ , 𝒃𝒃′, and 𝒄𝒄′.
𝒂𝒂′ = 𝟗𝟗, 𝒃𝒃′ = 𝟑𝟑, and 𝒄𝒄′ = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒂𝒂′ 𝒃𝒃′ 𝒄𝒄′

f. What do you notice about , , and ?
𝒂𝒂 𝒃𝒃 𝒄𝒄
𝒂𝒂′ 𝟗𝟗 𝒃𝒃′ 𝟑𝟑 𝒄𝒄′ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= = 𝟑𝟑, = = 𝟑𝟑, and = = 𝟑𝟑
𝒂𝒂 𝟑𝟑 𝒃𝒃 𝟏𝟏 𝒄𝒄 𝟔𝟔
Each fraction is equal to the number 𝟑𝟑.
𝟏𝟏
2. Sketch the graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 using the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point and the slope. Then, answer parts (a)–(f)
𝟐𝟐
that follow.
a. Sketch the graph of the equation
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 using intercepts on
the same coordinate plane.
𝟒𝟒(𝟎𝟎) − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

−𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟖𝟖(𝟎𝟎) = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟔𝟔
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (−𝟔𝟔, 𝟎𝟎).
𝟏𝟏
b. What do you notice about the graphs of 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 and 𝟒𝟒𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐? Why do you think this is so?
𝟐𝟐
The graphs of the equations produce the same line. Both equations go through the same two points, so they
are the same line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
c. Rewrite 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 in standard form.
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
�𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑� 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔
−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔
−𝟏𝟏(−𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔)
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟔𝟔
d. Identify the constants 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 of the equation in standard form from part (c).
𝒂𝒂 = 𝟏𝟏, 𝒃𝒃 = −𝟐𝟐, and 𝒄𝒄 = −𝟔𝟔
e. Identify the constants of the equation 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Note them as 𝒂𝒂′ , 𝒃𝒃′, and 𝒄𝒄′.
𝒂𝒂′ = 𝟒𝟒, 𝒃𝒃′ = −𝟖𝟖, and 𝒄𝒄′ = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

f. What do you notice about , , and ?
𝒂𝒂′ 𝟒𝟒 𝒃𝒃′ −𝟖𝟖 𝒄𝒄′ −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
= = 𝟒𝟒, = = 𝟒𝟒, and = = 𝟒𝟒
𝒂𝒂 𝟏𝟏 𝒃𝒃 −𝟐𝟐 𝒄𝒄 −𝟔𝟔
Each fraction is equal to the number 𝟒𝟒.
𝟐𝟐
3. The graphs of the equations 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒 and 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 are the same line.
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
a. Rewrite 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒 in standard form.
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
�𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒� 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏(−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
b. Identify the constants 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 of the equation in standard form from part (a).
𝒂𝒂 = 𝟐𝟐, 𝒃𝒃 = −𝟑𝟑, and 𝒄𝒄 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
c. Identify the constants of the equation 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. Note them as 𝒂𝒂′ , 𝒃𝒃′, and 𝒄𝒄′.
𝒂𝒂′ = 𝟔𝟔, 𝒃𝒃′ = −𝟗𝟗, and 𝒄𝒄′ = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑

d. What do you notice about , , and ?
𝒂𝒂′ 𝟔𝟔 𝒃𝒃′ −𝟗𝟗 𝒄𝒄′ 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
= = 𝟑𝟑, = = 𝟑𝟑, and = = 𝟑𝟑
𝒂𝒂 𝟐𝟐 𝒃𝒃 −𝟑𝟑 𝒄𝒄 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Each fraction is equal to the number 𝟑𝟑.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
e. You should have noticed that each fraction was equal to the same constant. Multiply that constant by the
standard form of the equation from part (a). What do you notice?
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
After multiplying the equation from part (a) by 𝟑𝟑, I noticed that it is the exact same equation that was given.

Following the statement of the theorem is an optional proof of the theorem. Below the proof are Exercises 4–8 that can
be completed instead of the proof.
 What did you notice about the equations you graphed in each of Exercises 1–3?
 In each case, the graphs of the equations are the same line.
 What you observed in Exercises 1–3 can be summarized in the following theorem:
MP.8 THEOREM: Suppose 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐, 𝑎𝑎′ , 𝑏𝑏 ′ , and 𝑐𝑐′ are constants, where at least one of 𝑎𝑎 or 𝑏𝑏 is nonzero, and one of 𝑎𝑎′ or
𝑏𝑏′ is nonzero.
(1) If there is a nonzero number 𝑠𝑠 so that 𝑎𝑎′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, 𝑏𝑏 ′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, and 𝑐𝑐 ′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, then the graphs of the equations
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐′ are the same line.
(2) If the graphs of the equations 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐′ are the same line, then there exists a
nonzero number 𝑠𝑠 so that 𝑎𝑎′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, 𝑏𝑏 ′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, and 𝑐𝑐 ′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠.
The optional part of the Discussion begins here.

 We want to show that (1) is true. We need to show that the graphs of the equations 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 and
𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐′ are the same. What information are we given in (1) that will be useful in showing that the two
equations are the same?
 We are given that 𝑎𝑎′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, 𝑏𝑏 ′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, and 𝑐𝑐 ′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠. We can use substitution in the equation 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐′
since we know what 𝑎𝑎′ , 𝑏𝑏 ′ , and 𝑐𝑐′ are equal to.
 Then, by substitution, we have

𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 ′
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠.
By the distributive property,

𝑠𝑠(𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏) = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠.
Divide both sides of the equation by 𝑠𝑠:
𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐,
which means the graph of 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐′ is equal to the graph of 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 . That is, they represent the
same line. Therefore, we have proved (1).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 To prove (2), we will assume that 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏 ≠ 0; that is, we are not dealing with horizontal or vertical lines. Proving
(2) will require us to rewrite the given equations 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐′ in slope-intercept form.
Rewrite the equations.
 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐
𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = −𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑐𝑐
𝑏𝑏 𝑎𝑎 𝑐𝑐
𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 +
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎 𝑐𝑐
𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 +
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 ′
𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑦𝑦 = −𝑎𝑎′ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑐𝑐 ′
𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑐𝑐 ′
𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 +
𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑏𝑏 ′
′
𝑎𝑎 𝑐𝑐 ′
𝑦𝑦 = − ′ 𝑥𝑥 + ′
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎 𝑐𝑐 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑐𝑐′
 We will refer to 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + as (A) and 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + as (B).
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏′ 𝑏𝑏′
 What are the slopes of (A) and (B)?
𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎′
 The slope of (A) is − , and the slope of (B) is − .
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏′
 Since we know that the two lines are the same, we know the slopes must be the same.
− =− ′
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
When we multiply both sides of the equation by −1, we have
= .
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏 ′
Scaffolding:
By the multiplication property of equality, we can rewrite = as Students may need to see the
𝑎𝑎′ 𝑏𝑏′ intermediate steps in the
= . 𝑎𝑎 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑎𝑎′ 𝑏𝑏′
𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏 rewriting of = as = .
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏′ 𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏
Notice that this proportion is equivalent to the original form.
𝑎𝑎 𝑐𝑐
𝑎𝑎′ 𝑐𝑐′
 What are the 𝑦𝑦-intercept points of 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + (A) and 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + (B)?
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
𝑏𝑏′ 𝑏𝑏′
𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐′
 The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of (A) is , and the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of (B) is .
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Because we know that the two lines are the same, the 𝑦𝑦-intercept points will be the same.
𝑐𝑐 𝑐𝑐 ′
=
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏 ′
We can rewrite the proportion.
𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏 ′
=
𝑐𝑐 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎′ 𝑏𝑏′ 𝑐𝑐′ 𝑏𝑏′
Using the transitive property and the fact that = and = , we can make the following statement:
𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏 𝑐𝑐 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎′ 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑐𝑐′
= = .
Therefore, all three ratios are equal to the same number. Let this number be 𝑠𝑠.
𝑎𝑎′ 𝑏𝑏 ′ 𝑐𝑐 ′
= 𝑠𝑠, = 𝑠𝑠, = 𝑠𝑠
We can rewrite this to state that 𝑎𝑎′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, 𝑏𝑏 ′ = 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, and 𝑐𝑐 ′ = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐. Therefore, (2) is proved.
 When two equations are the same (i.e., their graphs are the same line), we say that any one of those equations
is the defining equation of the line.

Students complete Exercises 4–8 independently or in pairs. Consider having students share the equations they write for
each exercise while others in the class verify which equations have the same line as their graphs.
Exercises 4–8
4. Write three equations whose graphs are the same line as the equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have multiplied 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, and 𝒄𝒄 by the same constant when they write the new
equation.
𝟑𝟑
5. Write three equations whose graphs are the same line as the equation 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = .
𝟒𝟒
equation.
6. Write three equations whose graphs are the same line as the equation −𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝟒𝟒.
equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7. Write at least two equations in the form 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 whose graphs are the line shown below.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have the equation −𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟑𝟑 in some form.
8. Write at least two equations in the form 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 whose graphs are the line shown below.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have the equation 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐 in some form.
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know that when the graphs of two equations are the same line, it is because they are the same equation in
different forms.
 We know that even if the equations with the same line as their graph look different (i.e., different constants or
different forms) that any one of those equations can be referred to as the defining equation of the line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson Summary
Two equations define the same line if the graphs of those two equations are the same given line. Two equations
that define the same line are the same equation, just in different forms. The equations may look different
(different constants, different coefficients, or different forms).
When two equations are written in standard form, 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 and 𝒂𝒂′𝒙𝒙 + 𝒃𝒃′𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄′, they define the same line
when = = is true.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 23: The Defining Equation of a Line
Exit Ticket
1. Do the graphs of the equations −16𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑦𝑦 = 33 and −4𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 8 graph as the same line? Why or why not?
2. Given the equation 3𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 11, write another equation that will have the same graph. Explain why.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Do the graphs of the equations −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 and −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟖𝟖 graph as the same line? Why or why not?
No. In the first equation, 𝒂𝒂 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, and 𝒄𝒄 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, and in the second equation, 𝒂𝒂′ = −𝟒𝟒, 𝒃𝒃′ = 𝟑𝟑, and 𝒄𝒄′ = 𝟖𝟖.
Then,
𝒂𝒂′ −𝟒𝟒 𝟏𝟏 𝒃𝒃′ 𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏 𝒄𝒄′ 𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
= = , = = , but = = .
𝒂𝒂 −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟒𝟒 𝒃𝒃 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟒𝟒 𝒄𝒄 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
Since each fraction does not equal the same number, then they do not have the same graph.
2. Given the equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, write another equation that will have the same graph. Explain why.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have written an equation that defines the same line by showing that the
fractions = = = 𝒔𝒔, where 𝒔𝒔 is some constant.

Students practice identifying pairs of equations as the defining equation of a line or two distinct lines.
1. Do the equations 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐 and 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔 define the same line? Explain.
Yes, these equations define the same line. When you compare the constants from each equation, you get
𝒂𝒂′ 𝟑𝟑 𝒃𝒃′ 𝟑𝟑 𝒄𝒄′ −𝟔𝟔
= = 𝟑𝟑, = = 𝟑𝟑, and = = 𝟑𝟑.
𝒂𝒂 𝟏𝟏 𝒃𝒃 𝟏𝟏 𝒄𝒄 −𝟐𝟐
When I multiply the first equation by 𝟑𝟑, I get the second equation.
(𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐)𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔
Therefore, these equations define the same line.
𝟓𝟓
2. Do the equations 𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 define the same line? Explain.
𝟒𝟒
Yes, these equations define the same line. When you rewrite the first equation in standard form, you get
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
�𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐� 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟖𝟖
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟖𝟖.
When you compare the constants from each equation, you get
𝒂𝒂′ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝒃𝒃′ 𝟖𝟖 𝒄𝒄′ 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= = 𝟐𝟐, = = 𝟐𝟐, and = = 𝟐𝟐.
𝒂𝒂 𝟓𝟓 𝒃𝒃 𝟒𝟒 𝒄𝒄 𝟖𝟖
When I multiply the first equation by 𝟐𝟐, I get the second equation.
(𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟖𝟖)𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Therefore, these equations define the same line.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. Write an equation that would define the same line as 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have written an equation that defines the same line by showing that the
fractions = = = 𝒔𝒔, where 𝒔𝒔 is some constant.
4. Challenge: Show that if the two lines given by 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 and 𝒂𝒂′𝒙𝒙 + 𝒃𝒃′𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄′ are the same when 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟎𝟎 (vertical
lines), then there exists a nonzero number 𝒔𝒔 so that 𝒂𝒂′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔, 𝒃𝒃′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔, and 𝒄𝒄′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔.
𝒄𝒄 𝒄𝒄′
When 𝒃𝒃 = 𝟎𝟎, then the equations are 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 = 𝒄𝒄 and 𝒂𝒂′𝒙𝒙 = 𝒄𝒄′. We can rewrite the equations as 𝒙𝒙 = and 𝒙𝒙 = .
𝒂𝒂 𝒂𝒂′
Because the equations graph as the same line, then we know that
=
𝒂𝒂 𝒂𝒂′
and we can rewrite those fractions as
𝒂𝒂′ 𝒄𝒄′
= .
𝒂𝒂 𝒄𝒄
𝒂𝒂′ 𝒄𝒄′
These fractions are equal to the same number. Let that number be 𝒔𝒔. Then = 𝒔𝒔 and = 𝒔𝒔. Therefore,
𝒂𝒂 𝒄𝒄
𝒂𝒂′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔 and 𝒄𝒄′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔.
5. Challenge: Show that if the two lines given by 𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 + 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 and 𝒂𝒂′𝒙𝒙 + 𝒃𝒃′𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄′ are the same when 𝒂𝒂 = 𝟎𝟎
(horizontal lines), then there exists a nonzero number 𝒔𝒔 so that 𝒂𝒂′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔, 𝒃𝒃′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔, and 𝒄𝒄′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔.
When 𝒂𝒂 = 𝟎𝟎, then the equations are 𝒃𝒃𝒃𝒃 = 𝒄𝒄 and 𝒃𝒃′𝒚𝒚 = 𝒄𝒄′. We can rewrite the equations as 𝒚𝒚 = and 𝒚𝒚 = .
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃′
Because the equations graph as the same line, then we know that their slopes are the same.
=
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃′
We can rewrite the proportion.
𝒃𝒃′ 𝒄𝒄′
=
𝒃𝒃 𝒄𝒄
𝒃𝒃′ 𝒄𝒄′
These fractions are equal to the same number. Let that number be 𝒔𝒔. Then = 𝒔𝒔 and = 𝒔𝒔. Therefore, 𝒃𝒃′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔
𝒃𝒃 𝒄𝒄
and 𝒄𝒄′ = 𝒔𝒔𝒔𝒔.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS
GRADE
Topic D
Systems of Linear Equations and Their
Solutions
8.EE.B.5, 8.EE.C.8
Focus Standards: 8.EE.B.5 Graph proportional relationships, interpreting the unit rate as the slope of the
a. Understand that solutions to a system of two linear equations in two
variables correspond to points of intersection of their graphs, because
points of intersection satisfy both equations simultaneously.
b. Solve systems of two linear equations in two variables algebraically, and
estimate solutions by graphing the equations. Solve simple cases by
inspection. For example, 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5 and 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 6 have no solution
because 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 cannot simultaneously be 5 and 6.
c. Solve real-world and mathematical problems leading to two linear
equations in two variables. For example, given coordinates for two pairs
of points, determine whether the line through the first pair of points
intersects the line through the second pair.
Lesson 24: Introduction to Simultaneous Equations (P) 1
Lesson 25: Geometric Interpretation of the Solutions of a Linear System (E)
Lesson 26: Characterization of Parallel Lines (S)
Lesson 27: Nature of Solutions of a System of Linear Equations (P)
Lesson 28: Another Computational Method of Solving a Linear System (P)
Lesson 29: Word Problems (P)
Lesson 30: Conversion Between Celsius and Fahrenheit (M)
Topic D: Systems of Linear Equations and Their Solutions 378
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS Topic D 8•4
Topic D introduces students to systems of linear equations by comparing distance-time graphs to determine
which of two objects has greater speed (8.EE.B.5, 8.EE.C.8c). Lessons 25–27 expose students to the
possibilities for solutions of a system of linear equations. In Lesson 25, students graph two linear equations
on a coordinate plane and identify the point of intersection of the two lines as the solution to the system
(8.EE.C.8a). Next, students look at systems of equations that graph as parallel lines (8.EE.C.8b). In Lesson 26,
students learn that a system can have no solutions because parallel lines do not have a point of intersection
(8.EE.C.8b). Lesson 27 continues this thinking with respect to systems that have infinitely many solutions
(8.EE.C.8b). In Lesson 28, students learn how to solve a system of equations using computational methods,
such as elimination and substitution (8.EE.C.8b). In Lesson 29, students must use all of the skills of the
module to transcribe written statements into a system of linear equations, find the solution(s) if it exists, and
then verify that it is correct. Lesson 30 is an application of what students have learned about linear
equations. Students develop a linear equation that represents the conversion between temperatures in
Celsius to temperatures in Fahrenheit.
Topic D: Systems of Linear Equations and Their Solutions 379
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 24: Introduction to Simultaneous Equations
Student Outcomes
 Students know that a system of linear equations, also known as simultaneous equations, is when two or more
equations are involved in the same problem and work must be completed on them simultaneously. Students
also learn the notation for simultaneous equations.
 Students compare the graphs that comprise a system of linear equations in the context of constant rates to
answer questions about time and distance.
Lesson Notes
Students complete Exercises 1–3 as an introduction to simultaneous linear equations in a familiar context. Example 1
demonstrates what happens to the graph of a line when there is change in the circumstances involving time with
constant rate problems. It is in preparation for the examples that follow. It is not necessary that Example 1 be shown to
students, but it is provided as a scaffold. If Example 1 is used, consider skipping Example 3.
Classwork
Students complete Exercises 1–3 in pairs. Once students are finished, continue with the Discussion about systems of
linear equations.
Exercises
1. Derek scored 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 points in the basketball game he played, and not once did he go to the free throw line. That means
that Derek scored two-point shots and three-point shots. List as many combinations of two- and three-pointers as
you can that would total 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 points.
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟎𝟎
𝟎𝟎 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗 𝟒𝟒
𝟔𝟔 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑 𝟖𝟖
Write an equation to describe the data.
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the number of 𝟐𝟐-pointers and 𝒚𝒚 represent the number of 𝟑𝟑-pointers.
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
Lesson 24: Introduction to Simultaneous Equations 380
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Derek tells you that the number of two-point shots that he made is five more than the number of three-point shots.
How many combinations can you come up with that fit this scenario? (Don’t worry about the total number of
points.)
𝟔𝟔 𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕 𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖 𝟑𝟑
𝟗𝟗 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟔𝟔
Write an equation to describe the data.
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the number of two-pointers and 𝒚𝒚 represent the number of three-pointers.
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓 + 𝒚𝒚
3. Which pair of numbers from your table in Exercise 2 would show Derek’s actual score of 𝟑𝟑𝟎𝟎 points?
The pair 𝟗𝟗 and 𝟒𝟒 would show Derek’s actual score of 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 points.
 There are situations where we need to work with two linear equations simultaneously. Hence, the phrase
simultaneous linear equations. Sometimes a pair of linear equations is referred to as a system of linear
equations.
 The situation with Derek can be represented as a system of linear equations.
Let 𝑥𝑥 represent the number of two-pointers and 𝑦𝑦 represent the number of three-pointers; then
2𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 30
�
𝑥𝑥 = 5 + 𝑦𝑦.
 The notation for simultaneous linear equations lets us know that we are looking for the ordered pair (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦)
that makes both equations true. That point is called the solution to the system.
 Just like equations in one variable, some systems of equations have exactly one solution, no solution, or
infinitely many solutions. This is a topic for later lessons.
 Ultimately, our goal is to determine the exact location on the coordinate plane where the graphs of the two
linear equations intersect, giving us the ordered pair (𝑥𝑥, 𝑦𝑦) that is the solution to the system of equations.
This, too, is a topic for a later lesson.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We can graph both equations on the same coordinate plane.
 Because we are graphing two distinct lines on the same graph, we identify the lines in some manner. In this
case, we identify them by the equations.
 Note the point of intersection. Does it satisfy both equations in the system?
 The point of intersection of the two lines is (9, 4).
2(9) + 3(4) = 30
18 + 12 = 30
30 = 30
9= 4+5
9=9
Yes, 𝑥𝑥 = 9 and 𝑦𝑦 = 4 satisfies both equations of the system.

 Therefore, Derek made 9 two-point shots and 4 three-point shots.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1
 Pia types at a constant rate of 3 pages every 15 minutes. Pia’s rate is pages per minute. If she types 𝑦𝑦 pages
5
1 1
in 𝑥𝑥 minutes at that constant rate, then 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥. Pia’s rate represents the proportional relationship 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥.
5 5
 The following table displays the number of pages Pia typed at the end of certain time intervals.
Number of Minutes (𝒙𝒙) Pages Typed (𝒚𝒚)

0 0
5 1
10 2
15 3
20 4
25 5
1
 The following is the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥.
5
 Pia typically begins work at 8:00 a.m. every day. On our graph, her start time is reflected as the origin of the
graph (0, 0), that is, zero minutes worked and zero pages typed. For some reason, she started working
5 minutes earlier today. How can we reflect the extra 5 minutes she worked on our graph?
 The 𝑥𝑥-axis represents the time worked, so we need to do something on the 𝑥𝑥-axis to reflect the
additional 5 minutes of work.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1
 If we translate the graph of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 to the right 5 units to reflect the additional 5 minutes of work, then we
5
have the following graph:
 Does a translation of 5 units to the right reflect her working an additional 5 minutes?
 No. It makes it look like she got nothing done the first 5 minutes she was at work.
 Let’s see what happens when we translate 5 units to the left.
 Does a translation of 5 units to the left reflect her working an additional 5 minutes?
 Yes. It shows that she was able to type 1 page by the time she normally begins work.
 What is the equation that represents the graph of the translated line?
1
 The equation that represents the graph of the red line is 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + 1.
5
 Note again that even though the graph has been translated, the slope of the line is still equal to the constant
rate of typing.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1 1 1
 When we factor out from 𝑥𝑥 + 1 to give us 𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 + 5), we can better see the additional 5 minutes of
5 5 5
work time. Pia typed for an additional 5 minutes, so it makes sense that we are adding 5 to the number of
minutes, 𝑥𝑥, that she types. However, on the graph, we translated 5 units to the left of zero. How can we make
sense of that?
 Since her normal start time was 8:00 a.m., then 5 minutes before 8:00 a.m. is 5 minutes less than 8:00
a.m., which means we would need to go to the left of 8:00 a.m. (in this case, the origin of the graph) to
mark her start time.
 If Pia started work 20 minutes early, what equation would represent the number of pages she could type in 𝑥𝑥
minutes?
1
 The equation that represents the graph of the red line is 𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 + 20).
5
 Now we will look at an example of a situation that requires simultaneous linear equations.
Sandy and Charlie run at constant speeds. Sandy runs from their school to the train station in 15 minutes, and
Charlie runs the same distance in 10 minutes. Charlie starts 4 minutes after Sandy left the school. Can Charlie
catch up to Sandy? The distance between the school and the station is 2 miles.
 What is Sandy’s average speed in 15 minutes? Explain.
2
 Sandy’s average speed in 15 minutes is miles per minute because she runs 2 miles in 15 minutes.
15
2
 Since we know Sandy runs at a constant speed, then her constant speed is miles per minute.
15
 What is Charlie’s average speed in 10 minutes? Explain.
2 1
 Charlie’s average speed in 10 minutes is miles per minute, which is the same as miles per minute
10 5
because he walks runs 1 mile in 5 minutes.
1
 Since we know Charlie runs at a constant speed, then his constant speed is miles per minute.
MP.2 5
1
 Suppose Charlie ran 𝑦𝑦 miles in 𝑥𝑥 minutes at that constant speed; then 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥. Charlie’s speed represents the
5
1
proportional relationship 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥.
5
 Let’s put some information about Charlie’s run in a table:
Number of Minutes (𝒙𝒙) Miles Run (𝒚𝒚)

0 0
5 1
10 2
15 3
20 4
25 5
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 At 𝑥𝑥 minutes, Sandy has run 4 minutes longer than Charlie. Then the distance that Sandy ran in 𝑥𝑥 + 4 minutes
is 𝑦𝑦 miles. Then the linear equation that represents Sandy’s motion is
𝑦𝑦 2
=
𝑥𝑥 + 4 15
2
𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 + 4)
15
2 8
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + .
15 15
 How many miles had Sandy run by the time Charlie left the school?
8
 At zero minutes in Charlie’s run, Sandy will have run miles.
15
Let’s put some information about Sandy’s run in a table:
MP.2
Number of Minutes (𝒙𝒙) Miles Run (𝒚𝒚)
18 3 1
5 =1 =1
15 15 5
28 13
10 =1
15 15
38 8
15 =2
15 15
48 3 1
20 =3 =3
15 15 5
58 13
25 =3
15 15
 Now let’s sketch the graphs of each linear equation on a coordinate plane.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 A couple of comments about our graph:

- The 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of the graph of Sandy’s run shows the exact distance she has run at the moment
that Charlie starts walking. Notice that the 𝑥𝑥-intercept point of the graph of Sandy’s run shows that
she starts running 4 minutes before Charlie.
- Since the 𝑦𝑦-axis represents the distance traveled, the point of intersection of the graphs of the two
lines represents the moment they have both traveled the same distance.
 Recall the original question that was asked: Can Charlie catch up to Sandy? Keep in mind that the train station
is 2 miles from the school.
 It looks like the lines intersect at a point between 1.5 and 2 miles; therefore, the answer is yes, Charlie
can catch up to Sandy.
 At approximately what point do the graphs of the lines intersect?
 The lines intersect at approximately (10, 1.8).
1 2 8
 A couple of comments about our equations 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + :
5 15 15
- Notice that 𝑥𝑥 (the representation of time) is the same in both equations.
- Notice that we are interested in finding out when 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑦𝑦 because this is when the distance traveled by
both Sandy and Charlie is the same (i.e., when Charlie catches up to Sandy).
- We write the pair of simultaneous linear equations as
2 8
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 +
� 15 15 .
1
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥
5
 Randi and Craig ride their bikes at constant speeds. It takes Randi 25 minutes to bike 4 miles. Craig can bike 4
miles in 32 minutes. If Randi gives Craig a 20-minute head start, about how long will it take Randi to catch up
to Craig?
 We want to express the information about Randi and Craig in terms of a system of linear equations. Write the
linear equations that represent their constant speeds.
4
 Randi’s rate is miles per minute. If she bikes 𝑦𝑦 miles in 𝑥𝑥 minutes at that constant rate, then
25
4 4
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥. Randi’s rate represents the proportional relationship 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥.
25 25
4 1
 Craig’s rate is miles per minute, which is equivalent to miles per minute. If he bikes 𝑦𝑦 miles in 𝑥𝑥
32 8
1
minutes at that constant rate, then 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥. Craig’s rate represents the proportional relationship
8
1
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥.
8
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We want to account for the head start that Craig is getting. Since Craig gets a head start of 20 minutes, we
need to add that time to his total number of minutes traveled:
1
𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 + 20)
8
1 20
8 8
1 5
8 2
 The system of linear equations that represents this situation is
1 5
� 8 2.
4
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥
25
 Now we can sketch the graphs of the system of equations on a coordinate plane.
 Notice again that the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of Craig’s graph shows the distance that Craig was able to travel at the
moment Randi began biking. Also notice that the 𝑥𝑥-intercept point of Craig’s graph shows us that he started
biking 20 minutes before Randi.
 Now, answer the question: About how long will it take Randi to catch up to Craig? We can give two answers:
one in terms of time and the other in terms of distance. What are those answers?
 It will take Randi about 70 minutes or about 11 miles to catch up to Craig.
 At approximately what point do the graphs of the lines intersect?
 The lines intersect at approximately (70, 11).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

4. Efrain and Fernie are on a road trip. Each of them drives at a constant speed. Efrain is a safe driver and travels 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
miles per hour for the entire trip. Fernie is not such a safe driver. He drives 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 miles per hour throughout the trip.
Fernie and Efrain left from the same location, but Efrain left at 8:00 a.m., and Fernie left at 11:00 a.m. Assuming
they take the same route, will Fernie ever catch up to Efrain? If so, approximately when?
a. Write the linear equation that represents Efrain’s constant speed. Make sure to include in your equation the
extra time that Efrain was able to travel.
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
Efrain’s rate is miles per hour, which is the same as 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 miles per hour. If he drives 𝒚𝒚 miles in 𝒙𝒙 hours at
𝟏𝟏
that constant rate, then 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. To account for his additional 𝟑𝟑 hours of driving time that Efrain gets, we
write the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑).
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
b. Write the linear equation that represents Fernie’s constant speed.

𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
Fernie’s rate is miles per hour, which is the same as 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 miles per hour. If he drives 𝒚𝒚 miles in 𝒙𝒙 hours at
𝟏𝟏
that constant rate, then 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕.
c. Write the system of linear equations that represents this situation.

𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
�
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
d. Sketch the graphs of the two linear equations.
e. Will Fernie ever catch up to Efrain? If so, approximately when?

𝟏𝟏
Yes, Fernie will catch up to Efrain after about 𝟒𝟒 hours of driving or after traveling about 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 miles.
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
f. At approximately what point do the graphs of the lines intersect?
The lines intersect at approximately (𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑).
5. Jessica and Karl run at constant speeds. Jessica can run 𝟑𝟑 miles in 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes. Karl can run 𝟐𝟐 miles in 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes.
They decide to race each other. As soon as the race begins, Karl trips and takes 𝟐𝟐 minutes to recover.
a. Write the linear equation that represents Jessica’s constant speed. Make sure to include in your equation the
extra time that Jessica was able to run.
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏
Jessica’s rate is miles per minute, which is equivalent to miles per minute. If Jessica runs 𝒚𝒚 miles 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏
minutes at that constant speed, then 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙. To account for her additional 𝟐𝟐 minute of running that Jessica
𝟖𝟖
gets, we write the equation
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐)
𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 +
𝟖𝟖 𝟒𝟒
b. Write the linear equation that represents Karl’s constant speed.

𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
Karl’s rate is miles per minute, which is the same as miles per minute. If Karl runs 𝒚𝒚 miles in 𝒙𝒙 minutes at
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏
that constant speed, then 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟕𝟕

𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
� 𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
d. Sketch the graphs of the two linear equations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
e. Use the graph to answer the questions below.

i. If Jessica and Karl raced for 𝟑𝟑 miles, who would win? Explain.
If the race were 𝟑𝟑 miles, then Karl would win. It only takes Karl 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes to run 𝟑𝟑 miles, but it takes
Jessica 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes to run the distance of 𝟑𝟑 miles.
ii. At approximately what point would Jessica and Karl be tied? Explain.
Jessica and Karl would be tied after about 𝟒𝟒 minutes or a distance of 𝟏𝟏 mile. That is where the graphs
of the lines intersect.
Closing (4 minutes)
 We know that some situations require two linear equations. In those cases, we have what is called a system of
linear equations or simultaneous linear equations.
 The solution to a system of linear equations, similar to a linear equation, is all of the points that make the
equations true.
1 5
 We can recognize a system of equations by the notation used, for example: � 8 2.
4
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥
25
Lesson Summary
A system of linear equations is a set of two or more linear equations. When graphing a pair of linear equations in
two variables, both equations in the system are graphed on the same coordinate plane.
A solution to a system of two linear equations in two variables is an ordered pair of numbers that is a solution to
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
both equations. For example, the solution to the system of linear equations � is the ordered pair (𝟓𝟓, 𝟏𝟏)
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒
because substituting 𝟓𝟓 in for 𝒙𝒙 and 𝟏𝟏 in for 𝒚𝒚 results in two true equations: 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟔𝟔 and 𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟒.
𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
Systems of linear equations are notated using brackets to group the equations, for example: � 𝟖𝟖 𝟐𝟐 .
𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 24: Introduction to Simultaneous Equations
Exit Ticket
Darnell and Hector ride their bikes at constant speeds. Darnell leaves Hector’s house to bike home. He can bike the 8
miles in 32 minutes. Five minutes after Darnell leaves, Hector realizes that Darnell left his phone. Hector rides to catch
up. He can ride to Darnell’s house in 24 minutes. Assuming they bike the same path, will Hector catch up to Darnell
before he gets home?
a. Write the linear equation that represents Darnell’s constant speed.
b. Write the linear equation that represents Hector’s constant speed. Make sure to take into account that Hector
left after Darnell.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
d. Sketch the graphs of the two equations.
e. Will Hector catch up to Darnell before he gets home? If so, approximately when?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Darnell and Hector ride their bikes at constant speeds. Darnell leaves Hector’s house to bike home. He can bike the 𝟖𝟖
miles in 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 minutes. Five minutes after Darnell leaves, Hector realizes that Darnell left his phone. Hector rides to catch
up. He can ride to Darnell’s house in 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes. Assuming they bike the same path, will Hector catch up to Darnell
before he gets home?
a. Write the linear equation that represents Darnell’s constant speed.

𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
Darnell’s rate is miles per minute. If he bikes 𝒚𝒚 miles in 𝒙𝒙 minutes at that constant speed, then 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
b. Write the linear equation that represents Hector’s constant speed. Make sure to take into account that
Hector left after Darnell.
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
Hector’s rate is miles per minute. If he bikes 𝒚𝒚 miles in 𝒙𝒙 minutes, then 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙. To account for the extra
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
time Darnell has to bike, we write the equation
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓)
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − .
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑

𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
� 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 −
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
e. Will Hector catch up to Darnell before he gets home? If so, approximately when?
Hector will catch up 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes after Darnell left his house (or 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes of biking by Hector) or
approximately 𝟓𝟓 miles.
The lines intersect at approximately (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, 𝟓𝟓).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Jeremy and Gerardo run at constant speeds. Jeremy can run 𝟏𝟏 mile in 𝟖𝟖 minutes, and Gerardo can run 𝟑𝟑 miles in 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
minutes. Jeremy started running 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 minutes after Gerardo. Assuming they run the same path, when will Jeremy
catch up to Gerardo?
a. Write the linear equation that represents Jeremy’s constant speed.
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
Jeremy’s rate is miles per minute. If he runs 𝒚𝒚 miles in 𝒙𝒙 minutes, then 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙.
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
b. Write the linear equation that represents Gerardo’s constant speed. Make sure to include in your equation
the extra time that Gerardo was able to run.
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏
Gerardo’s rate is miles per minute, which is the same as miles per minute. If he runs 𝒚𝒚 miles in 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
minutes, then 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙. To account for the extra time that Gerardo gets to run, we write the equation
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
� 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
e. Will Jeremy ever catch up to Gerardo? If so, approximately when?
Yes, Jeremy will catch up to Gerardo after about 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 minutes or about 𝟑𝟑 miles.
The lines intersect at approximately (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, 𝟑𝟑).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Two cars drive from town A to town B at constant speeds. The blue car travels 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 miles per hour, and the red car
travels 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 miles per hour. The blue car leaves at 9:30 a.m., and the red car leaves at noon. The distance between
the two towns is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 miles.
a. Who will get there first? Write and graph the system of linear equations that represents this situation.
The linear equation that represents the distance traveled by the blue car is 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓), which is the
same as 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. 𝟓𝟓. The linear equation that represents the distance traveled by the red car is
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. The system of linear equations that represents this situation is
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. 𝟓𝟓
� .
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
The red car will get to town B first.
b. At approximately what point do the graphs of the lines intersect?
The lines intersect at approximately (𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 25: Geometric Interpretation of the Solutions of a

Linear System
Student Outcomes
 Students sketch the graphs of two linear equations and find the point of intersection.
 Students identify the point of intersection of the two lines as the solution to the system.
 Students verify by computation that the point of intersection is a solution to each of the equations in the
system.
Lesson Notes
In the last lesson, students were introduced to the concept of simultaneous equations. Students compared the graphs of
two different equations and found the point of intersection. Students estimated the coordinates of the point of
intersection of the lines in order to answer questions about the context related to time and distance. In this lesson,
students first graph systems of linear equations and find the precise point of intersection. Then, students verify that the
MP.6 ordered pair that is the intersection of the two lines is a solution to each equation in the system. Finally, students
informally verify that there can be only one point of intersection of two distinct lines in the system by checking to see if
another point that is a solution to one equation is a solution to both equations.
Students need graph paper to complete the Problem Set.
Classwork
Exploratory Challenge/Exercises 1–5 (25 minutes)
Students work independently on Exercises 1–5.
Exploratory Challenge/Exercises 1–5

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
1. Sketch the graphs of the linear system on a coordinate plane: � 𝟓𝟓 .
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔
For the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏:
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟎𝟎 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
For the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐:
𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓
The slope is , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐).
𝟔𝟔
Lesson 25: Geometric Interpretation of the Solutions of a Linear System 397
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
a. Name the ordered pair where the graphs of the two linear equations intersect.
(𝟔𝟔, 𝟑𝟑)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑) + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The left and right sides of the equation are equal.
𝟓𝟓
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐.
𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 = (𝟔𝟔) − 𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑
d. Could the point (𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒) be a solution to the system of linear equations? That is, would (𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒) make both
equations true? Why or why not?
No. The graphs of the equations represent all of the possible solutions to the given equations. The point
(𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒) is a solution to the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 because it is on the graph of that equation. However, the
𝟓𝟓
point (𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒) is not on the graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐. Therefore, (𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒) cannot be a solution to the
𝟔𝟔
system of equations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
2. Sketch the graphs of the linear system on a coordinate plane: � .
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑
For the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐:
𝟎𝟎 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐).
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟎𝟎 = −𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟐𝟐
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (−𝟐𝟐, 𝟎𝟎).
For the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑:

𝟒𝟒
The slope is , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point
𝟏𝟏
is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟑).
(−𝟏𝟏, −𝟏𝟏)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐.
−𝟏𝟏 + (−𝟏𝟏) = −𝟐𝟐

−𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑.
−𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟒(−𝟏𝟏) + 𝟑𝟑
−𝟏𝟏 = −𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑
−𝟏𝟏 = −𝟏𝟏
d. Could the point (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟐𝟐) be a solution to the system of linear equations? That is, would (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟐𝟐) make both
(−𝟒𝟒, 𝟐𝟐) is a solution to the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐 because it is on the graph of that equation. However, the
point (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟐𝟐) is not on the graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑. Therefore, (−𝟒𝟒, 𝟐𝟐) cannot be a solution to the
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
For the equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑:
𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟑𝟑).
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟎𝟎 = −𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟏𝟏
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (−𝟏𝟏, 𝟎𝟎).
For the equation −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐:
−𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟐𝟐).
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟎𝟎 = 𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟏𝟏
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (−𝟏𝟏, 𝟎𝟎).
(−𝟏𝟏, 𝟎𝟎)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑.
𝟑𝟑(−𝟏𝟏) + 𝟎𝟎 = −𝟑𝟑
−𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐.
−𝟐𝟐(−𝟏𝟏) + 𝟎𝟎 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
d. Could the point (𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟒) be a solution to the system of linear equations? That is, would (𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟒) make both
(𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟒) is a solution to the equation −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐 because it is on the graph of that equation. However, the
point (𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟒) is not on the graph of the equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑. Therefore, (𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟒) cannot be a solution to the
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
For the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏:
𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟔𝟔
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟔𝟔).
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟗𝟗
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (𝟗𝟗, 𝟎𝟎).
For the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐:
𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟎𝟎 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (𝟏𝟏, 𝟎𝟎).
(𝟑𝟑, −𝟒𝟒)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑) − 𝟑𝟑(−𝟒𝟒) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐.
𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑) + (−𝟒𝟒) = 𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
d. Could the point (𝟑𝟑, −𝟏𝟏) be a solution to the system of linear equations? That is, would (𝟑𝟑, −𝟏𝟏) make both
(𝟑𝟑, −𝟏𝟏) is not on the graph of either line; therefore, it is not a solution to the system of linear equations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒚𝒚 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐
For the equation 𝒚𝒚 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑:
𝒚𝒚 − 𝟎𝟎 = 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟎𝟎 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑
−𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟑𝟑
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟎𝟎).
For the equation 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐:

𝟒𝟒
The slope is − , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is
𝟏𝟏
(𝟎𝟎, −𝟐𝟐).
(−𝟏𝟏, 𝟐𝟐)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑.
𝟐𝟐 − (−𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐.
𝟐𝟐 = −𝟒𝟒(−𝟏𝟏) − 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
d. Could the point (−𝟐𝟐, 𝟔𝟔) be a solution to the system of linear equations? That is, would (−𝟐𝟐, 𝟔𝟔) make both
(−𝟐𝟐, 𝟔𝟔) is a solution to the equation 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐 because it is on the graph of that equation. However, the
point (−𝟐𝟐, 𝟔𝟔) is not on the graph of the equation 𝒚𝒚 − 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑. Therefore, (−𝟐𝟐, 𝟔𝟔) cannot be a solution to the
The formal proof shown on the following page is optional. The Discussion can be modified by first asking students the
questions in the first two bullet points and then having them make conjectures about why there is just one solution to
the system of equations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 How many points of intersection of the two lines were there?

 There was only one point of intersection for each pair of lines.
 Was your answer to part (d) in Exercises 1–5 ever yes? Explain.
 No. The answer was always no. Each time, the point given was either a solution to just one of the
equations, or it was not a solution to either equation.
 So far, what you have observed strongly suggests that the solution of a system of linear equations is the point
of intersection of two distinct lines. Let’s show that this observation is true.
THEOREM: Let
𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐1
� 1
𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐2
be a system of linear equations, where 𝑎𝑎1 , 𝑏𝑏1 , 𝑐𝑐1 , 𝑎𝑎2 , 𝑏𝑏2 , and 𝑐𝑐2 are constants. At least one of 𝑎𝑎1 , 𝑏𝑏1 is not
equal to zero, and at least one of 𝑎𝑎2 , 𝑏𝑏2 is not equal to zero. Let 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 be the lines defined by
𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐1 and 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐2 , respectively. If 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 are not parallel, then the solution of the system
is exactly the point of intersection of 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 .
 To prove the theorem, we have to show two things.
MP.6 (1) Any point that lies in the intersection of the two lines is a solution of the system.
(2) Any solution of the system lies in the intersection of the two lines.
 We begin by showing that (1) is true. To show that (1) is true, use the definition of a solution. What does it
mean to be a solution to an equation?
 A solution is the ordered pair of numbers that makes an equation true. A solution is also a point on the
graph of a linear equation.
 Suppose (𝑥𝑥0 , 𝑦𝑦0 ) is the point of intersection of 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 . Since the point (𝑥𝑥0 , 𝑦𝑦0 ) is on 𝑙𝑙1 , it means that it is a
solution to 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐1 . Similarly, since the point (𝑥𝑥0 , 𝑦𝑦0 ) is on 𝑙𝑙2 , it means that it is a solution to
𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐2 . Therefore, since the point (𝑥𝑥0 , 𝑦𝑦0 ) is a solution to each linear equation, it is a solution to the
system of linear equations, and the proof of (1) is complete.
 To prove (2), use the definition of a solution again. Suppose (𝑥𝑥0 , 𝑦𝑦0 ) is a solution to the system. Then, the
point (𝑥𝑥0 , 𝑦𝑦0 ) is a solution to 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐1 and, therefore, lies on 𝑙𝑙1 . Similarly, the point (𝑥𝑥0 , 𝑦𝑦0 ) is a
solution to 𝑎𝑎2 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏2 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐2 and, therefore, lies on 𝑙𝑙2 . Since there can be only one point shared by two distinct
non-parallel lines, then (𝑥𝑥0 , 𝑦𝑦0 ) must be the point of intersection of 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 . This completes the proof of (2).
 Therefore, given a system of two distinct non-parallel linear equations, there can be only one point of
intersection, which means there is just one solution to the system.
This exercise is optional. It requires students to write two different systems for a given solution. The exercise can be
completed independently or in pairs.
Exercise 6
6. Write two different systems of equations with (𝟏𝟏, −𝟐𝟐) as the solution.
Answers will vary. Two sample solutions are provided:

𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏 −𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟕𝟕
� and � .
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟖𝟖 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know how to sketch the graphs of a system of linear equations and find the point of intersection of the
lines.
 We know that the point of intersection represents the solution to the system of linear equations.
 We know that two distinct non-parallel lines will intersect at only one point; therefore, the point of
intersection is an ordered pair of numbers that makes both equations in the system true.
Lesson Summary
When the graphs of a system of linear equations are sketched, and if they are not parallel lines, then the point of
intersection of the lines of the graph represents the solution to the system. Two distinct lines intersect at most at
one point, if they intersect. The coordinates of that point (𝒙𝒙, 𝒚𝒚) represent values that make both equations of the
system true.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
Example: The system � graphs as shown below.
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
The lines intersect at (𝟒𝟒, −𝟏𝟏). That means the equations in the system are true when 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒 and 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒 + (−𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒 − (−𝟏𝟏) = 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 25: Geometric Interpretation of the Solutions of a Linear

System
Exit Ticket
2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = −1
Sketch the graphs of the linear system on a coordinate plane: � .
𝑦𝑦 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 5
a. Name the ordered pair where the

graphs of the two linear equations
intersect.
b. Verify that the ordered pair named

in part (a) is a solution to
2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = −1.
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝑦𝑦 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 5.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏
Sketch the graphs of the linear system on a coordinate plane: � .
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓

intersect.
(𝟐𝟐, 𝟓𝟓)
b. Verify that the ordered pair

named in part (a) is a solution to
𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏.
𝟐𝟐(𝟐𝟐) − 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒 − 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏 = −𝟏𝟏
The left and right sides of the

equation are equal.
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟓𝟓.
𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓(𝟐𝟐) − 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏
1. Sketch the graphs of the linear system on a coordinate plane: � 𝟑𝟑 .
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
For the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏:
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
The slope is , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is
𝟑𝟑
(𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏).
For the equation 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏:

𝟑𝟑
The slope is − , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is
𝟏𝟏
(𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏).

intersect.
(𝟑𝟑, 𝟐𝟐)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in

𝟏𝟏
part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏.
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 = (𝟑𝟑) + 𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟐𝟐 = −𝟑𝟑(𝟑𝟑) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 = −𝟗𝟗 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒
2. Sketch the graphs of the linear system on a coordinate plane: � 𝟐𝟐 .
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
For the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒:
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
The slope is , and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept
𝟐𝟐
point is(𝟎𝟎, 𝟒𝟒).
For the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒:

𝟎𝟎 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏).
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (𝟒𝟒, 𝟎𝟎).
a. Name the ordered pair where

the graphs of the two linear equations intersect.
(−𝟒𝟒, 𝟐𝟐)
𝟏𝟏
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒.
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 = (−𝟒𝟒) + 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒.
−𝟒𝟒 + 𝟒𝟒(𝟐𝟐) = 𝟒𝟒
−𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
For the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏:
𝟎𝟎 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟓𝟓).
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
(𝟔𝟔, 𝟐𝟐)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐.
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐(𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔
For the equation −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏:
−𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
−𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟗𝟗
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (−𝟗𝟗, 𝟎𝟎).
For the equation 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔:

𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑
The 𝒙𝒙-intercept point is (𝟑𝟑, 𝟎𝟎).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
(−𝟑𝟑, 𝟒𝟒)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
−𝟐𝟐(−𝟑𝟑) + 𝟑𝟑(𝟒𝟒) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔.
𝟐𝟐(−𝟑𝟑) + 𝟑𝟑(𝟒𝟒) = 𝟔𝟔
−𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔 = 𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
5. Sketch the graphs of the linear system on a coordinate plane: � 𝟐𝟐 .
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑
For the equation 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐:
𝟎𝟎 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟏).

𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐(𝟎𝟎) = 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐

𝟐𝟐
For the equation 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔:
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
The slope is , and the 𝒚𝒚-
𝟑𝟑
intercept point is (𝟎𝟎, −𝟔𝟔).
(𝟔𝟔, −𝟐𝟐)
b. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐.
𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐(−𝟐𝟐) = 𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟐𝟐
c. Verify that the ordered pair named in part (a) is a solution to 𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔.
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
−𝟐𝟐 = (𝟔𝟔) − 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑
−𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒 − 𝟔𝟔
−𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐
6. Without sketching the graph, name the ordered pair where the graphs of the two linear equations intersect.
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
�
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑
(𝟐𝟐, −𝟑𝟑)
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 26: Characterization of Parallel Lines
Student Outcomes
 Students know that when a system of linear equations has no solution (i.e., no point of intersection of the
lines), then the lines are parallel.
Lesson Notes
The Discussion is an optional proof of the theorem about parallel lines. Discuss the proof with students, or have
students complete Exercises 4–10.
Classwork
Students complete Exercises 1–3 independently. Once students are finished, debrief their work using the questions in
the Discussion that follows the exercises.
Exercises
1. Sketch the graphs of the system.
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒
� 𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔
a. Identify the slope of each equation. What do

you notice?
𝟐𝟐
The slope of the first equation is , and the
𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
slope of the second equation is . The slopes
𝟔𝟔
are equal.
b. Identify the 𝒚𝒚-intercept point of each

equation. Are the 𝒚𝒚-intercept points the
same or different?
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are (𝟎𝟎, 𝟒𝟒) and (𝟎𝟎, −𝟑𝟑).

The 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are different.
Lesson 26: Characterization of Parallel Lines 412
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟕𝟕
� 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒
a. Identify the slope of each equation.

What do you notice?
𝟓𝟓
The slope of both equations is − . The
𝟒𝟒
slopes are equal.

equation. Are the 𝒚𝒚-intercept points
the same or different?
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are (𝟎𝟎, 𝟕𝟕) and

(𝟎𝟎, 𝟐𝟐). The 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are
different.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓
�
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏
a. Identify the slope of each equation.

What do you notice?
The slope of both equations is 𝟐𝟐. The

slopes are equal.

equation. Are the 𝒚𝒚-intercept points the
same or different?
The 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are (𝟎𝟎, −𝟓𝟓) and

(𝟎𝟎, −𝟏𝟏). The 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are
different.

 What did you notice about each of the systems you graphed in Exercises 1–3?
MP.3  For each exercise, the graphs of the given linear equations look like parallel lines.
&
MP.8  What did you notice about the slopes in each system?
 Each time, the linear equations of the system had the same slope.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What did you notice about the 𝑦𝑦-intercept points of the equations in each system?
 In each case, the 𝑦𝑦-intercept points were different.
 If the equations had the same 𝑦𝑦-intercept point and the same slope, what would we know about the graphs of
the lines?
MP.3  There is only one line that can go through a given point with a given slope. If the equations had the
& same slope and 𝑦𝑦-intercept point, then their graphs are the same line.
MP.8
 For that reason, when we discuss lines with the same slope, we must make sure to identify them as distinct
lines.
 Write a summary of the conclusions you have reached by completing Exercises 1–3.
Provide time for students to write their conclusions. Share the theorem with them, and have students compare the
conclusions that they reached to the statements in the theorem.
 What you observed in Exercises 1–3 can be stated as a theorem.
THEOREM:
(1) Two distinct, non-vertical lines in the plane are parallel if they have the same slope.
(2) If two distinct, non-vertical lines have the same slope, then they are parallel.
 Suppose you have a pair of parallel lines on a coordinate plane. In how many places will those lines intersect?
 By definition, parallel lines never intersect.
 Suppose you are given a system of linear equations whose graphs are parallel lines. How many solutions will
the system have?
 Based on work in the previous lesson, students learned that the solutions of a system lie in the
intersection of the lines defined by the linear equations of the system. Since parallel lines do not
intersect, then a system containing linear equations that graph as parallel lines will have no solution.
 What we want to find out is how to recognize when the lines defined by the equations are parallel. Then we
would know immediately that we have a system with no solution as long as the lines are different.
𝑥𝑥 = 2 𝑦𝑦 = 6
 A system can easily be recognized as having no solutions when it is in the form of � or � .
𝑥𝑥 = −7 𝑦𝑦 = 15
Why is that so?
𝑥𝑥 = 2
 Because the system � graphs as two vertical lines. All vertical lines are parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis
𝑥𝑥 = −7
𝑦𝑦 = 6
and, therefore, are parallel to one another. Similarly, the system � graphs as two horizontal
𝑦𝑦 = 15
lines. All horizontal lines are parallel to the 𝑥𝑥-axis and, therefore, are parallel to one another.
 We want to be able to recognize when we have a system of parallel lines that are not vertical or horizontal.
What characteristics did each pair of equations have?
 Each pair of equations had the same slope but different 𝑦𝑦-intercept points.

The following Discussion is an optional proof of the theorem about parallel lines. Having this discussion with students is
optional. Instead, students may complete Exercises 4–10.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We begin by proving (1). Recall that when we were shown that the slope between any two points would be
equal to the same constant, 𝑚𝑚, we used what we knew about similar triangles. We will do something similar
to prove (1).
 Suppose we have two non-vertical and non-horizontal parallel lines 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 in the coordinate plane. Assume
that the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of 𝑙𝑙1 is greater than the 𝑦𝑦-intercept point of 𝑙𝑙2 . (We could assume the opposite is
true; it does not make a difference with respect to the proof. We just want to say something clearly so our
diagram will make sense.) Let’s also assume that these lines are left-to-right inclining (i.e., they have a positive
slope).
 Pick a point 𝑃𝑃(𝑝𝑝1 , 𝑝𝑝2 ) on 𝑙𝑙1 , and draw a vertical line from 𝑃𝑃 so that it intersects 𝑙𝑙2 at point 𝑄𝑄 and the 𝑥𝑥-axis at
point 𝑅𝑅. From points 𝑄𝑄 and 𝑅𝑅, draw horizontal lines so that they intersect lines 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 at points 𝑆𝑆 and 𝑇𝑇,
respectively.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 By construction, ∠𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 and ∠𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 are right angles. How do we know for sure?
 We drew a vertical line from point 𝑃𝑃. Therefore, the vertical line is parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis and
perpendicular to the 𝑥𝑥-axis. Therefore, ∠𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 = 90°. Since we also drew horizontal lines, we know
they are parallel. The vertical line through 𝑃𝑃 is then a transversal that intersects parallel lines, which
means corresponding angles are congruent. Since ∠𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 corresponds to ∠𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃, then ∠𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 = 90°.
 We want to show that △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 ~ △ 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄, which means we need another pair of equal angles in order to use the
AA criterion. Do we have another pair of equal angles? Explain.
 Yes. We know that lines 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 are parallel. By using the vertical line through 𝑃𝑃 as the transversal,
corresponding angles ∠𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 = ∠𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆. Therefore, △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 ~ △ 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄.
 To better see what we are doing, we will translate △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 along vector ��⃗
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 as shown.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 By the definition of dilation, we know that:

|𝑃𝑃′𝑄𝑄′| |𝑄𝑄′𝑆𝑆′|
= .
|𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄| |𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅|
Equivalently, by the multiplication property of equality:

|𝑃𝑃′𝑄𝑄′| |𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄|
= .
|𝑄𝑄′𝑆𝑆′| |𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅|
Because translation preserves lengths of segments, we know that |𝑃𝑃′ 𝑄𝑄′ | = |𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| and |𝑄𝑄′ 𝑆𝑆 ′ | = |𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄|, so we
have
|𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| |𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄|
= .
|𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃| |𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄|
By definition of slope, is the slope of 𝑙𝑙1 and is the slope of 𝑙𝑙2 . Therefore, the slopes of 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 are
equal, and (1) is proved.
 To prove (2), use the same construction as we did for (1). The difference this time is that we know we have
side lengths that are equal in ratio because we are given that the slopes are the same, so we are trying to
prove that the lines 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 are parallel. Since we do not know the lines are parallel, we also do not know
that ∠𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇 = ∠𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆, but we do know that ∠𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 and ∠𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 are right angles.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Then, again, we translate △ 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 along vector ��⃗

𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 as shown.
| ||
 Since the corresponding sides are equal in ratio to the scale factor = and share a common angle,
∠𝑃𝑃′𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅′, by the fundamental theorem of similarity, we know that the lines containing �� 𝑃𝑃′𝑆𝑆′ and ��
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 are parallel.
��
Since the line containing 𝑃𝑃′𝑆𝑆′ is a translation of line 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃, and translations preserve angle measures, we know
that line 𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 is parallel to line 𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄. Since the line containing ��
𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃 is line 𝑙𝑙1 , and the line containing ��
𝑄𝑄𝑄𝑄 is line 𝑙𝑙2 ,
we can conclude that 𝑙𝑙1 ∥ 𝑙𝑙2 . This finishes the proof of the theorem.

Students complete Exercises 4–10 independently. Once students are finished, debrief their work using the questions in
the Discussion that follow the exercises.
4. Write a system of equations that has no solution.
Answers will vary. Verify that the system that has been written has equations that have the same slope and unique
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚-intercept points. Sample student solution: � 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒
5. Write a system of equations that has (𝟐𝟐, 𝟏𝟏) as a solution.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have written a system where (𝟐𝟐, 𝟏𝟏) is a solution to each equation. Sample
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
student solution: � 𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. How can you tell if a system of equations has a solution or not?
If the slopes of the equations are different, the lines will intersect at some point, and there will be a solution to the
system. If the slopes of the equations are the same, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are different, then the equations will
graph as parallel lines, which means the system will not have a solution.
7. Does the system of linear equations shown below have a solution? Explain.
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟓𝟓
�
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
Yes, this system does have a solution. The slope of the first equation is 𝟑𝟑, and the slope of the second equation is .
𝟑𝟑
Since the slopes are different, these equations will graph as nonparallel lines, which means they will intersect at
some point.
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
�
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
No, this system does not have a solution. The slope of the first equation is = , and the slope of the second
𝟖𝟖 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
equation is . Since the slopes are the same, but the lines are distinct, these equations will graph as parallel lines.
𝟒𝟒
Parallel lines never intersect, which means this system has no solution.
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐
�
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
No, this system does not have a solution. The slope of the first equation is − = −𝟒𝟒, and the slope of the second
𝟑𝟑
equation is −𝟒𝟒. Since the slopes are the same, but the lines are distinct, these equations will graph as parallel lines.
Parallel lines never intersect, which means this system has no solution.
10. Genny babysits for two different families. One family pays her $𝟔𝟔 each hour and a bonus of $𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 at the end of the
night. The other family pays her $𝟑𝟑 every half hour and a bonus of $𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 at the end of the night. Write and solve the
system of equations that represents this situation. At what number of hours do the two families pay the same for
babysitting services from Genny?
Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total amount Genny is paid for babysitting 𝒙𝒙 hours. The first family pays 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. Since the
other family pays by the half hour, 𝟑𝟑 ∙ 𝟐𝟐 would represent the amount Genny is paid each hour. So, the other family
pays 𝒚𝒚 = (𝟑𝟑 ∙ 𝟐𝟐)𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, which is the same as 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
�
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
Since the equations in the system have the same slope and different 𝒚𝒚-intercept points, there will not be a point of
intersection. That means that there will not be a number of hours for when Genny is paid the same amount by both
families. The second family will always pay her $𝟓𝟓 more than the first family.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know that systems of linear equations whose graphs are two distinct vertical lines will have no solution
because all vertical lines are parallel to the 𝑦𝑦-axis and, therefore, are parallel to one another. Similarly,
systems of linear equations whose graphs are two distinct horizontal lines will have no solution because all
horizontal lines are parallel to the 𝑥𝑥-axis and, therefore, are parallel to one another.
 We know that if a system contains linear equations whose graphs are distinct lines with the same slope, then
the lines are parallel and, therefore, the system has no solution.
Lesson Summary
By definition, parallel lines do not intersect; therefore, a system of linear equations whose graphs are parallel lines
will have no solution.
Parallel lines have the same slope but no common point. One can verify that two lines are parallel by comparing
their slopes and their 𝒚𝒚-intercept points.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 26: Characterization of Parallel Lines
Exit Ticket
Does each system of linear equations have a solution? Explain your answer.
5
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 3
1. � 4
5
𝑦𝑦 + 2 = 𝑥𝑥
4
2
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 − 5
2. � 3
4𝑥𝑥 − 8𝑦𝑦 = 11
1
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 8
3. �3
𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 12
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Does each system of linear equations have a solution? Explain your answer.
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
1. � 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
No, this system does not have a solution. The slope of the first equation is , and the slope of the second equation is
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
. Since the slopes are the same, and they are distinct lines, these equations will graph as parallel lines. Parallel
𝟒𝟒
lines never intersect; therefore, this system has no solution.
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓
2. � 𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
Yes, this system does have a solution. The slope of the first equation is , and the slope of the second equation is .
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
some point.
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖
3. �𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
No, this system does not have a solution. The slope of the first equation is − , and the slope of the second equation
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
is − . Since the slopes are the same, and they are distinct lines, these equations will graph as parallel lines. Parallel
𝟑𝟑
lines never intersect; therefore, this system has no solution.
Answer Problems 1–5 without graphing the equations.
𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟗𝟗
�
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐
No, this system does not have a solution. The slope of the first equation is − , and the slope of the second equation
𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐
is − , which is equivalent to − . Since the slopes are the same, but the lines are distinct, these equations will
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
graph as parallel lines. Parallel lines never intersect, which means this system has no solution.
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝒚𝒚
� 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒
Yes, this system does have a solution. The slope of the first equation is , and the slope of the second equation is .
𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑
some point.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟖𝟖
�
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
Yes, this system does have a solution. The slope of the first equation is − , and the slope of the second equation is
𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕. Since the slopes are different, these equations will graph as nonparallel lines, which means they will intersect at
some point.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
�
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏
No, this system does not have a solution. The slope of the first equation is 𝟓𝟓, and the slope of the second equation is
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
, which is equivalent to 𝟓𝟓. Since the slopes are the same, but the lines are distinct, these equations will graph as
𝟐𝟐
parallel lines. Parallel lines never intersect, which means this system has no solution.
𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
� 𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟓𝟓
No, this system does not have a solution. The slope of the first equation is , and the slope of the second equation is
𝟑𝟑
𝟓𝟓
. Since the slopes are the same, but the lines are distinct, these equations will graph as parallel lines. Parallel lines
𝟑𝟑
never intersect, which means this system has no solution.
6. Given the graphs of a system of linear equations below, is there a solution to the system that we cannot see on this
portion of the coordinate plane? That is, will the lines intersect somewhere on the plane not represented in the
picture? Explain.
𝟒𝟒 𝟔𝟔
The slope of 𝒍𝒍𝟏𝟏 is , and the slope of 𝒍𝒍𝟐𝟐 is . Since the slopes are different, these lines are nonparallel lines, which
𝟕𝟕 𝟕𝟕
means they will intersect at some point. Therefore, the system of linear equations whose graphs are the given lines
will have a solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
picture? Explain.
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏
The slope of 𝒍𝒍𝟏𝟏 is − , and the slope of 𝒍𝒍𝟐𝟐 is − . Since the slopes are different, these lines are nonparallel lines,
𝟖𝟖 𝟐𝟐
which means they will intersect at some point. Therefore, the system of linear equations whose graphs are the given
lines will have a solution.
picture? Explain.
The slope of 𝒍𝒍𝟏𝟏 is −𝟏𝟏, and the slope of 𝒍𝒍𝟐𝟐 is −𝟏𝟏. Since the slopes are the same the lines are parallel lines, which
means they will not intersect. Therefore, the system of linear equations whose graphs are the given lines will have
no solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
picture? Explain.
𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
The slope of 𝒍𝒍𝟏𝟏 is , and the slope of 𝒍𝒍𝟐𝟐 is . Since the slopes are different, these lines are nonparallel lines, which
𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
means they will intersect at some point. Therefore, the system of linear equations whose graphs are the given lines
will have a solution.
picture? Explain.
Lines 𝒍𝒍𝟏𝟏 and 𝒍𝒍𝟐𝟐 are horizontal lines. That means that they are both parallel to the 𝒙𝒙-axis and, thus, are parallel to one
another. Therefore, the system of linear equations whose graphs are the given lines will have no solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 27: Nature of Solutions of a System of Linear

Equations
Student Outcomes
 Students know that since two equations in the form 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 + 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 = 𝑐𝑐 and ′𝑥𝑥 + 𝑏𝑏′𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐′ , when 𝑎𝑎, b, and c are
nonzero numbers, graph as the same line when = = , then the system of linear equations has
 Students know a strategy for solving a system of linear equations algebraically.
Classwork
Students complete Exercises 1–3 independently in preparation for the Discussion that follows about infinitely many
solutions.
Exercises
Determine the nature of the solution to each system of linear equations.

𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟓𝟓
1. � 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒
The slopes of these two distinct equations are the same, which means the graphs of these two equations are parallel
lines. Therefore, this system will have no solution.
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟒𝟒

2. �
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓
The slopes of these two equations are different. That means the graphs of these two equations are distinct
nonparallel lines and will intersect at one point. Therefore, this system has one solution.
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑
3. �
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏
The lines defined by the graph of this system of equations are the same line because they have the same slope and
the same 𝒚𝒚-intercept point.
Lesson 27: Nature of Solutions of a System of Linear Equations 426
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Ask students to summarize the nature of the solutions for each of the Exercises 1–3. Students should be able to state
clearly what they observed in Exercise 1 and Exercise 2 as stated in (1) and (2) below.
 So far, our work with systems of linear equations has taught us that
(1) If the lines defined by the equations in the system are parallel, then the system has no solution.
(2) If the lines defined by the equations in the system are not parallel, then the system has exactly one
solution, and it is the point of intersection of the two lines.
Have students discuss their “solution” to Exercise 3. Ask students what they noticed, if anything, about the equations in
Exercise 3. If necessary, show that the first equation can be obtained from the second equation by multiplying each
term by 3. Then the equations are exactly the same. Proceed with the second example below, along with the discussion
points that follow.
 We now know there is a third possibility with respect to systems of equations. Consider the following system
of linear equations below:
3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5
�
6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 10
What do you notice about the constants 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐 of the first equation, compared to the constants 𝑎𝑎′, 𝑏𝑏′, and
𝑐𝑐′ of the second equation?
 When you compare = = , they are equal to the same constant, 2.
MP.2  If you multiplied each term of the first equation by the constant 2, what is the result?
2(3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5)
6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 10
When you multiply each term of the first equation by the constant 2, the result is the second equation.
 What does this mean about the graphs of the equations in the system?
 It means that the lines defined by these equations are the same line. That is, they graph as the same
line.
 When the lines defined by two linear equations are the same line, it means that every solution to one equation
is also a solution to the other equation. Since we can find an infinite number of solutions to any linear
equation in two variables, systems that comprise equations that define the same line have infinitely many
solutions.
3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5
Provide students with time to verify the fact that the system � has infinitely many solutions. Instruct them
6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 10
to find at least two solutions to the first equation, and then show that the same ordered pairs satisfy the second
equation as well.
3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5
�
6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑦𝑦 = 10
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Two solutions to 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5 are (1, 1) and (3, −2). Replacing the solutions in the second equation results in the true
equations. When 𝑥𝑥 = 1, and 𝑦𝑦 = 1,
6(1) + 4(1) = 10
6 + 4 = 10
10 = 10,
and when 𝑥𝑥 = 3, and 𝑦𝑦 = −2,
6(3) + 4(−2) = 10
18 − 8 = 10
10 = 10.
 Since there is only one line passing through two distinct points, the lines defined by the two equations are the
same line. That is, the system has infinitely many solutions.
 Therefore, the nature of the solutions of a system of linear equations is one of three possibilities: one
solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions. A system will have one solution when the graphs of the
equations are distinct lines with different slopes. A system will have no solution when the equations have the
same slope and different 𝑦𝑦-intercept points, in other words, when the graphs are parallel lines. A system will
have infinitely many solutions when the lines defined by the equations are the same line; these equations will
have the same slope and same 𝑦𝑦-intercept point.
In this example, students realize that graphing a system of equations yields a solution, but the precise coordinates of the
solution cannot be determined from the graph.
 The following figure contains the graphs of the
𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 5
system � .
𝑦𝑦 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 3
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Though the graphs of the equations were easy to sketch, it is not easy to identify the solution to the system
because the intersection of the lines does not have integer coordinates. Estimate the solution based on the
graph.
1
 The solution looks like it could be � , 6�.
3
 When we need a precise answer, we must use an alternative strategy for solving systems of linear equations.
Understanding the substitution method requires an understanding of the transitive property. One accessible way to
introduce this to students at this level is through symbolic puzzles; one possible example follows:
If ! = $$ and $$ = &, is it true that ! = &? Why or why not? Allow students time to think about the symbol puzzle and
share their thoughts with the class. Then, continue with the points below.
 When two linear expressions are equal to the same number, then the expressions are equal to each other, just
like ! = & because both ! and & are equal to $$. Look at the system of equations given in this example:
𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 5
�
𝑦𝑦 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 3
How is this like our puzzle about !, $$, and &?
 Both of the equations in the system are equal to 𝑦𝑦; therefore, 3𝑥𝑥 + 5 must be equal to 8𝑥𝑥 + 3.
 The equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 3 is a linear equation in one variable. Solve it for 𝑥𝑥.
3𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 3
2 = 5𝑥𝑥
2
= 𝑥𝑥
5
 Keep in mind that we are trying to identify the point of intersection of the lines, in other words, the solution
2
that is common to both equations. What we have just found is the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of that solution, , and we
5
must now determine the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate. To do so, we can substitute the value of 𝑥𝑥 into either of the two
equations of the system to determine the value for 𝑦𝑦.
2
𝑦𝑦 = 3 � � + 5
5
6
𝑦𝑦 = + 5
5
31
𝑦𝑦 =
5
 Verify that we would get the same value for 𝑦𝑦 using the second equation.
2
𝑦𝑦 = 8 � � + 3
5
16
𝑦𝑦 = +3
5
31
𝑦𝑦 =
5
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2 31
 The solution to the system is � , �. Look at the graph. Does it look like this could be the solution?
5 5
 Yes. The coordinates look correct, and they are close to our estimated solution.
 Our estimation was close to the actual answer but not as precise as when we solved the system algebraically.
𝑦𝑦 = 7𝑥𝑥 − 2
 Does the system � have a solution?
2𝑦𝑦 − 4𝑥𝑥 = 10
 Yes. The slopes are different, which means they are not parallel and not the same line.
 Now that we know that the system has a solution, we will solve it without graphing.
 Notice that in this example we do not have two linear expressions equal to the same number. However, we do
know what 𝑦𝑦 is; it is equal to the expression 7𝑥𝑥 − 2. Therefore, we can substitute the expression that 𝑦𝑦 is
equal to in the second equation. Since 𝑦𝑦 = 7𝑥𝑥 − 2, then:
2𝑦𝑦 − 4𝑥𝑥 = 10
2(7𝑥𝑥 − 2) − 4𝑥𝑥 = 10
14𝑥𝑥 − 4 − 4𝑥𝑥 = 10
10𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 10
10𝑥𝑥 = 14
14
𝑥𝑥 =
10
7
𝑥𝑥 = .
5
7
 What does 𝑥𝑥 = represent?
5
 It represents the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the point of intersection of the graphs of the lines or the solution to
the system.
 How can we determine the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the solution to the system?
 Since we know the 𝑥𝑥-coordinate of the solution, we can substitute the value of 𝑥𝑥 into either equation to
determine the value of the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate.
 Determine the 𝑦𝑦-coordinate of the solution to the system.
7
𝑦𝑦 = 7 � � − 2
5
49
𝑦𝑦 = −2
5
39
𝑦𝑦 =
5
7 39
 The solution to this system is � , �. What does the solution represent?
5 5
 The solution is the point of intersection of the graphs of the lines of the system. It is a solution that
makes both equations of the system true.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4𝑦𝑦 = 26𝑥𝑥 + 4
 Does the system � have a solution?
𝑦𝑦 = 11𝑥𝑥 − 1
 Yes. The slopes are different, which means they are not parallel and not the same line.
 Solve this system using substitution. Since we know what 𝑦𝑦 is equal to, we can replace that value with the
expression 11𝑥𝑥 − 1 in the first equation.
4𝑦𝑦 = 26𝑥𝑥 + 4
�
𝑦𝑦 = 11𝑥𝑥 − 1
4(11𝑥𝑥 − 1) = 26𝑥𝑥 + 4
44𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 26𝑥𝑥 + 4
44𝑥𝑥 − 26𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 26𝑥𝑥 − 26𝑥𝑥 + 4
18𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 4
18𝑥𝑥 − 4 + 4 = 4 + 4
18𝑥𝑥 = 8
8
𝑥𝑥 =
18
4
𝑥𝑥 =
9
4
𝑦𝑦 = 11 � � − 1
9
44
𝑦𝑦 = −1
9
35
𝑦𝑦 =
9
4 35
The solution to the system is � , �.
9 9
 There is another option for solving this equation. We could multiply the second equation by 4. Then we
would have two linear equations equal to 4𝑦𝑦 that could then be written as a single equation, as in Example 1.
1
Or we could multiply the first equation by . Then we would have two linear equations equal to 𝑦𝑦 that could
4
be written as a single equation, as in Example 1, again.
 For this system, let’s multiply the second equation by 4. Then, we have
4(𝑦𝑦 = 11𝑥𝑥 − 1)
4𝑦𝑦 = 44𝑥𝑥 − 4.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4𝑦𝑦 = 26𝑥𝑥 + 4
 Now the system can be written as � , and we can write the two linear expressions 26𝑥𝑥 + 4 and
4𝑦𝑦 = 44𝑥𝑥 − 4
44𝑥𝑥 − 4 as equal to one another. Solve the system.
26𝑥𝑥 + 4 = 44𝑥𝑥 − 4
4 = 18𝑥𝑥 − 4
8 = 18𝑥𝑥
8
= 𝑥𝑥
18
4
= 𝑥𝑥
9
4
𝑦𝑦 = 11 � � − 1
9
44
𝑦𝑦 = −1
9
35
𝑦𝑦 =
9
4 35
The solution to the system is � , �.
9 9
 Compare the solution we got algebraically to the graph of the system of linear equations:
4 35
We can see that our answer is correct because it looks like the lines intersect at � , �.
9 9
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Determine the nature of the solution to each system of linear equations. If the system has a solution, find it algebraically,
and then verify that your solution is correct by graphing.
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
4. �
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟕𝟕
These equations define the same line. Therefore, this system will have infinitely many solutions.
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏
5. � 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐
The slopes of these two equations are unique. That means they graph as distinct lines and will intersect at one
point. Therefore, this system has one solution.
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑 �𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏�
𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = � � − 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕
𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟖𝟖
The solution is � , �.
𝟕𝟕 𝟕𝟕
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒
6. �
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟗𝟗 � � + 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The solution is �𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒, �.
𝟑𝟑
7. Write a system of equations with (𝟒𝟒, −𝟓𝟓) as its solution.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have written a system of equations where (𝟒𝟒, −𝟓𝟓) is a solution to each
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗
equation in the system. Sample solution: �
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏
Closing (3 minutes)
 A system can have one solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions. It will have one solution when the
lines are distinct and their slopes are different; it will have no solution when the equations graph as distinct
lines with the same slope; it will have infinitely many solutions when the equations define the same line.
 We learned a method for solving a system of linear equations algebraically. It requires us to write linear
expressions equal to one another and substitution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson Summary
A system of linear equations can have a unique solution, no solution, or infinitely many solutions.
Systems with a unique solution are comprised of two linear equations whose graphs have different slopes; that is,
their graphs in a coordinate plane will be two distinct lines that intersect at only one point.
Systems with no solutions are comprised of two linear equations whose graphs have the same slope but different
𝒚𝒚-intercept points; that is, their graphs in a coordinate plane will be two parallel lines (with no intersection).
Systems with infinitely many solutions are comprised of two linear equations whose graphs have the same slope
and the same 𝒚𝒚-intercept point; that is, their graphs in a coordinate plane are the same line (i.e., every solution to
one equation will be a solution to the other equation).
A system of linear equations can be solved using a substitution method. That is, if two expressions are equal to the
same value, then they can be written equal to one another.
Example:
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖
�
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟑𝟑
Since both equations in the system are equal to 𝒚𝒚, we can write the equation 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟑𝟑 and use it to solve
for 𝒙𝒙 and then the system.
Example:
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐
�
𝒙𝒙 = 𝒚𝒚 + 𝟓𝟓
Multiply each term of the equation 𝒙𝒙 = 𝒚𝒚 + 𝟓𝟓 by 𝟑𝟑 to produce the equivalent equation 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. As in the
previous example, since both equations equal 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, we can write 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝒚𝒚 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. This equation can be used to
solve for 𝒚𝒚 and then the system.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 27: Nature of Solutions of a System of Linear Equations
Exit Ticket
Determine the nature of the solution to each system of linear equations. If the system has a solution, then
find it without graphing.
1 5
1. � 2 2
𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑦𝑦 = 7
2
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + 4
2. � 3
1
2𝑦𝑦 + 𝑥𝑥 = 2
2
𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 2
3. �
−3𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = −2
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Determine the nature of the solution to each system of linear equations. If the system has a solution, then find it without
graphing.
𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
1. � 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕
The slopes of these two equations are the same, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are different, which means they graph as
parallel lines. Therefore, this system will have no solution.
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒
2. � 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 � 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒� + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟖𝟖 + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟖𝟖 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = �− � + 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = − + 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The solution is �− , �.
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐
3. �
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

Students practice determining the nature of solutions of a system of linear equations and finding the solution for
systems that have one.
Determine the nature of the solution to each system of linear equations. If the system has a solution, find it algebraically,
and then verify that your solution is correct by graphing.
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖
1. � 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝒚𝒚
2. �
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟓𝟓 = 𝒚𝒚)𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
�
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟕𝟕
𝟗𝟗
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐 � � − 𝟓𝟓
𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝟓𝟓
𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟕𝟕
𝟗𝟗 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The solution is � , − �.
𝟕𝟕 𝟕𝟕
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟕𝟕
3. �
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟕𝟕 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
= 𝒚𝒚
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔 � � + 𝟕𝟕
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = + 𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
4. � 𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒚𝒚
5. �
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟔𝟔
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟔𝟔 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒚𝒚 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗 = −𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝒚𝒚 𝒙𝒙 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
−𝟏𝟏 = 𝒚𝒚
The solution is (−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, −𝟏𝟏).
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

6. �
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓 �− � − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟐𝟐 𝟖𝟖
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = − − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
− = 𝒙𝒙 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −
𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The solution is �− ,− �.
𝟖𝟖 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 =
7. � 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟓𝟓𝒙𝒙 − 𝟐𝟐𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
8. �
−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔
9. � 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 �𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟔𝟔�
𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
�
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = � � − 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐 𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = − 𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 =
10. �
= 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
The solution is (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔).
11. Write a system of linear equations with (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟗𝟗) as its solution.
Answers will vary. Verify that students have written a system of equations where (−𝟑𝟑, 𝟗𝟗) is a solution to each
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
equation in the system. Sample solution: �
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 28: Another Computational Method of Solving a

Linear System
Student Outcomes
 Students learn the elimination method for solving a system of linear equations.
 Students use properties of rational numbers to find a solution to a system, if it exists, through computation
using substitution and elimination methods.
Lesson Notes
Throughout the lesson, students are asked to verify that their solution to a system is correct by graphing the system and
comparing the point of intersection to their solution. For that reason, provide graph paper for student use for both the
Exercises and the Problem Set. Graphs should be provided during the presentation of the Examples to discuss with
students whether or not their estimated point of intersection verifies their solution.
Classwork
 In the last lesson, we saw that if a system of linear equations has a solution, it can be found without graphing.
In each case, the first step was to eliminate one of the variables.
𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 5
 Describe how you would solve this system algebraically: � .
𝑦𝑦 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 3
 Since both equations were equal to 𝑦𝑦, we could write 3𝑥𝑥 + 5 = 8𝑥𝑥 + 3, thereby eliminating the 𝑦𝑦 from
the system.
𝑦𝑦 = 7𝑥𝑥 − 2
2𝑦𝑦 − 4𝑥𝑥 = 10
 We can substitute 7𝑥𝑥 − 2 for 𝑦𝑦 in the second equation, i.e., 2(7𝑥𝑥 − 2) − 4𝑥𝑥 = 10, thereby eliminating
the 𝑦𝑦 again.
𝑥𝑥 = 6𝑦𝑦 + 7
𝑥𝑥 = 10𝑦𝑦 + 2
 Since both equations are equal to 𝑥𝑥, we could write 6𝑦𝑦 + 7 = 10𝑦𝑦 + 2, thereby eliminating the 𝑥𝑥.
 In this lesson, we will learn a method for solving systems that requires us to eliminate one of the variables but
in a different way from the last lesson.
Lesson 28: Another Computational Method of Solving a Linear System 442
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Example 1
Use what you noticed about adding equivalent expressions to solve the following system by elimination:
𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙 − 𝟓𝟓𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
�
𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓𝒚𝒚 = −𝟓𝟓
Show students the three examples of adding integer equations together. Ask students to verbalize what they notice in
the examples and to generalize what they observe. The goal is for students to see that they can add equivalent
expressions and still have an equivalence.
Example 1: If 2 + 5 = 7 and 1 + 9 = 10, does 2 + 5 + 1 + 9 = 7 + 10?
Example 2: If 1 + 5 = 6 and 7 − 2 = 5, does 1 + 5 + 7 − 2 = 6 + 5?
Example 3: If −3 + 11 = 8 and 2 + 1 = 3, does −3 + 11 + 2 + 1 = 8 + 3?
 Use what you noticed about adding equivalent expressions to solve the following system by elimination:
6𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 = 21
�
MP.1 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = −5
Provide students with time to attempt to solve the system by adding the equations together. Have students share their
work with the class. If necessary, use the points belows to support students.
 Notice that terms −5𝑦𝑦 and 5𝑦𝑦 are opposites; that is, they have a sum of zero when added. If we were to add
the equations in the system, the 𝑦𝑦 would be eliminated.
6𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 + 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 21 + (−5)
6𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 16
8𝑥𝑥 = 16
𝑥𝑥 = 2
 Just as before, now that we know what 𝑥𝑥 is, we can substitute it into either equation to determine the value of
𝑦𝑦.
2(2) + 5𝑦𝑦 = −5
4 + 5𝑦𝑦 = −5
5𝑦𝑦 = −9
9
𝑦𝑦 = −
5
9
The solution to the system is �2, − �.
5
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We can verify our solution by sketching the graphs of the system.
Example 2
Solve the following system by elimination:

−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟓𝟓
�
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
 We will solve the following system by elimination:

−2𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑦𝑦 = 5
�
4𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑦𝑦 = 14
 In this example, it is not as obvious which variable to eliminate. It will become obvious as soon as we multiply
the first equation by 2.
2(−2𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑦𝑦 = 5)
−4𝑥𝑥 + 14𝑦𝑦 = 10
−4𝑥𝑥 + 14𝑦𝑦 = 10
Now we have the system � . It is clear that when we add −4𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥, the 𝑥𝑥 will be eliminated.
4𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑦𝑦 = 14
Add the equations of this system together, and determine the solution to the system.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

−4𝑥𝑥 + 14𝑦𝑦 + 4𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑦𝑦 = 10 + 14 4𝑥𝑥 − 2(2) = 14
14𝑦𝑦 − 2𝑦𝑦 = 24 4𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 14
12𝑦𝑦 = 24 4𝑥𝑥 = 18
𝑦𝑦 = 2 18
𝑥𝑥 =
4
9
𝑥𝑥 =
2
9
The solution to the system is � , 2�.
2
 We can verify our solution by sketching the graphs of the system.
Example 3
Solve the following system by elimination:

𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = −𝟐𝟐
�
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟕𝟕
 We will solve the following system by elimination:

7𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 = −2
MP.1 �
3𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 7
Provide time for students to solve this system on their own before discussing it as a class.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 In this case, it is even less obvious which variable to eliminate. On these occasions, we need to rewrite both
equations. We multiply the first equation by −3 and the second equation by 7.
−3(7𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 = −2)
−21𝑥𝑥 + 15𝑦𝑦 = 6
7(3𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 7)
MP.1 21𝑥𝑥 − 21𝑦𝑦 = 49
−21𝑥𝑥 + 15𝑦𝑦 = 6
Now we have the system � , and it is obvious that the 𝑥𝑥 can be eliminated.
21𝑥𝑥 − 21𝑦𝑦 = 49
 Look at the system again.
7𝑥𝑥 − 5𝑦𝑦 = −2
�
3𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = 7
What would we do if we wanted to eliminate the 𝑦𝑦 from the system?
 We could multiply the first equation by 3 and the second equation by −5.
Students may say to multiply the first equation by −3 and the second equation by 5. Whichever answer is given first,
ask if the second is also a possibility. Students should answer yes. Then have students solve the system.
−21𝑥𝑥 + 15𝑦𝑦 = 6
�
21𝑥𝑥 − 21𝑦𝑦 = 49
15𝑦𝑦 − 21𝑦𝑦 = 6 + 49
−6𝑦𝑦 = 55
55
𝑦𝑦 = −
6
55
7𝑥𝑥 − 5 �− � = −2
6
275
7𝑥𝑥 + = −2
6
287
7𝑥𝑥 = −
6
287
𝑥𝑥 = −
42
287 55
The solution to the system is �− , − �.
42 6
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Exercises
Each of the following systems has a solution. Determine the solution to the system by eliminating one of the variables.
Verify the solution using the graph of the system.
𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

1. �
𝟑𝟑𝒙𝒙 + 𝟕𝟕𝒚𝒚 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + (−𝟖𝟖)
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = −𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑(−𝟐𝟐) + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = −𝟖𝟖

−𝟔𝟔 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = −𝟖𝟖
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐
The solution is �−𝟐𝟐, − �.
𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕
2. �
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟔𝟔
−𝟓𝟓(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕)
−𝟓𝟓𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
−𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
�
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟔𝟔
−𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟒𝟒(−𝟏𝟏) = 𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑
The solution is (𝟑𝟑, −𝟏𝟏).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟓𝟓

3. �
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏
−𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟓𝟓)
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏)
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔𝒙𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

�
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟐𝟐

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 � � = −𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − = −𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟓𝟓 +
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
 Systems of linear equations can be solved by sketching the graphs of the lines defined by the equations of the
system and looking for the intersection of the lines, substitution (as was shown in the last lesson), or
elimination (as was shown in this lesson). Some systems can be solved more efficiently by elimination, while
others by substitution. Which method do you think would be most efficient for the following system? Explain.
𝑦𝑦 = 5𝑥𝑥 − 19
�
3𝑥𝑥 + 11 = 𝑦𝑦
 Substitution would be the most efficient method. Since each equation is equal to 𝑦𝑦, it would be easiest
to write the expressions 5𝑥𝑥 − 19 and 3𝑥𝑥 + 11 equal to one another; then, solve for 𝑦𝑦.
 What method would you use for the following system? Explain.
2𝑥𝑥 − 9𝑦𝑦 = 7
�
𝑥𝑥 + 9𝑦𝑦 = 5
 Elimination would be the most efficient method because the terms −9𝑦𝑦 + 9𝑦𝑦, when added, would
eliminate the 𝑦𝑦 from the equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4𝑥𝑥 − 3𝑦𝑦 = −8
�
𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑦𝑦 = 4
 Elimination would likely be the most efficient method because we could multiply the second equation
by −4 to eliminate the 𝑥𝑥 from the equation.
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = −3
�
6𝑥𝑥 + 6𝑦𝑦 = 6
 Accept any reasonable answer students provide; then, remind them that the most efficient use of time
is to check to see if the system has a solution at all. Since the slopes of the graphs of these lines are
parallel, this system has no solution.
Closing (4 minutes)
 We know how to solve a system by eliminating one of the variables. In some cases, we will have to multiply
one or both of the given equations by a constant in order to eliminate a variable.
 We know that some systems are solved more efficiently by elimination than by other methods.
Lesson Summary
Systems of linear equations can be solved by eliminating one of the variables from the system. One way to
eliminate a variable is by setting both equations equal to the same variable and then writing the expressions equal
to one another.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟒𝟒
Example: Solve the system � .
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏
Since the expressions 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟒𝟒 and 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏 are both equal to 𝒚𝒚, they can be set equal to each other and the new
equation can be solved for 𝒙𝒙:
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏
Another way to eliminate a variable is by multiplying each term of an equation by the same constant to make an
equivalent equation. Then, use the equivalent equation to eliminate one of the variables and solve the system.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖
Example: Solve the system � .
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Multiply the second equation by −𝟐𝟐 to eliminate the 𝒙𝒙.
−𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟖𝟖
Now we have the system � .
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
When the equations are added together, the 𝒙𝒙 is eliminated.
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖 + (−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐)

𝒚𝒚 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖 + (−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐)
Once a solution has been found, verify the solution graphically or by substitution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

The graphs have been provided in the Exit Ticket in order to allow students to check their solutions within the four
minutes allotted.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 28: Another Computational Method of Solving a Linear

System
Exit Ticket
Determine the solution, if it exists, for each system of linear equations. Verify your solution on the coordinate plane.
𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 5
1. �
𝑦𝑦 = −3𝑥𝑥 + 7
𝑦𝑦 = −4𝑥𝑥 + 6
2. �
2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 11
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓
1. �
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐) − 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔 − 𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
The solution is (𝟐𝟐, 𝟏𝟏).
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟔𝟔
2. �
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − (−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟔𝟔) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟔𝟔
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒 � � + 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = − + 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔 𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝒚𝒚
1. �𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = −𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟓𝟓
𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐 �− � + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
− + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟓𝟓
𝟖𝟖 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗
2. �
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑(−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐)
−𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗
�
−𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟐𝟐
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
The solution is � , 𝟑𝟑�.
𝟑𝟑
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐
3. �
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒
These equations define the same line. Therefore,
this system will have infinitely many solutions.
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

4. �
−𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟓𝟓(𝟑𝟑) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
The solution is � , 𝟑𝟑�.
𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝒚𝒚
5. �
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑) = 𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = −𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = −
𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓
− + 𝟑𝟑 = 𝒚𝒚
𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
= 𝒚𝒚
𝟕𝟕
𝟓𝟓 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟕𝟕 𝟕𝟕
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐
6. �
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The equations graph as distinct lines. The slopes of these two equations are the same, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are
different, which means they graph as parallel lines. Therefore, this system will have no solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

7. �
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐(−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟐𝟐)
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

�
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒

−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟑𝟑 � � = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 =
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒
8. �
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
The equations graph as distinct lines. The slopes of these two equations are the same, and the 𝒚𝒚-intercept points are
different, which means they graph as parallel lines. Therefore, this system will have no solution.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔
9. �
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑(𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔)
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = −𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
�
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
−𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
= 𝒙𝒙
𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟐𝟐(𝟑𝟑) + 𝟔𝟔
𝒚𝒚 = −𝟔𝟔 + 𝟔𝟔
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟎𝟎
The solution is (𝟑𝟑, 𝟎𝟎).
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏
10. �
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

11. �
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑(𝟑𝟑) − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟗𝟗 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟖𝟖
𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟓𝟓
𝟖𝟖
The solution is �𝟑𝟑, − �.
𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗
12. � 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 − 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
The solution is (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑).
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟒𝟒𝒙𝒙 − 𝟕𝟕𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

13. �
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟒𝟒(𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

�
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒

−𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 � � = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 + = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕
14. �
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒙𝒙 + 𝟖𝟖𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 29: Word Problems
Student Outcomes
 Students write word problems into systems of linear equations.
 Students solve systems of linear equations using elimination and substitution methods.
Lesson Notes
In this lesson, students use many of the skills learned in this module. For example, they begin by defining the variables
described in a word problem. Next, students write a system of linear equations to represent the situation. Students
MP.4 then have to decide which method is most efficient for solving the system. Finally, they solve the system and check to
make sure their answer is correct. For each of the examples in the lesson, pose the questions, and provide students time
to answer them on their own. Then, select students to share their thoughts and solutions with the class.
Classwork
Example 1
The sum of two numbers is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, and the difference between the two numbers is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. What are the two numbers?
 Together, we will read a word problem and work toward finding the solution.
 The sum of two numbers is 361, and the difference between the two numbers is 173. What are the two
numbers?
Provide students time to work independently or in pairs to solve this problem. Have students share their solutions and
explain how they arrived at their answers. Then, show how the problem can be solved using a system of linear
equations.
 What do we need to do first?
 We need to define our variables.
 If we define our variables, we can better represent the situation we have been given. What should the
variables be for this problem?
 Let 𝑥𝑥 represent one number, and let 𝑦𝑦 represent the other number.
 Now that we know the numbers are 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦, what do we need to do now?
 We need to write equations to represent the information in the word problem.
 Using 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦, write equations to represent the information we are provided.
 The sum of two numbers is 361 can be written as 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 361. The difference between the two
numbers is 173 can be written as 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 173.
Lesson 29: Word Problems 460
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 We have two equations to represent this problem. What is it called when we have more than one linear
equation for a problem, and how is it represented symbolically?
 We have a system of linear equations.
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 361
�
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 173
 We know several methods for solving systems of linear equations. Which method do you think will be the
most efficient, and why?
 We should add the equations together to eliminate the variable 𝑦𝑦 because we can do that in one step.
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 361
 Solve the system: � .
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 173
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 361
�
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 173
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦 = 361 + 173
2𝑥𝑥 = 534
𝑥𝑥 = 267
267 + 𝑦𝑦 = 361
𝑦𝑦 = 94
The solution is (267, 94).
 Based on our work, we believe the two numbers are 267 and 94. Check to make sure your answer is correct
by substituting the numbers into both equations. If it makes a true statement, then we know we are correct.
If it makes a false statement, then we need to go back and check our work.
267 + 94 = 361
361 = 361
267 − 94 = 173
173 = 173
 Now we are sure that the numbers are 267 and 94. Does it matter which number is 𝑥𝑥 and which number is 𝑦𝑦?
 Not necessarily, but we need their difference to be positive, so 𝑥𝑥 must be the larger of the two numbers
to make sense of our equation 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 173.
Example 2
There are 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 eighth-grade students at Euclid’s Middle School. Thirty-four more than four times the number of girls is
equal to half the number of boys. How many boys are in eighth grade at Euclid’s Middle School? How many girls?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Again, we will work together to solve the following word problem.

 There are 356 eighth-grade students at Euclid’s Middle School. Thirty-four more than four times the number
of girls is equal to half the number of boys. How many boys are in eighth grade at Euclid’s Middle School?
How many girls? What do we need to do first?
 Let 𝑥𝑥 represent the number of girls, and let 𝑦𝑦 represent the number of boys.
Whichever way students define the variables, ask them if it could be done the opposite way. For example, if students
respond as stated above, ask them if we could let 𝑥𝑥 represent the number of boys and 𝑦𝑦 represent the number of girls.
They should say that at this stage it does not matter if 𝑥𝑥 represents girls or boys, but once the variable is defined, it does
matter.
 Now that we know that 𝑥𝑥 is the number of girls and 𝑦𝑦 is the number of boys, what do we need to do now?
 There are 356 eighth-grade students can be represented as 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 356. Thirty-four more than four
1
times the number of girls is equal to half the number of boys can be represented as 4𝑥𝑥 + 34 = 𝑦𝑦.
2
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 356
� 1
4𝑥𝑥 + 34 = 𝑦𝑦
2
most efficient and why?
 Answers will vary. There is no obvious “most efficient” method. Accept any reasonable responses as
long as they are justified.
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 356
 Solve the system: � 1 .
4𝑥𝑥 + 34 = 𝑦𝑦
2
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 356
� 1
4𝑥𝑥 + 34 = 𝑦𝑦
2
1
2 �4𝑥𝑥 + 34 = 𝑦𝑦�
2
8𝑥𝑥 + 68 = 𝑦𝑦
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 356
�
8𝑥𝑥 + 68 = 𝑦𝑦
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝑥𝑥 + 8𝑥𝑥 + 68 = 356
9𝑥𝑥 + 68 = 356
9𝑥𝑥 = 288
𝑥𝑥 = 32
32 + 𝑦𝑦 = 356
𝑦𝑦 = 324

 What does the solution mean in context?
 Since we let 𝑥𝑥 represent the number of girls and 𝑦𝑦 represent the number of boys, it means that there
are 32 girls and 324 boys at Euclid’s Middle School in eighth grade.
 Based on our work, we believe there are 32 girls and 324 boys. How can we be sure we are correct?
 We need to substitute the values into both equations of the system to see if it makes a true statement.
32 + 324 = 356
356 = 356
1
4(32) + 34 = (324)
2
128 + 34 = 162
162 = 162
Example 3
A family member has some five-dollar bills and one-dollar bills in her wallet. Altogether she has 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 bills and a total of
$𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. How many of each bill does she have?

 A family member has some five-dollar bills and one-dollar bills in her wallet. Altogether she has 18 bills and a
total of $62. How many of each bill does she have? What do we do first?
 Let 𝑥𝑥 represent the number of $5 bills, and let 𝑦𝑦 represent the number of $1 bills.
Again, whichever way students define the variables, ask them if it could be done the opposite way.
 Now that we know that 𝑥𝑥 is the number of $5 bills and 𝑦𝑦 is the number of $1 bills, what do we need to do
now?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Altogether she has 18 bills and a total of $62 must be represented with two equations, the first being
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 18 to represent the total of 18 bills and the second being 5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 62 to represent the total
amount of money she has.
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 18
�
5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 62
 Answers will vary. Students might say they could multiply one of the equations by −1, and then they
would be able to eliminate the variable 𝑦𝑦 when they add the equations together. Other students may
say it would be easiest to solve for 𝑦𝑦 in the first equation and then substitute the value of 𝑦𝑦 into the
second equation. After they have justified their methods, allow them to solve the system in any manner
they choose.
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 18
5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 62
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 18
�
5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 62
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 18
𝑦𝑦 = −𝑥𝑥 + 18
𝑦𝑦 = −𝑥𝑥 + 18
�
5𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 = 62
5𝑥𝑥 + (−𝑥𝑥) + 18 = 62
4𝑥𝑥 + 18 = 62
4𝑥𝑥 = 44
𝑥𝑥 = 11
11 + 𝑦𝑦 = 18
𝑦𝑦 = 7
 Since we let 𝑥𝑥 represent the number of $5 bills and 𝑦𝑦 represent the number of $1 bills, it means that the
family member has 11 $5 bills, and 7 $1 bills.
 The next step is to check our work.
 It is obvious that 11 + 7 = 18, so we know the family member has 18 bills.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 It makes more sense to check our work against the actual value of those 18 bills in this case. Now we
check the second equation.
5(11) + 1(7) = 62
55 + 7 = 62
62 = 62
Example 4
A friend bought 𝟐𝟐 boxes of pencils and 𝟖𝟖 notebooks for school, and it cost him $𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. He went back to the store the same
day to buy school supplies for his younger brother. He spent $𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 on 𝟑𝟑 boxes of pencils and 𝟓𝟓 notebooks. How much
would 𝟕𝟕 notebooks cost?

 A friend bought 2 boxes of pencils and 8 notebooks for school, and it cost him $11. He went back to the store
the same day to buy school supplies for his younger brother. He spent $11.25 on 3 boxes of pencils and 5
notebooks. How much would 7 notebooks cost? What do we do first?
 Let 𝑥𝑥 represent the cost of a box of pencils, and let 𝑦𝑦 represent the cost of a notebook.
Again, whichever way students define the variables, ask them if it could be done the opposite way.
 Now that we know that 𝑥𝑥 is the cost of a box of pencils and 𝑦𝑦 is the cost of a notebook, what do we need to do
now?
 A friend bought 2 boxes of pencils and 8 notebooks for school, and it cost him $11, which is represented
by the equation 2𝑥𝑥 + 8𝑦𝑦 = 11. He spent $11.25 on 3 boxes of pencils and 5 notebooks, which is
represented by the equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 11.25.
2𝑥𝑥 + 8𝑦𝑦 = 11
�
3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 11.25
 Answers will vary. Ask several students what they believe the most efficient method is, and have them
share with the class a brief description of their plan. For example, a student may decide to multiply the
first equation by 3 and the second equation by −2 to eliminate 𝑥𝑥 from the system after adding the
equations together. After several students have shared their plans, allow students to solve in any
manner they choose.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2𝑥𝑥 + 8𝑦𝑦 = 11
3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 11.25
2𝑥𝑥 + 8𝑦𝑦 = 11
�
3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 11.25
3(2𝑥𝑥 + 8𝑦𝑦 = 11)
6𝑥𝑥 + 24𝑦𝑦 = 33
−2(3𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦 = 11.25)
−6𝑥𝑥 − 10𝑦𝑦 = −22.50
6𝑥𝑥 + 24𝑦𝑦 = 33
�
−6𝑥𝑥 − 10𝑦𝑦 = −22.50
6𝑥𝑥 + 24𝑦𝑦 − 6𝑥𝑥 − 10𝑦𝑦 = 33 − 22.50

24𝑦𝑦 − 10𝑦𝑦 = 10.50
14𝑦𝑦 = 10.50
10.50
𝑦𝑦 =
14
𝑦𝑦 = 0.75
2𝑥𝑥 + 8(0.75) = 11
2𝑥𝑥 + 6 = 11
2𝑥𝑥 = 5
𝑥𝑥 = 2.50
The solution is (2.50, 0.75).
 It means that a box of pencils costs $2.50, and a notebook costs $0.75.
 Before we answer the question that this word problem asked, check to make sure the solution is correct.
2(2.50) + 8(0.75) = 11
5 + 6 = 11
11 = 11
3(2.50) + 5(0.75) = 11.25

7.50 + 3.75 = 11.25
11.25 = 11.25
 Now that we know we have the correct costs for the box of pencils and notebooks, we can answer the original
question: How much would 7 notebooks cost?
 The cost of 7 notebooks is 7(0.75) = 5.25. Therefore, 7 notebooks cost $7.25.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Keep in mind that some word problems require us to solve the system in order to answer a specific question,
like this example about the cost of 7 notebooks. Other problems may just require the solution to the system
to answer the word problem, like the first example about the two numbers and their sum and difference. It is
always a good practice to reread the word problem to make sure you know what you are being asked to do.
Exercises
1. A farm raises cows and chickens. The farmer has a total of 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 animals. One day he counts the legs of all of his
animals and realizes he has a total of 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟒𝟒. How many cows does the farmer have? How many chickens?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the number of cows and 𝒚𝒚 represent the number of chickens. Then:
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
�
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒)
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
�
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
The solution is (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐).
𝟒𝟒(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟐𝟐(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The farmer has 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 cows and 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 chickens.
2. The length of a rectangle is 𝟒𝟒 times the width. The perimeter of the rectangle is 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 inches. What is the area of the
rectangle?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the length and 𝒚𝒚 represent the width. Then:
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
�
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒) + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒(𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓)
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The solution is (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓).
𝟐𝟐(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓) = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
Since 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 × 𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖, the area of the rectangle is 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝐢𝐢𝐧𝐧𝟐𝟐 .
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. The sum of the measures of angles 𝒙𝒙 and 𝒚𝒚 is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°. If the measure of ∠𝒙𝒙 is 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑° more than half the measure of ∠𝒚𝒚,
what is the measure of each angle?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the measure of ∠𝒙𝒙 and 𝒚𝒚 represent the measure of ∠𝒚𝒚. Then:
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
� 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚
𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
The solution is (𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔, 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔).
𝟏𝟏
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + (𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔)
𝟐𝟐
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
The measure of ∠𝒙𝒙 is 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔°, and the measure of ∠𝒚𝒚 is 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔°.
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know how to write information from word problems into a system of linear equations.
 We can solve systems of linear equations using the elimination and substitution methods.
 When we solve a system, we must clearly define the variables we intend to use, consider which method for
solving the system would be most efficient, check our answer, and think about what it means in context.
Finally, we should ensure we have answered the question posed in the problem.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 29: Word Problems
Exit Ticket
1. Small boxes contain DVDs, and large boxes contain one gaming machine. Three boxes of gaming machines and a
box of DVDs weigh 48 pounds. Three boxes of gaming machines and five boxes of DVDs weigh 72 pounds. How
much does each box weigh?
2. A language arts test is worth 100 points. There is a total of 26 questions. There are spelling word questions that
are worth 2 points each and vocabulary word questions worth 5 points each. How many of each type of question
are there?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Small boxes contain DVDs, and large boxes contain one gaming machine. Three boxes of gaming machines and a
box of DVDs weigh 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 pounds. Three boxes of gaming machines and five boxes of DVDs weigh 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 pounds. How
much does each box weigh?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the weight of the gaming machine box, and let 𝒚𝒚 represent the weight of the DVD box. Then:
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
�
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
−𝟏𝟏(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒)
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
−𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝒚𝒚 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
�
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟔𝟔
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The solution is (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟔𝟔).
𝟑𝟑(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟓𝟓(𝟔𝟔) = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
The box with one gaming machine weighs 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 pounds, and the box containing DVDs weighs 𝟔𝟔 pounds.
2. A language arts test is worth 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 points. There is a total of 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 questions. There are spelling word questions that
are worth 𝟐𝟐 points each and vocabulary word questions worth 𝟓𝟓 points each. How many of each type of question
are there?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the number of spelling word questions, and let 𝒚𝒚 represent the number of vocabulary word
questions.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
�
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
−𝟐𝟐(𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐)
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
−𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = −𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
�
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 − 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The solution is (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏).
𝟐𝟐(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) + 𝟓𝟓(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
There are 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 spelling word questions and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 vocabulary word questions.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
1. Two numbers have a sum of 𝟏𝟏, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 and a difference of 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. What are the two numbers?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent one number and 𝒚𝒚 represent the other number.

𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
�
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
The solution is (𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑).
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓

𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
The two numbers are 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 and 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖.
2. The sum of the ages of two brothers is 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. The younger brother is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 more than a third of the older brother’s age.
How old is the younger brother?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the age of the younger brother and 𝒚𝒚 represent the age of the older brother.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
� 𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The solution is (𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐).

𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + (𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐)
𝟑𝟑
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟗𝟗
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The younger brother is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 years old.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. One angle measures 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 more degrees than 𝟑𝟑 times another angle. The angles are supplementary. What are their
measures?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the measure of one angle and 𝒚𝒚 represent the measure of the other angle.
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
�
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑(𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓) + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓

𝒙𝒙 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗. 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓
The solution is ( 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓).
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
One angle measures 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓°, and the other measures 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓°.
4. Some friends went to the local movie theater and bought four large buckets of popcorn and six boxes of candy. The
total for the snacks was $𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. The last time you were at the theater, you bought a large bucket of popcorn and a
box of candy, and the total was $𝟗𝟗. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. How much would 𝟐𝟐 large buckets of popcorn and 𝟑𝟑 boxes of candy cost?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the cost of a large bucket of popcorn and 𝒚𝒚 represent the cost of a box of candy.
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
�
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
−𝟒𝟒(𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕)

−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓

�
−𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑

𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟕𝟕. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟗𝟗. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕

𝒙𝒙 = 𝟔𝟔
The solution is (𝟔𝟔, 𝟑𝟑. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕).
𝟒𝟒(𝟔𝟔) + 𝟔𝟔(𝟑𝟑. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕) = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
Since one large bucket of popcorn costs $𝟔𝟔 and one box of candy costs $𝟑𝟑. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕, then
𝟐𝟐(𝟔𝟔) + 𝟑𝟑(𝟑𝟑. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, and two large buckets of popcorn and three boxes of candy will cost
$𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. You have 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 total coins for a total of $𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎. You only have quarters and dimes. How many of each coin do you
have?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent the number of quarters and 𝒚𝒚 represent the number of dimes.
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
�
𝟎𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎
−𝟒𝟒(𝟎𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎)

−𝒙𝒙 − 𝟎𝟎. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
�
−𝒙𝒙 − 𝟎𝟎. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = −𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 − 𝒙𝒙 − 𝟎𝟎. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 − 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

𝒚𝒚 − 𝟎𝟎. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟎𝟎. 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝒚𝒚 =
𝟎𝟎. 𝟔𝟔
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
The solution is (𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏).
𝟎𝟎. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐(𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒) + 𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎
I have 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 quarters and 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 dimes.
6. A piece of string is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 inches long. Isabel wants to cut it into 𝟐𝟐 pieces so that one piece is three times as long as
the other. How long is each piece?
Let 𝒙𝒙 represent one piece and 𝒚𝒚 represent the other.

𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
�
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒙𝒙
𝟑𝟑𝒚𝒚 + 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
The solution is (𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐).
𝟑𝟑(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
One piece should be 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 inches long, and the other should be 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 inches long.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 30: Conversion Between Celsius and Fahrenheit
Student Outcomes
 Students learn a real-world application of linear equations with respect to the conversion of temperatures
from Celsius to Fahrenheit and Fahrenheit to Celsius.
Classwork
Mathematical Modeling Exercise (20 minutes)
 There are two methods for measuring temperature: (1) Fahrenheit, which assigns the number 32 to the
temperature of water freezing and the number 212 to the temperature of water boiling; and (2) Celsius, which
assigns the numbers 0 and 100, respectively, to the same temperatures. These numbers will be denoted by
32°F, 212°F, 0°C, 100°C, respectively.
 Our goal is to address the following two questions:
Mathematical Modeling Exercise
(1) If 𝒕𝒕 is a number, what is the degree in Fahrenheit that corresponds to 𝒕𝒕°𝐂𝐂?

(2) If 𝒕𝒕 is a number, what is the degree in Fahrenheit that corresponds to (−𝒕𝒕)°𝐂𝐂?
 Instead of trying to answer these questions directly, let’s try something simpler. With this in mind, can we find
out what degree in Fahrenheit corresponds to 1°C? Explain.
 We can use the following diagram (double number line) to organize our thinking.
 At this point, the only information we have is that 0°C = 32°F, and 100°C = 212°F. We want to figure out
what degree of Fahrenheit corresponds to 1°C. Where on the diagram would 1°C be located? Be specific.
Provide students time to talk to their partners about a plan, and then have them share. Ask them to make conjectures
MP.3 about what degree in Fahrenheit corresponds to 1°C, and have them explain their rationale for the numbers they chose.
Consider recording the information, and have the class vote on which answer they think is closest to correct.
 We need to divide the Celsius number line from 0 to 100 into 100 equal parts. The first division to the
right of zero will be the location of 1°C.
Lesson 30: Conversion Between Celsius and Fahrenheit 474
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Now that we know where to locate 1°C on the lower number line, we need to figure out what number it corresponds to
on the upper number line representing Fahrenheit. Like we did with Celsius, we divide the number line from 32 to 212
into 100 equal parts. The number line from 32 to 212 is actually a length of 180 units (212 − 32 = 180). Now, how
would we determine the precise number in Fahrenheit that corresponds to 1°C?
Provide students time to talk to their partners and compute the answer.
 We need to take the length 180 and divide it into 100 equal parts.
180 9 4
= = 1 = 1.8
100 5 5
 If we look at a magnified version of the number line with this division, we have the following diagram:
 Based on your computation, what number falls at the intersection of the Fahrenheit number line and the red
line that corresponds to 1°C? Explain.
 Since we know that each division on the Fahrenheit number line has a length of 1.8, then when we start
from 32 and add 1.8, we get 33.8. Therefore, 1°C is equal to 33.8°F.
Revisit the conjecture made at the beginning of the activity, and note which student came closest to guessing 33.8°F.
Ask the student to explain how he arrived at such a close answer.
 Eventually, we want to revisit the original two questions. But first, let’s look at a few more concrete questions.
What is 37°C in Fahrenheit? Explain.
Provide students time to talk to their partners about how to answer the question. Ask students to share their ideas and
explain their thinking.
 Since the unit length on the Celsius scale is equal to the unit length on the Fahrenheit scale, then 37°C
means we need to multiply (37 × 1.8) to determine the corresponding location on the Fahrenheit scale.
But, because 0 on the Celsius scale is 32 on the Fahrenheit scale, we will need to add 32 to our answer.
In other words, 37°C = (32 + 37 × 1.8)°F = (32 + 66.6)°F = 98.6°F.
Have students work in pairs or small groups to determine the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature for each given
Celsius temperature. The goal is for students to be consistent in their use of repeated reasoning to lead them to the
general equation for the conversion between Celsius and Fahrenheit.
Exercises
Determine the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature for the given Celsius temperatures in Exercises 1–5.
MP.7 1. How many degrees Fahrenheit is 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐°𝐂𝐂?
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐°𝑪𝑪 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 × 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖)°𝑭𝑭 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒)°𝑭𝑭 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕°𝑭𝑭
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. How many degrees Fahrenheit is 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒°𝐂𝐂?
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒°𝑪𝑪 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 × 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖)°𝑭𝑭 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟔𝟔)°𝑭𝑭 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟔𝟔°𝑭𝑭
3. How many degrees Fahrenheit is 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°𝐂𝐂?
𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗°𝑪𝑪 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 × 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖)°𝑭𝑭 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟐)°𝑭𝑭 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐°𝑭𝑭
MP.7
4. How many degrees Fahrenheit is 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔°𝐂𝐂?
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔°𝑪𝑪 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 × 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖)°𝑭𝑭 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒)°𝑭𝑭 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒°𝑭𝑭
5. How many degrees Fahrenheit is 𝒕𝒕°𝐂𝐂?
𝒕𝒕°𝑪𝑪 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖)°𝑭𝑭

Have students share their answers from Exercise 5. Select several students to explain how they derived the equation to
convert between Celsius and Fahrenheit. Close that part of the Discussion by letting them know that they answered
Question (1) that was posed at the beginning of the lesson:
(1) If 𝑡𝑡 is a number, what is the degree in Fahrenheit that corresponds to 𝑡𝑡°C?
The following discussion answers Question (2):
(2) If 𝑡𝑡 is a number, what is the degree in Fahrenheit that corresponds to (−𝑡𝑡)°C?
 Now that Question (1) has been answered, let’s begin thinking about Question (2). Where on the number line
would we find a negative Celsius temperature?
 A negative Celsius temperature will be to the left of zero on the number line.
 Again, we will start simply. How can we determine the Fahrenheit temperature that corresponds to −1°C?
Provide students time to think, confirm with a partner, and then share with the class.
 We know that each unit on the Celsius scale is equal to 1.8°F. Then (−1)°C will equal
(32 − 1.8)°F = 30.2°F.
 How many degrees Fahrenheit corresponds to (−15)°C?
 (−15)°C = (32 − 15 × 1.8)°F = (32 − 27)°F = 5°F
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 How many degrees Fahrenheit corresponds to (−36)°C?

 (−36)°C = (32 − 36 × 1.8)°F = (32 − 64.8)°F = −32.8°F
 How many degrees Fahrenheit corresponds to (−𝑡𝑡)°C?
 (−𝑡𝑡)°C = (32 − 1.8𝑡𝑡)°F
 Each of the previous four temperatures was negative. Then (32 − 1.8𝑡𝑡)°F can be rewritten as
�32 + 1.8(−𝑡𝑡)�°F where the second equation looks a lot like the one we wrote for 𝑡𝑡°C; that is,
𝑡𝑡°C = (32 + 1.8𝑡𝑡)°F. Are they the same equation? In other words, given any number 𝑡𝑡, positive or negative,
would the result be the correct answer? We already know that the equation works for positive Celsius
temperatures, so now let’s focus on negative Celsius temperatures. Use 𝑡𝑡°C = (32 + 1.8𝑡𝑡)°F where 𝑡𝑡 = −15.
We expect the same answer as before: (−15)°C = (32 − 15 × 1.8)°F = (32 − 27)°F = 5°F. Show that it is
true.
 (−15)°C = �32 + 1.8(−15)�°F = �32 + (−27)� = 5°F
 Therefore, the equation 𝑡𝑡°C = (32 + 1.8𝑡𝑡)°F will work for any 𝑡𝑡.
 On a coordinate plane, if we let 𝑥𝑥 be the given temperature, which in each case above has been given in
Celsius and 𝑦𝑦 be the temperature in Celsius, then we have the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥. But when we let 𝑥𝑥 be the given
temperature in Celsius and 𝑦𝑦 be the temperature in Fahrenheit, we have the equation 𝑦𝑦 = 32 + 1.8𝑥𝑥.
 Will these lines intersect? Explain?

 Yes. They have different slopes, so at some point they will intersect.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 What will that point of intersection represent?

𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥
 It represents the solution to the system �𝑦𝑦 = 1.8𝑥𝑥 + 32. That point will represent when the given
temperature is the same number in Celsius and in Fahrenheit.
 Solve the system of equations algebraically to determine at what number 𝑡𝑡°C = 𝑡𝑡°F.
𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥
�𝑦𝑦 = 1.8𝑥𝑥 + 32
𝑥𝑥 = 1.8𝑥𝑥 + 32
−0.8𝑥𝑥 = 32
𝑥𝑥 = −40
At −40 degrees, the temperatures will be equal in both units. In other words, at −40 degrees Celsius,
the temperature in Fahrenheit will also be −40 degrees.
Closing (3 minutes)
 We know how to use a linear equation in a real-world situation like converting between Celsius and
Fahrenheit.
 We can use the computations we make for specific numbers to help us determine a general linear equation for
a situation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 30: Conversion Between Celsius and Fahrenheit
Exit Ticket
Use the equation developed in class to answer the following questions:

1. How many degrees Fahrenheit is 11°C?
2. How many degrees Fahrenheit is −3°C?
3. Graph the equation developed in class, and use it to confirm your results from Problems 1 and 2.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Use the equation developed in class to answer the following questions:
1. How many degrees Fahrenheit is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°𝐂𝐂?
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°𝐂𝐂 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 × 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖)°𝐅𝐅

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°𝐂𝐂 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖)°𝐅𝐅
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏°𝐂𝐂 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟖𝟖°𝐅𝐅
2. How many degrees Fahrenheit is −𝟑𝟑°𝐂𝐂?
−𝟑𝟑°𝐂𝐂 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + (−𝟑𝟑) × 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖)°𝐅𝐅

−𝟑𝟑°𝐂𝐂 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟓𝟓. 𝟒𝟒)°𝐅𝐅
−𝟑𝟑°𝐂𝐂 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟔𝟔°𝐅𝐅
3. Graph the equation developed in class, and use it to confirm your results from Problems 1 and 2.
When I graph the equation developed in class, 𝒕𝒕°𝐂𝐂 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖)°𝐅𝐅, the results from Problems 1 and 2 are on the
line, confirming they are solutions to the equation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
𝟐𝟐
1. Does the equation 𝒕𝒕°𝐂𝐂 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖)°𝐅𝐅 work for any rational number 𝒕𝒕? Check that it does with 𝒕𝒕 = 𝟖𝟖 and
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐
𝒕𝒕 = −𝟖𝟖 .
𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
�𝟖𝟖 � °𝐂𝐂 = �𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖 × 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖� °𝐅𝐅 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟔𝟔)°𝐅𝐅 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟔𝟔°𝐅𝐅
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐
�−𝟖𝟖 � °𝐂𝐂 = �𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + �−𝟖𝟖 � × 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖� °𝐅𝐅 = (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 − 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟔𝟔)°𝐅𝐅 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒°𝐅𝐅
𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑
𝟗𝟗 𝟓𝟓
2. Knowing that 𝒕𝒕°𝐂𝐂 = �𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒕𝒕� °𝐅𝐅 for any rational 𝒕𝒕, show that for any rational number 𝒅𝒅, 𝒅𝒅°𝐅𝐅 = � (𝒅𝒅 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑)� °𝐂𝐂.
𝟓𝟓 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
Since 𝒅𝒅°𝐅𝐅 can be found by �𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒕𝒕�, then 𝒅𝒅 = �𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒕𝒕�, and 𝒅𝒅°𝐅𝐅 = 𝒕𝒕°𝐂𝐂. Substituting 𝒅𝒅 = �𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒕𝒕� into 𝒅𝒅°𝐅𝐅,
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
we get
𝟗𝟗
𝒅𝒅°𝐅𝐅 = �𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒕𝒕� °𝐅𝐅
𝟓𝟓
𝟗𝟗
𝒅𝒅 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒕𝒕
𝟓𝟓
𝟗𝟗
𝒅𝒅 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒕𝒕
𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓
(𝒅𝒅 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑) = 𝒕𝒕.
𝟗𝟗
𝟓𝟓 𝟓𝟓
Now that we know 𝒕𝒕 = (𝒅𝒅 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑), then 𝒅𝒅°𝐅𝐅 = � (𝒅𝒅 − 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑)� °𝐂𝐂.
𝟗𝟗 𝟗𝟗
3. Drake was trying to write an equation to help him predict the cost of his monthly phone bill. He is charged $𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 just
for having a phone, and his only additional expense comes from the number of texts that he sends. He is charged
$𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟓𝟓 for each text. Help Drake out by completing parts (a)–(f).
a. How much was his phone bill in July when he sent 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 texts?
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕(𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟓𝟓

His bill in July was $𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓.
b. How much was his phone bill in August when he sent 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 texts?
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖(𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

His bill in August was $𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
c. How much was his phone bill in September when he sent 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 texts?
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓(𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎) = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗

His bill in September was $𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗.
d. Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total cost of Drake’s phone bill. Write an equation that represents the total cost of his
phone bill in October if he sends 𝒕𝒕 texts.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒕𝒕(𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎)
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
e. Another phone plan charges $𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 for having a phone and $𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 per text. Let 𝒚𝒚 represent the total cost of the
phone bill for sending 𝒕𝒕 texts. Write an equation to represent his total bill.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒕𝒕(𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
f. Write your equations in parts (d) and (e) as a system of linear equations, and solve. Interpret the meaning of
the solution in terms of the phone bill.
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + 𝒕𝒕(𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎)
�
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝒕𝒕(𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 + (𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎)𝒕𝒕 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + (𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)𝒕𝒕

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + (𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎)𝒕𝒕 = (𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)𝒕𝒕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 = 𝒕𝒕
𝒚𝒚 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑(𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏)

𝒚𝒚 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
The solution is (𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓), meaning that when Drake sends 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 texts, the cost of his bill will be $𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 using his
current phone plan or the new one.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS
GRADE
Optional Topic E
Pythagorean Theorem
8.G.B.7, 8.EE.C.8
Focus Standards: 8.G.B.7 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem to determine unknown side lengths in right
triangles in real-world and mathematical problems in two and three
dimensions.
a. Understand that solutions to a system of two linear equations in two
variables correspond to points of intersection of their graphs, because
points of intersection satisfy both equations simultaneously.
b. Solve systems of two linear equations in two variables algebraically, and
estimate solutions by graphing the equations. Solve simple cases by
inspection. For example, 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 5 and 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 6 have no solution
because 3𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 cannot simultaneously be 5 and 6.
c. Solve real-world and mathematical problems leading to two linear
equations in two variables. For example, given coordinates for two pairs
of points, determine whether the line through the first pair of points
intersects the line through the second pair.
Lesson 31: System of Equations Leading to Pythagorean Triples (S) 1
Lesson 31 shows students how to apply what they learned about systems of linear equations to find a
Pythagorean triple (8.G.B.7, 8.EE.C.8b). The Babylonian method of generating Pythagorean triples, described
in Lesson 31, uses a system of linear equations.
Topic E: Pythagorean Theorem 483
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Lesson 31: System of Equations Leading to Pythagorean

Triples
Student Outcomes
 Students know that a Pythagorean triple can be obtained by multiplying any known triple by a common whole
number. Students use this method to generate Pythagorean triples.
 Students use a system of equations to find three numbers, 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, and 𝑐𝑐, so that 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 = 𝑐𝑐 2 .
Lesson Notes
This lesson is optional as it includes content related to the Pythagorean theorem. The purpose of this lesson is to
demonstrate an application of systems of linear equations to other content in the curriculum. Though Pythagorean
triples are not part of the standard for the grade, it is an interesting topic and should be shared with students if time
permits.
Classwork
 A New York publicist, George Arthur Plimpton, bought a clay tablet from an archaeological dealer for $10 in
1922. This tablet was donated to Columbia University in 1936 and became known by its catalog number,
Plimpton 322. What made this tablet so special was not just that it was 4,000 years old but that it showed a
method for finding Pythagorean triples. It was excavated near old Babylonia, which is now Iraq.
Image by Christine Proust. All rights reserved. “Columbia University Plimpton 322,” ISAW Images (Dev), accessed
September 1, 2014, http://idp.atlantides.org/items/show/23.
Lesson 31: System of Equations Leading to Pythagorean Triples 484
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
 Any three numbers, 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐, that satisfy 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 = 𝑐𝑐 2 are considered a triple, but when the three numbers are
positive integers, then they are known as Pythagorean triples. It is worth mentioning that one of the
Pythagorean triples found on the tablet was 12,709, 13,500, 18,541.
 An easy-to-remember Pythagorean triple is 3, 4, 5. (Quickly verify for students that 3, 4, 5 is a triple.) To
generate another Pythagorean triple, we need only to multiply each of the numbers 3, 4, 5 by the same whole
number. For example, the numbers 3, 4, 5 when each is multiplied by 2, the result is the triple 6, 8, 10.
(Again, quickly verify that 6, 8, 10 is a triple.) Let’s think about why this is true in a geometric context.
Shown below are the two right triangles.
 Discuss with your partners how the method for finding Pythagorean triples can be explained mathematically.
 △ 𝐴𝐴′𝐵𝐵′𝐶𝐶′ can be obtained by dilating △ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 by a scale factor of 2. Each triangle has a right angle with
corresponding sides that are equal in ratio to the same constant, 2. That is how we know that these
triangles are similar. The method for finding Pythagorean triples can be directly tied to our
understanding of dilation and similarity. Each triple is just a set of numbers that represent a dilation of
△ 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 by a whole-number scale factor.
 Of course, we can also find triples by using a scale factor 0 < 𝑟𝑟 < 1, but since it produces a set of numbers
1
that are not whole numbers, they are not considered to be Pythagorean triples. For example, if 𝑟𝑟 = , then a
10
triple using side lengths 3, 4, 5 is 0.3, 0.4, 0.5.

Students complete Exercises 1–3 independently. Allow students to use a calculator to verify that they are identifying
triples.
Exercises
1. Identify two Pythagorean triples using the known triple 𝟑𝟑, 𝟒𝟒, 𝟓𝟓 (other than 𝟔𝟔, 𝟖𝟖, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏).
Answers will vary. Accept any triple that is a whole number multiple of 𝟑𝟑, 𝟒𝟒, 𝟓𝟓.
2. Identify two Pythagorean triples using the known triple 𝟓𝟓, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Answers will vary. Accept any triple that is a whole number multiple of 𝟓𝟓, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
3. Identify two triples using either 𝟑𝟑, 𝟒𝟒, 𝟓𝟓 or 𝟓𝟓, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Answers will vary.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

 Pythagorean triples can also be explained algebraically. For example, assume 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐 represent a Pythagorean
triple. Let 𝑚𝑚 be a positive integer. Then, by the Pythagorean theorem, 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 = 𝑐𝑐 2 :
(𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚)2 + (𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚)2 = 𝑚𝑚2 𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑚𝑚2 𝑏𝑏 2 By the second law of exponents
= 𝑚𝑚2 (𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 ) By the distributive property
2 2
= 𝑚𝑚 𝑐𝑐 By substitution (𝑎𝑎2 + 𝑏𝑏 2 = 𝑐𝑐 2 )
= (𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚)2
Our learning of systems of linear equations leads us to another method for finding Pythagorean triples, and it
is actually the method that was discovered on the tablet Plimpton 322.
 Consider the system of linear equations:
𝑡𝑡
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 =
� 𝑠𝑠
𝑠𝑠
𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 =
MP.6 𝑡𝑡
where 𝑠𝑠 and 𝑡𝑡 are positive integers and 𝑡𝑡 > 𝑠𝑠. Incredibly, the solution to this system results in a Pythagorean
𝑐𝑐 𝑎𝑎
triple. When the solution is written as fractions with the same denominator, � , �, for example, the numbers
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐 are a Pythagorean triple.
 To make this simpler, let’s replace 𝑠𝑠 and 𝑡𝑡 with 1 and 2, respectively. Then we have
2
� 1.
1
2
 Which method should we use to solve this system? Explain.
 We should add the equations together to eliminate the variable 𝑦𝑦.
 By the elimination method, we have
1
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = 2 +
2
5
2𝑥𝑥 =
2
5
𝑥𝑥 = .
4
Now we can substitute 𝑥𝑥 into one of the equations to find 𝑦𝑦.
5
+ 𝑦𝑦 = 2
4
5
𝑦𝑦 = 2 −
4
3
𝑦𝑦 =
4
5 3
Then the solution to the system is � , �. When a solution is written as fractions with the same denominator,
4 4
𝑐𝑐 𝑎𝑎
� , �, for example, it represents the Pythagorean triple 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐. Therefore, our solution yields the triple 3, 4, 5.
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
The remaining time can be used to complete Exercises 4–7 where students practice finding triples using the system of
linear equations just described or with the Discussion below, which shows the solution to the general system (without
using concrete numbers for 𝑠𝑠 and 𝑡𝑡).

These exercises are to be completed in place of the Discussion. Have students complete Exercises 4–7 independently.
𝒕𝒕
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 =
Use the system � 𝒔𝒔 to find Pythagorean triples for the given values of 𝒔𝒔 and 𝒕𝒕. Recall that the solution in the form
𝒔𝒔
𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 =
𝒕𝒕
𝒄𝒄 𝒂𝒂
of � , � is the triple 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, 𝒄𝒄.
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃
4. 𝒔𝒔 = 𝟒𝟒, 𝒕𝒕 = 𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓
� 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓
𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = + + 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟒𝟒 𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒
𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒 𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = + 𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟒𝟒 𝟓𝟓 𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟗𝟗
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 =
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟗𝟗
Then the solution is � , �, and the triple is 𝟗𝟗, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒.
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
5. 𝒔𝒔 = 𝟕𝟕, 𝒕𝒕 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
� 𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = + + 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟕𝟕
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 𝟕𝟕 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
𝒙𝒙 = 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
Then the solution is � , �, and the triple is 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. 𝒔𝒔 = 𝟏𝟏, 𝒕𝒕 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
� 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏
𝟒𝟒
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒 + + 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟒𝟒 𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒚𝒚 = 𝟒𝟒 −
𝟒𝟒 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Then the solution is � , �, and the triple is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟖𝟖, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
7. Use a calculator to verify that you found a Pythagorean triple in each of the Exercises 4–6. Show your work below.
For the triple 𝟗𝟗, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒:
𝟗𝟗𝟐𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝟎𝟎𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝟒𝟏𝟏𝟐𝟐

𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
For the triple 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏:
𝟓𝟓𝟏𝟏𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟐𝟐

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
For the triple 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟖𝟖, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏:
𝟏𝟏𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐 + 𝟖𝟖𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟕𝟕𝟐𝟐

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐

This Discussion is optional and replaces Exercises 4–7.
 Now we solve the system generally.
𝑡𝑡
� 𝑠𝑠
𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡
 Which method should we use to solve this system? Explain.
 We should add the equations together to eliminate the variable 𝑦𝑦.
 By the elimination method, we have
𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = +
𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡
𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠
2𝑥𝑥 = + .
𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
To add the fractions, we will need the denominators to be the same. So, we use what we know about
𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠
equivalent fractions and multiply the first fraction by and the second fraction by :
𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠
2𝑥𝑥 = � � + � �
𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡 𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡 2 𝑠𝑠 2
2𝑥𝑥 = +
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡 2 + 𝑠𝑠 2
2𝑥𝑥 =
𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
1
Now we multiply both sides of the equation by :
2
1 1 𝑡𝑡 2 + 𝑠𝑠 2
(2𝑥𝑥) = � �
2 2 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡 2 + 𝑠𝑠 2
𝑥𝑥 =
2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
Now that we have a value for 𝑥𝑥, we can solve for 𝑦𝑦 as usual, but it is simpler to go back to the system:
𝑡𝑡
� 𝑠𝑠
𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡
It is equivalent to the system
𝑡𝑡
𝑥𝑥 = − 𝑦𝑦
� 𝑠𝑠
𝑠𝑠
𝑥𝑥 = + 𝑦𝑦
𝑡𝑡
𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠
− 𝑦𝑦 = + 𝑦𝑦
𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡
𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠
= + 2𝑦𝑦
𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡
𝑡𝑡 𝑠𝑠
− = 2𝑦𝑦,
𝑠𝑠 𝑡𝑡
which is very similar to what we have done before when we solved for 𝑥𝑥. Therefore,
𝑡𝑡 2 − 𝑠𝑠 2
𝑦𝑦 = .
2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡2+𝑠𝑠2 𝑡𝑡2−𝑠𝑠2
The solution to the system is � , �. When a solution is written as fractions with the same
2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠
𝑐𝑐 𝑎𝑎
denominator, � , �, for example, it represents the Pythagorean triple 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐. Therefore, our solution yields
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
the triple 𝑡𝑡 2 − 𝑠𝑠 2 , 2𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠, 𝑡𝑡 2 + 𝑠𝑠 2 .
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Closing (5 minutes)
 We know how to find an infinite number of Pythagorean triples: Multiply a known triple by a whole number.
 We know that if the numbers 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐 are not whole numbers, they can still be considered a triple, just not a
Pythagorean triple.
 We know how to use a system of linear equations, just like the Babylonians did 4,000 years ago, to find
Pythagorean triples.
Lesson Summary
A Pythagorean triple is a set of three positive integers that satisfies the equation 𝒂𝒂𝟐𝟐 + 𝒃𝒃𝟐𝟐 = 𝒄𝒄𝟐𝟐.
An infinite number of Pythagorean triples can be found by multiplying the numbers of a known triple by a whole
number. For example, 𝟑𝟑, 𝟒𝟒, 𝟓𝟓 is a Pythagorean triple. Multiply each number by 𝟕𝟕, and then you have 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑,
which is also a Pythagorean triple.
𝒕𝒕
The system of linear equations, � 𝒔𝒔 , can be used to find Pythagorean triples, just like the Babylonians did
𝒔𝒔
𝒕𝒕
𝟒𝟒, 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 years ago.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
Lesson 31: System of Equations Leading to Pythagorean Triples
Exit Ticket
Use a calculator to complete Problems 1–3.

15 17
1. Is 7, 20, 21 a Pythagorean triple? Is 1, , a Pythagorean triple? Explain.
8 8
2. Identify two Pythagorean triples using the known triple 9, 40, 41.
𝑡𝑡
3. Use the system � 𝑠𝑠 to find Pythagorean triples for the given values of 𝑠𝑠 = 2 and 𝑡𝑡 = 3. Recall that the
𝑠𝑠
𝑡𝑡
𝑐𝑐 𝑎𝑎
solution in the form of � , � is the triple 𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏, 𝑐𝑐. Verify your results.
𝑏𝑏 𝑏𝑏
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Use a calculator to complete Problems 1–3.

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
1. Is 𝟕𝟕, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 a Pythagorean triple? Is 𝟏𝟏, , a Pythagorean triple? Explain.
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
The set of numbers 𝟕𝟕, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 is not a Pythagorean triple because 𝟕𝟕𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 ≠ 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 .
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
The set of numbers 𝟏𝟏, , is not a Pythagorean triple because the numbers and are not whole numbers.
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
But they are a triple because 𝟏𝟏𝟐𝟐 + � � =� � .
𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖
2. Identify two Pythagorean triples using the known triple 𝟗𝟗, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒.
Answers will vary. Accept any triple that is a whole number multiple of 𝟗𝟗, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒.
𝒕𝒕
3. Use the system � 𝒔𝒔 to find Pythagorean triples for the given values of 𝒔𝒔 = 𝟐𝟐 and 𝒕𝒕 = 𝟑𝟑. Recall that the
𝒔𝒔
𝒕𝒕
𝒄𝒄 𝒂𝒂
solution in the form of � , � is the triple 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, 𝒄𝒄. Verify your results.
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃
𝟑𝟑
� 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = + + 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟔𝟔 𝟐𝟐 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟓𝟓
Then the solution is � , �, and the triple is 𝟓𝟓, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

Students practice finding triples using both methods discussed in this lesson.
1. Explain in terms of similar triangles why it is that when you multiply the known Pythagorean triple 𝟑𝟑, 𝟒𝟒, 𝟓𝟓 by 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, it
generates a Pythagorean triple.
The triangle with lengths 𝟑𝟑, 𝟒𝟒, 𝟓𝟓 is similar to the triangle with lengths 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒, 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. They are both right triangles
whose corresponding side lengths are equal to the same constant.
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
= = = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒 𝟓𝟓
Therefore, the triangles are similar, and we can say that there is a dilation from some center with scale factor
𝒓𝒓 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 that makes the triangles congruent.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Identify three Pythagorean triples using the known triple 𝟖𝟖, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Answers will vary. Accept any triple that is a whole number multiple of 𝟖𝟖, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
3. Identify three triples (numbers that satisfy 𝒂𝒂𝟐𝟐 + 𝒃𝒃𝟐𝟐 = 𝒄𝒄𝟐𝟐, but 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, 𝒄𝒄 are not whole numbers) using the triple 𝟖𝟖,
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.
Answers will vary. Accept any triple that is not a set of whole numbers.
𝒕𝒕
Use the system � 𝒔𝒔 to find Pythagorean triples for the given values of 𝒔𝒔 and 𝒕𝒕. Recall that the solution, in the
𝒔𝒔
𝒕𝒕
𝒄𝒄 𝒂𝒂
form of � ,
𝒃𝒃 𝒃𝒃
�, is the triple, 𝒂𝒂, 𝒃𝒃, 𝒄𝒄.
4. 𝒔𝒔 = 𝟐𝟐, 𝒕𝒕 = 𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗
� 𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐
𝟗𝟗
𝟗𝟗 𝟐𝟐 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟗𝟗
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = + + 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟐𝟐 𝟗𝟗 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟗𝟗 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
Then the solution is � , �, and the triple is 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖.
𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
5. 𝒔𝒔 = 𝟔𝟔, 𝒕𝒕 = 𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕
� 𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔
𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕 𝟔𝟔 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟕𝟕
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = + + 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟔𝟔 𝟕𝟕 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟔𝟔
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟕𝟕 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 𝟔𝟔 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
Then the solution is � , �, and the triple is 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖, 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖.
𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6. 𝒔𝒔 = 𝟑𝟑, 𝒕𝒕 = 𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒
� 𝟑𝟑
𝟑𝟑
𝟒𝟒
𝟒𝟒 𝟑𝟑 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒
𝒙𝒙 + 𝒚𝒚 + 𝒙𝒙 − 𝒚𝒚 = + + 𝒚𝒚 =
𝟑𝟑 𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟒𝟒 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 = 𝒚𝒚 = −
𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 𝟑𝟑
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟕𝟕
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝟕𝟕
Then the solution is � , 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐�, and the triple is 𝟕𝟕, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.
7. Use a calculator to verify that you found a Pythagorean triple in each of the Problems 4–6. Show your work.
For the triple 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕, 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑, 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖:
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟐𝟐 + 𝟑𝟑𝟔𝟔𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐

𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 + 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
For the triple 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖, 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖:
𝟏𝟏𝟑𝟑𝟐𝟐 + 𝟖𝟖𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 = 𝟖𝟖𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐

𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
For the triple 𝟕𝟕, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐, 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐:
𝟕𝟕𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟓𝟓𝟐𝟐

𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 + 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A STORY OF RATIOS End-of-Module Assessment Task 8•4
Name Date
1. Use the graph below to answer parts (a)–(c).
a. Use any pair of points to calculate the slope of the line.
b. Use a different pair of points to calculate the slope of the line.
c. Explain why the slopes you calculated in parts (a) and (b) are equal.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Jeremy rides his bike at a rate of 12 miles per hour. Below is a table that represents the number of hours
and miles Kevin rides. Assume both bikers ride at a constant rate.
Time in Hours (𝒙𝒙) Distance in Miles (𝒚𝒚)

1.5 17.25
2 23
3.5 40.25
4 46
a. Which biker rides at a greater speed? Explain your reasoning.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. Write an equation for a third biker, Lauren, who rides twice as fast as Kevin. Use 𝑦𝑦 to represent the
number of miles Lauren travels in 𝑥𝑥 hours. Explain your reasoning.
c. Create a graph of the equation in part (b).
d. Calculate the slope of the line in part (c), and interpret its meaning in this situation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. The cost of five protractors is $14.95 at Store A. The graph below compares the cost of protractors at
Store A with the cost at Store B.
Estimate the cost of one protractor at Store B. Use evidence from the graph to justify your answer.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4. Given the equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 9𝑦𝑦 = −8, write a second linear equation to create a system that:
a. Has exactly one solution. Explain your reasoning.
b. Has no solution. Explain your reasoning.
c. Has infinitely many solutions. Explain your reasoning.
d. Interpret the meaning of the solution, if it exists, in the context of the graph of the following system
of equations.
−5𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 10
�
10𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑦𝑦 = −20
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. Students sold 275 tickets for a fundraiser at school. Some tickets are for children and cost $3, while the
rest are adult tickets that cost $5. If the total value of all tickets sold was $1,025, how many of each type
of ticket was sold?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6.
a. Determine the equation of the line connecting the points (0, −1) and (2, 3).
b. Will the line described by the equation in part (a) intersect the line passing through the points
(−2, 4) and (−3, 3)? Explain why or why not.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7. Line 𝑙𝑙1 and line 𝑙𝑙2 are shown on the graph below. Use the graph to answer parts (a)–(f).
a. What is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of 𝑙𝑙1 ?
b. What is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of 𝑙𝑙2 ?
c. Write a system of linear equations representing lines 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 .
d. Use the graph to estimate the solution to the system.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
e. Solve the system of linear equations algebraically.
f. Show that your solution from part (e) satisfies both equations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
A Progression Toward Mastery

STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4
Assessment Missing or incorrect Missing or incorrect A correct answer A correct answer
Task Item answer and little answer but with some evidence supported by
evidence of evidence of some of reasoning or substantial
reasoning or reasoning or application of evidence of solid
application of application of mathematics to reasoning or
mathematics to mathematics to solve the problem, application of
solve the problem. solve the problem. OR an incorrect mathematics to
answer with solve the problem.
substantial
evidence of solid
reasoning or
application of
mathematics to
solve the problem.
1 a–b Student makes no Student computes the Student computes slope Student correctly
attempt to find the slope slope in parts (a) and (b) both times but may have computes the slope both
in part (a) and/or part but makes forgotten to include the 3
8.EE.B.5 times and finds 𝑚𝑚 = −
(b). computational errors negative sign or makes 2
(or an equivalent
leading to slopes that are another simple
fraction). Student finds
not equal. Student may computational error.
the slopes in both parts
have used the same two Student finds the slopes
(a) and (b) to be equal.
points for both parts (a) in both parts (a) and (b)
and (b). to be equal.
c Student makes no Student states that the Student makes a weak Student makes a
attempt to answer the slopes in parts (a) and (b) argument by stating that convincing argument
8.EE.B.6 question. are not equal. the slopes are equal and references similar
because the fractions are triangles to explain why
equal or that the the slopes between any
fractions representing two points on a line are
the slope are equivalent. equal.
2 a Student makes no Student writes an Student writes the Student writes the
attempt to answer the incorrect answer but correct answer that correct answer that
question or writes shows some evidence of Jeremy rides at a greater Jeremy rides at a greater
8.EE.B.5 “Kevin” or “Jeremy” with reasoning in the speed. Student speed. Student provides
no evidence of an explanation. explanation lacks a strong mathematical
application of precision or is incorrect. explanation as to which
mathematics to solve the For example, student biker rides at a greater
problem. may have written that speed by referencing a
Jeremy travels a farther graph (slopes of each
distance in two hours line where one slope is
instead of referencing steeper) or a numerical
the rates of each biker. comparison of their
rates.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b–d Student makes little or Student writes an Student correctly Student correctly writes
no attempt to complete incorrect equation in identifies the equation, the equation, 𝑦𝑦 = 23𝑥𝑥,
parts (b)–(d). Student part (b) and/or graphs graphs and calculates in part (b) or writes an
8.EE.B.5 may have plotted points the equation incorrectly the slope, and identifies equivalent equation.
on the graph with no and/or calculates the it as Lauren’s rate, but Student explains “twice
relevance to the slope incorrectly. the answer shows no as fast” in terms of
problem. Student does not evidence of reasoning in distance traveled for a
connect the slope of the part (b). given time interval
line to Lauren’s rate. OR compared to the data for
Student makes a mistake Kevin given in the table.
in writing the equation Student correctly graphs
for part (b), which leads the situation in part (c)
to an incorrect graph and correctly identifies
and slope in parts (c)– the slope of the line, 23,
(d). as the rate that Lauren
rides for part (d).
3 8.EE.B.5 Student makes no Student may or may not Student uses the Student uses the
attempt to answer the have correctly calculated information provided information provided
question. the unit rate of about Store A to about Store A to
OR protractors for Store A. determine the unit rate determine the unit rate
Student writes a dollar Student writes an of protractors but may of protractors and
amount with no estimate for Store B but have made a references the unit rate
explanation. does not justify the computational error at Store A in the
estimate using evidence leading to a poor justification of the
from the graph. estimate. Student may estimate. Student writes
or may not have used an estimate that makes
evidence from the graph sense (e.g., less than
to justify the estimate or Store A, about half as
makes a weak much) and uses evidence
connection between the from the graph in the
estimate and the graph. justification (e.g.,
comparison of slopes,
size of angles).
4 a–c Student makes no Student answers at least Student answers at least Student provides a
attempt to answer any one part of (a)–(c) two parts of (a)–(c) correct equation and
parts of (a)–(c). correctly. Student may correctly. Student may explanation for each of
8.EE.C.7a OR have left two parts have left one part blank. the parts of (a)–(c).
8.EE.C.8 Student only rewrites blank. Answer may or Student explains Specifically, for part (a),
the given equation as an may not show evidence reasoning in at least two an equation that
answer. of reasoning. parts of (a)–(c), noting represents a distinct line
the characteristics from the given equation
required to achieve the has a slope different
desired number of 1
from − ; for part (b), an
solutions. 3
equation that represents
a line parallel to the
given equation has the
same slope; and for part
(c), an equation that
represents the same line
as the given equation
whose graphs coincide.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
d Student makes little or Student gives an Student may have tried Student correctly states
no attempt to answer incorrect answer. to find the solution that the graphs of the
the question. Student Student may have said algebraically. Student equations produce the
8.EE.C.8 does not provide a that the point of states that there are same line. Student
mathematical intersection of the lines infinitely many solutions explains that one
explanation or apply any is the solution to the to the system but may equation can be
mathematical reasoning system or that there is not have referenced obtained by the other by
to support the answer. no solution because the what the graph would multiplying the first
lines are parallel. look like (i.e., each equation by −2 or the
equation produced the 1
second equation by − .
same line on the graph). 2
OR
Student supplies weak
Student explains that
mathematical reasoning
both lines had the same
to support the answer. 5
slope of and the same
2
𝑦𝑦-intercept of (0, 5).
Student supplies strong
mathematical reasoning
to support the answer.
5 8.EE.C.8 Student makes little or Student may have Student correctly writes Student correctly writes
no attempt to write and written an incorrect a system of linear and solves a system of
solve a system of linear system of equations to equations to represent linear equations to solve
equations. represent the situation. the situation but makes the problem. Student
Student may or may not a computational error defines the variables
have defined the leading to an incorrect used in the system.
variables. Student may solution. Student states clearly
have used another OR that 175 children’s
strategy to determine Student correctly writes tickets and 100 adults’
the numbers of tickets of and solves a system but tickets were sold.
each type that were sold. does not define the
There is some evidence variables.
of mathematical
reasoning.
6 a Student makes little or Student incorrectly Student uses the points Student uses the points
no attempt to write the computes the slope of to correctly determine to determine the slope of
equation. the line as something the slope of the line as 2 the line and then writes
8.EE.C.8 other than 2. Student but may have written an the equation of the line
does not write the incorrect equation. passing through those
correct equation of the two points as 𝑦𝑦 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 1
line. or equivalent.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b Student makes little or Student incorrectly Student uses the points Students uses the points
no attempt to answer computes the slope of to correctly determine to determine the slope
the question. the line as something the slope of the line as 1 as 1 and correctly
8.EE.C.8 OR other than 1 and may or but makes an incorrect concludes that the lines
Student responds with may not have drawn an conclusion about intersect because the
yes or no only. incorrect conclusion whether or not the lines slopes are different.
about whether or not would intersect.
the lines would intersect. OR
Student makes a
computational error for
the slope and draws the
wrong conclusion about
the lines.
OR
Student says the lines
would intersect but does
not provide an
explanation.
7 a–b Student leaves both Student identifies one of Student identifies the Student correctly
parts (a) and (b) blank. the two 𝑦𝑦-intercepts but 𝑦𝑦-intercepts of 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 identifies the
OR may have inversed the but switches the 𝑦𝑦-intercepts of 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2
8.EE.C.8 Student identifies coordinates. Student coordinates, i.e., (4, 0) as (0, 4) and (0, 2),
coordinates that do not leaves either (a) or (b) and (2, 0), or identifies respectively.
fall on either the 𝑥𝑥- or 𝑦𝑦- blank. the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of 𝑙𝑙1 as
axis. (0, 2) and 𝑙𝑙2 as (0, 4).
c–d Student leaves the item Student writes two Student writes a system Student correctly writes
blank. equations to represent of equations, but one of the system as
OR the system, but the the equations is written 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 = −2
8.EE.C.8 Student only writes one equations do not incorrectly. Student
�
𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 = 8
or a system
equation that may or represent the lines on writes an estimate equivalent to this given
may not have the graph. Student may where the 𝑥𝑥-value is one. Student writes an
represented one of the or may not have written between 1 and 2 and the estimate where the
lines on the graph. an estimate or writes an 𝑦𝑦-value is between 3 and 𝑥𝑥-value is between 1 and
Student may or may not estimate where the 𝑥𝑥- 4. 2 and the 𝑦𝑦-value is
have written an estimate value is not between 1 between 3 and 4.
or writes an estimate and 2 and the 𝑦𝑦-value is
where the 𝑥𝑥-value is not not between 3 and 4.
between 1 and 2 and the
𝑦𝑦-value is not between 3
and 4.
e–f Student is unable to Student solves the Student solves the Student correctly solves
solve the system system algebraically but system but may have the system and identifies
algebraically. makes serious made a computational 4 10
8.EE.C.8 the solution as � , �.
computational errors error leading to an 3 3
Student verifies the
leading to an incorrect incorrect 𝑥𝑥- or
solution in part (f).
solution. Student is 𝑦𝑦-coordinate. Student
unable to complete part verifies the solution in
(f) or notices an error part (f). Student makes a
and does not correct it. computational error and
believes the solution is
correct.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
Name Date
1. Use the graph below to answer parts (a)–(c).
a. Use any pair of points to calculate the slope of the line.
b. Use a different pair of points to calculate the slope of the line.
c. Explain why the slopes you calculated in parts (a) and (b) are equal.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
2. Jeremy rides his bike at a rate of 12 miles per hour. Below is a table that represents the number of hours
and miles Kevin rides. Assume both bikers ride at a constant rate.
Time in Hours (𝒙𝒙) Distance in Miles (𝒚𝒚)

1.5 17.25
2 23
3.5 40.25
4 46
a. Which biker rides at a greater speed? Explain your reasoning.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
b. Write an equation for a third biker, Lauren, who rides twice as fast as Kevin. Use 𝑦𝑦 to represent the
number of miles Lauren travels in 𝑥𝑥 hours. Explain your reasoning.
c. Create a graph of the equation in part (b).
d. Calculate the slope of the line in part (c), and interpret its meaning in this situation.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
3. The cost of five protractors is $14.95 at Store A. The graph below compares the cost of protractors at
Store A with the cost at Store B.
Estimate the cost of one protractor at Store B. Use evidence from the graph to justify your answer.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
4. Given the equation 3𝑥𝑥 + 9𝑦𝑦 = −8, write a second linear equation to create a system that:
a. Has exactly one solution. Explain your reasoning.
b. Has no solution. Explain your reasoning.
c. Has infinitely many solutions. Explain your reasoning.
d. Interpret the meaning of the solution, if it exists, in the context of the graph of the following system
of equations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
5. Students sold 275 tickets for a fundraiser at school. Some tickets are for children and cost $3, while the
rest are adult tickets that cost $5. If the total value of all tickets sold was $1,025, how many of each type
of ticket was sold?
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
6.
a. Determine the equation of the line connecting the points (0, −1) and (2, 3).
b. Will the line described by the equation in part (a) intersect the line passing through the points
(−2, 4) and (−3, 3)? Explain why or why not.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
7. Line 𝑙𝑙1 and line 𝑙𝑙2 are shown on the graph below. Use the graph to answer parts (a)–(f).
a. What is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of 𝑙𝑙1 ?
b. What is the 𝑦𝑦-intercept of 𝑙𝑙2 ?
c. Write a system of linear equations representing lines 𝑙𝑙1 and 𝑙𝑙2 .
d. Use the graph to estimate the solution to the system.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015
e. Solve the system of linear equations algebraically.
f. Show that your solution from part (e) satisfies both equations.
G8-M4-TE-1.3.0-07.2015

G8.M4.v3 Teacher Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

G8.M4.v3 Teacher Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A Story of Ratios®

Published by the non-profit Great Minds.

Module 4: Linear Equations 1

Module 4: Linear Equations 2

Module 4: Linear Equations 3

Module 4: Linear Equations 4

Apply and extend previous understandings of arithmetic to algebraic expressions.

Module 4: Linear Equations 5

Use properties of operations to generate equivalent expressions.

Module 4: Linear Equations 6

Focus Standards for Mathematical Practice

Module 4: Linear Equations 7

Module 4: Linear Equations 8

Familiar Terms and Symbols 3

Suggested Tools and Representations

3These are terms and symbols students have seen previously.

Module 4: Linear Equations 9

End-of-Module 8.EE.B.5, 8.EE.B.6,

Module 4: Linear Equations 10

Focus Standard: 8.EE.C.7 Solve linear equations in one variable.

Topic A: Writing and Solving Linear Equations 11

Topic A: Writing and Solving Linear Equations 12

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols

The number 1,157 is the sum of the squares of

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 13

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 14

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 15

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 16

Exercises (10 minutes)

Write each of the following statements using symbolic language.

1. The sum of four consecutive even integers is −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.

Let 𝒙𝒙 be the first even integer. Then, 𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟐𝟐 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒 + 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔 = −𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐.

Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 + 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟑𝟑 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏.

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 17

Exit Ticket (5 minutes)

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 18

Name ___________________________________________________ Date____________________

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols

Write each of the following statements using symbolic language.

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 19

Exit Ticket Sample Solutions

Write each of the following statements using symbolic language.

Let 𝒙𝒙 be the number. Then, (𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓)𝟐𝟐 = 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑.

Problem Set Sample Solutions

Write each of the following statements using symbolic language.

Let 𝒙𝒙 be Julie’s age. Then, (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟑𝟑) + (𝒙𝒙 − 𝟖𝟖) + 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓.

3. The sum of three consecutive integers is 𝟏𝟏, 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔.

Let 𝒙𝒙 be the smaller number. Then, 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟔𝟔)𝟐𝟐 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗.

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 20

(𝒙𝒙 − 𝟏𝟏) + 𝒙𝒙 + (𝒙𝒙 + 𝟏𝟏) = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒

Lesson 1: Writing Equations Using Symbols 21

Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝒙𝒙

Linear expressions are noted in red in the table below.

Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝒙𝒙 22

Example 1 (3 minutes) Scaffolding:

Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝒙𝒙 23

Exercises (14 minutes)

1. The sum of a number and four times the number

Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝒙𝒙 + 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 is a linear expression.

Lesson 2: Linear and Nonlinear Expressions in 𝒙𝒙 24

2. The product of five and a number

Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 is a linear expression.

4. Twice a number subtracted from four times a number, added to 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

Let 𝒙𝒙 be a number; then, 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 + (𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐) is a linear expression.

Name _______________________________ Date

Name _______________________________ Date

Name _______________________________ Date